ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This website is dedicated to all the contactees and abductees who have had the
courage to speak out about their personal experiences with extra-terrestrials. In
spite of the intense social and political pressure to remain quiet, these brave souls
have demonstrated uncommon integrity by risking ridicule from family and friends
and in some cases even physical harm and harassment from our government.
I want to thank my family for having supported me in this endeavor and by
contributing their own personal abduction accounts to my research project. I also
thank the other abductees who have worked with me to contribute invaluable data
toward the understanding of the extra-terrestrial phenomenon.
Truman L. Cash

INTRODUCTION

The mystery of the Great Pyramid is one of the best kept secrets on Earth.

Who built it?

How was it built?

Why did they build it? Was there some kind of secret ritual conducted inside the Great Pyramid? In spite of all the spec
ulation and theories, the answers remain uncertain. I have heard it said:

"If we only had a time machine...

"

Well, the irony is that we do have a time machine!--and it's right between our ears. The time machine of which
I speak is called past life memories.

Although this phenomenon is debunked and ignored by academia, it is nevertheless

quite reliable, as I have discovered.

When one unveils the mystery of the Great Pyramid, one opens up a veritable cosmic can of worms, which leads
to even Greater Mysteries.

It is time to reveal that which has been hidden for so long.

In my research I have discovered that a powerful, but invisible guiding hand has been steering the course of human
events on this planet for many thousands of years.

Most people would call these beings extra-terrestrials.

They are the

puppet masters who pull the strings of the world's elite, who in turn pull the strings of the common people.
These ETs are extremely clever, and their technology appears to us as magic.
have built a labyrinth so elaborate and so vast that it boggles the imagination.

With this amazing technology they

Like sinister cosmic spiders they have spun

a silky web of deceit that seduces people to imprison themselves with ideas.
However, these beings are not infallible.

Past life research is the key that unlocks the door to the Mysteries,

exposes the extra-terrestrial conspiracy, and demonstrates that we all are incredible spiritual beings.

Past life therapy,

properly done on an individual basis, can free us from the psychological machinations of these beings and offers hope for
a new world of peace and understanding.
I have spent the past twenty years conducting past life research and trying to assemble the pieces to this incredi
ble puzzle. Its incredibility is, in fact, one of its primary defenses.

The revelations within the following pages will seem

too unbelievable and too bizarre to be taken seriously by most people.

However, I have found that there are people who

do indeed want to know what is going on on Planet Earth and are ready to confront the truth.

It is for these discerning

people that I write this book.

A scientific experiment can be repeated again and again, yielding the same results.

In like

manner, anyone can

conduct their own research using the same tools and methods that I have used in order to arrive at the same basic conclu
sions. Therefore, it is not necessary for anyone to simply take my word for it based on blind faith.
The old must pass away into the new-This is the final degree of Illumination.

THE LABYRINTH

Once upon a time/space continuum there lived a Being so free that he could come and go wherever he would please.
A curious Being he was. He journeyed near and far and high and low in endless quest to create and know and experience

all there is.

Once he chanced upon a time and place he never would forget.
couldn't go around.

He found himself against a wall so endless that he

He was just about to turn around and continue on his way, when he saw the rainbow lights that

flashed in his all-seeing eyes.

Venturing closer he saw the lights were formed in symbols that he could not understand

LABYRINTH .
Beneath the dazzling, flashing lights an open door beckoned him to enter.

Curious Being that he was, he entered

through the door and found himself in a bright and airy room with many wonders to behold.

Waterfalls and trees and

lush, green plants with multi-rolored flowers. Curious lifeforms of all kinds danced to the magical music of the rainbow
colored lights. What a fascinating place this was! And this room in turn had doors, which led through corridors to many
more fascinating rooms that also had doors. There were riddles to answer, mysteries to solve, and myriad games to play!
So many games and things were there to see and do that he lost all track of time and space in this vast amazing place.
But he didn't think to mark his way as he went down deeper in the Labyrinth.
And as he went along his way the rooms and corridors waned small and dark.

There were many more doors than

ever before, and sometimes the doors slammed shut behind him with an awful sound that echoed down into the dark
depths of the Labyrinth.

When he turned around he found that each door would disappear, but he just shrugged his

shoulders and figured he would find his way out of this Labyrinth-someday.
Shadows passed in dark, dank places where unseen hands pulled and pushed and slapped and pinched.

Pleasure

turned to pain, and now he searched in vain, thinking only of escape. How did he ever get trapped in this place anyway?
And how would he get out?
He met some people along the way and asked if they knew the way out of the Labyrinth. They would only stare back
with their bottomless eyes and ask: "What's a Labyrinth?"
Finally he met a lady with a candle glowing, and she said, "Follow me, for I have found
never met anyone else with
the Labyrinth.

Illumination,

lllumination.

Since he had

he followed her even into the darkest of tunnels, searching for the way out of

They explored corridors where he'd never been before, but finally her candle burned out, and he was

again lost in the darkness.

Illumination and asked them where they found their candles. Some said "God"
Light," and they were guided to the candles. Others said they had met a
"God" face-to-face and learned the secrets of lliumination and received the Fire from the "Gods."
He followed many people with Illumination, but every time he ended up in deadnd places in the deep, dark depths
He searched for more people with

spoke to them in their heads saying, "Go to the

of the Labyrinth.

So he stopped listening to the candle people and tried to figure how to get out by himself.

He thought and thought, and finally he realized that all he had to do was remember how he got into the Labyrinth.
This, he found, was not an easy task , but he just knew it had to work.

He began to retrace his steps in the dark, and

when he'd forget which turn he had made or which door he had come through, he would just sit down, close his eyes,
and look at his memories to see the way he'd come.
He was so happy that he had figured out the way out of the Labyrinth. He felt that he should tell the candle people,

because they were searching for the way out, too. But they would just shun him or mock him and say, "Who are you to
point the way?

You

are lost in the Labyrinth like

we are!

The Gods of
.

Light

point the way, and they are not trapped in

the Labyrinth like you are, so we will listen to them, not you."

He continued on, because he found himself spending all his time trying to convince the candle people instead of fol
lowing his plan.

Sometimes he had to find the doors that had disappeared, but with great patience he found the secret

keys to the secret doors and continued on his way. He would sometimes want to give up because he had to pass through
the corridors of pain, but his will was strong and so continued on.
2

Finally he found himself outside the Labyrinth. The Freed Being rejoiced in the freedom of infinite time and space.
But then he began to think about the people he had left behind, trapped in the Labyrinth.

He felt bad for the people

trapped inside and still wanted to help them. However, he realized that he might get trapped inside the Labyrinth again if
he went in to tell them.

He also recalled how they mocked him and how they would only listen to the " Gods " of lllumi

So the Freed Being just shrugged and thought, "Well, I guess they'll have to figure it out for themselves."
But just as he turned to leave, he saw another Free Being approaching the Labyrinth. A great sadness fell over him,

nation.

because he knew that this Free Being would also get trapped in the Labyrinth.

He tried to dissuade this Free

Being from entering the Labyrinth, but to no avail.

The Freed Being nearly gave up when a great idea flashed through his mind.

He still had his notes of his journey

out of the Labyrinth, so he gave his book of notes to the Free Being. He said, "Here, take this book with you. You
can

use it in case you get stuck in the Labyrinth. But before you leave, give it to the people who seek lllumination-for

unlike the others, they know they are in the Labyrinth and are seeking a way out.

" And what should I tell the seekers of illumination what this book is?" asked the Free Being.
The Freed Being thought for awhile and then replied, "Tell them it is illumination from

to that.

the

Gods-They will listen

RAANDPTAH

After my discharge from the army in 1972 I became a born-again Christian, moved to the country, and built a
log cabin.

I began communing with nature as I had done in my youth.

Although I had grown up reading the Bible, I

now began reading books on metaphysics and developed an interest in the past lives phenomenon. It seemed much more
credible than the Heaven/Hell concept preached by most Christians.
I began expressing my opinion about past lives to my Christian friends. Consequently, the minister'S wife warned me
that it was blasphemous to talk about such things.
through the community.

The rumor that I was a "devil worshipper" soon spread like wildfire

I became so disgusted with this peer pressure thought control that I left the Christian church

altogether and began researching the past lives phenomenon in earnest.

I did not learn until many years later that in 553 A.D. the Emperor Justinian made it illegal to believe in the concept
of past lives, or "the prior existence of souls." In other words, it was a

political decision made by the Roman govern

ment. This decision was ultimately enforced through the use of imprisonment, torture, and death by the "Holy" Roman
Empire. Consequently, the western world was programmed with the more politically manipulative belief of heaven and
hell.
I eventually learned techniques to retrieve past life memories and had the opportunity to meet many other people who
had experienced extensive past life therapy. In the 19805 I began opening up my own past life memories and discovered

firsthand that we are indeed spiritual beings and our bodies are merely vehicles that we inhabit from one lifetime to anoth
er. In the process I also discovered that I had been abducted by extra-terrestrials in a past life as well as my present life
time. This, in turn, inspired me to begin my research into the field of extra-terrestrial contact.
I discovered that my wife and at least two of my children were also being abducted by an alien race known colloquial
ly as Grays, who purportedly hail from the Zeta Reticuli star system. There are various types of Grays, but they are
commonly known for their pale skin , skinny bodies, large heads, and large black eyes. We have been inundated in the
nineties with depictions of Grays in movies and on television.
I found that in most cases the Grays intentionally created amnesia, so that people would not know that they had been
abducted. I also found that the past life memory retrieval techniques that I had learned were just as useful in retrieving
hidden abduction memories.

Not only did I begin to open up my own abduction memories, but I also began working

with other abductees as well.

I soon began to realize that many abductees were "chosen ones." That is, we have been chosen for repeated contact
with extra-terrestrials over the course of many lifetimes. ETs sometimes even call us "chosen ones,

as if it were some

kind of honor (which it isn't). I discovered that the chosen ones were often contacted by different extra-terrestrial groups
and that these various alien groups seemed to be networking with each other.

For example, a person who is being ab

ducted by Grays

this lifetime may have been contacted in a past life by a human-looking ET group called Pleiadians.
Even more significantly, I found that a chosen one was sometimes placed in a position of power or authority, such as

a high priest, a prophet, a political or military leader, or a founder of a secret society. Therefore, by working with ab
ductees using extensive past life therapy, we can gain a tremendous insight into the machinations of these various ET
groups. This process also provides a window into the

real history of our planet! It was this process that led me to dis

cover firsthand the incredible secret of the Great Pyramid and the subsequent revelations and implications thereof, which
affect all mankind.
I began the process of unveiling this mystery in May of 1995 when I stumbled onto my past life as an Egyptian pha
raoh, Ramesses

II. Normally, I would not publicly divulge having been a well-known historical figure. The purpose of

recovering past life memories is therapeutic-that is, the improvement of one's condition in the present lifetime-and this is
a personal matter. It is certainly not for the purpose of flaunting one's prior status as a well-known, but long dead king.
However, I feel that the far-reaching implications of

what I experienced as Pharaoh Ramesses II demand that I not remain

silent. Indeed, in light of the tremendous significance of this sudden and unexpected knowledge, I have had to carefully
examine the ethic and "karmic" repercussions of

not speaking out--and loudly. For it is secrecy, which has created the

conditions for mass manipulation and the programming of this planet.

Certainly, there are those who will snicker, jest, jeer, or try to discredit me, and these are some of the very reasons
for which I have considered remaining silent. As a researcher, however, I feel that I am obligated to report the truth,
even though the truth is often very difficult to believe or accept and in spite of the fact that it may sometimes violate
society's limited, artificial constructs of reality and history. I am fully aware that the credibility of my research may be
jeopardized by reporting the true events detailed in this book, but I am willing to suffer the slings and arrows of UFO
debunkers and other narrow-minded individuals in the interest of reporting the whole truth.
You also have my assurance that in instances where I am not certain of the accuracy of my memory, I will qualify it
as such. I have absolutely no intention of misleading people. There are instances, however, where I must use
4

pseudonyms to disguise the identities of other abductees who don't wish to go public and risk ridicule by friends or fami
ly or possible harassment by our own government. In exchange for agreeing to keep their real names out of the public

eye, they have graciously allowed me to print their experiences, which they shared with me in private memory retrieval
sessions.

I have recovered four major incidents so far in my lifetime as Pharaoh Ramesses n, each one involving contact

with the "Gods" Ra or Ptah

words associated with

The following report details my encounters with these extra-terrestrials. (I have italicized

light and illumination to bring attention to this symbology.)

On May 16, 1995, my wife, l

was guiding me through a string of similar incidents involving contact with ETs.

After contacting a recent abduction by Grays and then two past life incidents, J.
when you were abducted by beings."

told me to " Recall an earlier time

I responded: "I get the feeling that this is Egypt. I'm wearing one of those skirt things and one of those big head
dresses . Seems like I'm very high up in position. Hot, bright day. There's a shiny metallic object in the sky. I get this
flash thought as it's coming closer-It's the Eye of Ra. I think I'm taken aboard the ship. I know it sounds really absurd,

but it seems like I'm a pharaoh. Laying down on a table ... They're levitating me off the table."

These were the initial pictures that flashed through my mind as I began to contact my lifetime as Pharaoh Ramesses

II. I didn't know at the time what levitating off of a table had to do with seeing the "Eye of Ra." I also noticed that I
was bathed in

light that covered the table and extended upward to the ceiling.

I didn't put all the pieces to this puzzle together until the first week in January of 1996. After first discovering this

lifetime in May of 1995, I discontinued my memory retrieval work through the summer and fall in order to complete my

first book, The Programming of a Planet. I didn't get back to this lifetime until it came up again in a session on Novem
I should also mention that I knew very little about Egyptian life and history before opening up this life
time. Therefore, when I began reading more about Egyptian pharaohs and religion in 1996, I was pleased to find that my

ber 30, 1995.

memories were validated by recorded history on many accounts. However, there was much that history did not record, as
you will see in the following accounts.

At first I didn't know why we called Ra's craft an "eye." I also wasn't sure which pharaoh I was until my May 19th

session when J
retrieval session:

asked me to scan my lifetime. I extracted the following dialogue from her notes during this memory

"I remember being a child in a very fancy temple-learning, schooling. The name Ptah just came up. It's nice

living the life of luxury. A lot of attention was devoted to building statues and Ies and much was dedicated to
Ra." (Suddenly, I experienced a prickly feeling on the back of my head, and J
something.)
"What was that?"

"Something about Ptah

noticed that I was experiencing

I don't know what that was." (A feeling of terror accompanied the name Ptah although

I didn't mention this feeling to r

until later.) "I could have about any woman I wanted and had many women,

had many children, and I loved them. I don't get the feeling I was a mean person. I think Ptah fits in here some

where. There was possibly a plot to kill me by the priests. At least I suspected them. I didn't ttust them. I had

a pretty strong, muscular body. I wasn't fat or anything. I rode in a chariot, horse--<ira wn, has two wheels on it.

I could do that myself. Seems like I went out with armies to wage battle. We journeyed north, not too far from

the Nile or the Medite rranean, kind of where Israel and Syria is, more inland toward Iraq. I felt uneasy because
someone could block our return to Egypt. We see spaceships, the eye of Ra, when we were traveling. I believe

more and more I was Ramses the second. I return to Egypt as a hero, praised."
"How old were you when you died."

"Eighty-nine. No, that seems too old. I think seventy-nine is more correct." (I covered my death as Ramesses
II on January 7, 1996, and discovered that I was indeed eighty-nine years old on my deathbed.)
"How many years ago when you died?"
"3,219." (My January 7th session also confirmed that

this date was

indeed correct.)

'What's your name?"

"I think my name meant something like the "Son of Ra."
"Son, like offspring, or sun?"

" Ra-may-say...Ra-may-see s. I'm thinking it also means that I'm the messenger of Ra, the appointed of Ra.

was the chosen one of Ra. It was more than being the pharaoh of Egypt-I'm the go-between of the people and Ra.

I am pharaoh because Ra chose me to be pharaoh, to be his emissary, his

Earth-SwzlSon. Maybe I'm a hybrid. I am the

Light on Earth. I am the Light of Ra on

Light, the Swz (Son) of Ra. The Holy One of Ra. Half of my life

I was pretty scared of him, then I felt protected by him. I felt very important. The only one above me was Ra.
There was jealousy among the priests because I was the one to speak with Ra. I got to go to the ship. I feared
5

they would poison me. Seems like I had a food taster, maybe, just to make sure . Seems like I died of natural
"
causes, and seventy-nine seems the age I died, but eight-nine always pops up. (Although I was considered to be
the "Son of Ra," I don't believe this was literally true.)

One reason why we called Ra's ship an eye was because it had the outline of an eye when viewed from the side at a
distance. However, this was not the main reason. The disk looked like two bowls glued together and was therefore quite

high (or thick) in the middle. It appeared to be about sixty to seventy feet in diameter. It had the appearance of a round,
convex disk when it hovered directly above. Tbis is why the winged disk symbol was so prevalent in Egypt and Mesopo
tamia-it literally meant "flying disk." Egyptologists call it the Solar Disk, thinking it merely represented the suo.

I was sitting on my throne in my palace in Thebes when a messe nger entered the palace and informed me that there

was an eye in the sky. I walked through the front door of the palace and into the bright Egyptian sunlight. I walked part
way down the numerous steps in front of the palace. I looked up into the sky and noticed the suo's reflection flashing off
of a shiny, metallic flying disk. It was hovering about forty-five degrees above the horizon.

I knew at once that it was the eye of Ra. I was told telepathically to meet Ra in his eye in the countryside outside of

Thebes. I began walking out to the ship with a high priest following behind me.
When I first re-experienced this incident, I found it quite intriguing that as a pharaoh sitting in my palace I felt the
power of my position and was very self-assured. However, the closer that I got to Ra's eye, the more I felt my confi
dence waning. In fact, as I approached the two guards standing beside the foot of the ramp into the ship, my stomach
grew queasy, I felt weak in the knees, and my heart began racing.
The guard standing on the left side of the ramp had a headdress like a falcon, and the guard on the right had an ibis

headdress. I don't know if they were Earth humans or ETs. In Egyptian hieroglyphs the falcon represented Horus (and
Ra), and the ibis bird represented Thoth. However, I don't know if these two fellows standing by the ramp were indeed

these two ETs or merely represented them.

I walked up the ramp and into the ship. The high priest stopped a short distance from the craft. I knew that he was

not allowed to enter Ra's ship. Only the pharaoh was allowed to communicate face to face with Ra. This was probably
why I thought that the priesthood was envious of me.

I walked up the ramp and into the ship. The interior of Ra's ship was not like the typical Grays ships. It was com

pletely open on the inside with no walls running through the middle of the craft. It was built like a theater-in-the-round.

In the middle of the craft was a smooth, circular floor, which was about twenty feet in diameter. It appeared to have a
kind of checkerboard design. A pole in the middle connected the floor to the ceiling. I think this pole was integral to the
functioning and structure of the craft rather than decoration. Several concentric tiers surrounded and rose above the floor
toward the outer rim of the craft. These tiers appeared to be benches for people to sit on. I found out later that they
were indeed used for this purpose .
An empty, gilded throne sat on the first tier on the opposite side of the circular floor. On the right side of the throne
and slightly in front of it stood a tapered, golden staff with a ball on top. The staff was about five feet high with a snake
entwined around it. (At first I thought there were two snakes on the staff, but in later sessions I came to the conclusion
that there was only one snake on the staff. I received a hypnosis session on February 10, 1996, and verified that there
was indeed just one snake on the staff. The golden serpent and staff looked as if both were cast in the same mold. I had
left my composure behind when I started walking up the ramp into the ship, so it was difficult for me to recover some of
the details of this experience while having to confront the intimidating presence of Ra.)

Although there was no one to be seen, a voice in my head told me to humble myself before the throne of Ra. I
crossed over the circular floor toward the throne, walking on the left side of the center pole. I fell to my knees and
touched my tall headdress to the floor as I groveled before the empty throne. Meanwhile, Ra appeared out of a small
room on my left, up against the outer rim of the saucer. I think this room was the pilot's cabin. The following excerpts

are from J

notes of my May 17, 1995, memory recovery session:

"What does he say?"

"'I am Ra.' He's very good at inciting fear. I'm pretty much scared shitless. I go down on the floor and touch

my headdress to the floor. I stand up. I'm told the people are to worship Ra-that Ra is the God or King of all
Egypt. He's communicating that the people have not obeyed and that their minds and hearts are not with him. 'Go
tell the people they must worship me or I will bring destruction upon them.' Destruction and plague." (In a later
session I discovered that he also threatened us by saying he would "bring fire down upon the Earth.") "I'm shak
ing in my sandals. I feel like we have let him down. He's wearing a gold headdress made of metal . The design
spreads out like peacock feathers or suo rays." (I realized in a later session that they were indeed tapered spikes
representing the

rays of the sun, or illumination, like the headdress of the Statue of Liberty. I also later recalled

that there were seven rays on Ra's headdress.)

6

Can you see what his face looks like or is it covered by the headdress?"
"It's unnerving-tbe power behind his word-like thunder! Maybe that's why he's called the Thunder God. 'Go
now and tell your people what I've commanded.' So I go out of the ship and walk back to the city."
"How do you feel at this point?"
"I'm starting to lose that queasiness in my stomach." (This had been a gut-wrenching fear when I was confront
ing Ra.) "I'm starting to regain my composure. I send messengers out to call the people to the town square.
From the steps (of my palace) I tell the people what Ra said, what he commands. I tell them what we have to do
to worship Ra, what we have to do to avoid plagues. It's later. The sun must be setting. Shadows cover the town
square. I go into the temple and sit on my throne. We discuss what we have to do to fulfill Ra's commands."
"Who are discussing?"
"Mostly priests."
"What do you say? Can you hear any dialogue?"
"That we have to put his pictures around, his symbols. Mostly that we have to have him in our hearts and
minds. Then there's the outward expression--the paintings or hieroglyphs-paint his symbols out more to keep
people reminded all day long of him He is the God of Egypt, he is our God, because he commands it."
"

'

J.

- ' .

guided me through this incident three times during this session. On the third run-through I picked up more

details:
"Does he speak to you verbally, in a voice, or is it telepathic?"
"I think it's both. But it's so different. I think it's why he's called the Thunder God. He has a very powerful
voice. More than the power behind his voice, it's his strength as a being. He says 'I am Ra, the God of Egypt,
the God of the pharaohs.' I'm translating; he isn't speaking English. 'I am the God of all Egypt.' The people of
Egypt are forsaking him and worshipping other Gods. It's my responsibility to get the people back to worshipping
him--like they need to live and breathe Ra. There are other ETs involved here, but Ra is very adamant about pe0ple worshipping him as the top God here..."
"Is he in a human form?"
"Yes. I'm afraid to confront him, but I have to. His headdress comes down around his face. I'm having trouble
confronting him because he's so intimidating. He has a light brown beard. It reminds me of pictures of Neptune.
He has really intense eyes. There's so much intenseness coming out of his eyes, they're deep-set, a little dark
around them, bushy eyebrows. "
"What color are his eyes."
"I don't know. Confronting him eye to eye is damn near an impossibility. There's so much power in his glance.
If looks could kill! He has yellow-golden eyes-the iris--I get the impression it's gold. He's wearing a
robe and sandals...!t seems like his nose is a prominent feature. The bridge of his nose is somewhat sharp... He
says he will be watching us from the heavens."
J
:gave me another session the next day (May 18th), and I uncovered another encounter with Ra. This incident
demonsuated what he meant when he said he will be watching us from the heavens.
Ra told me telepathically to meet him out at the Great Pyramid of Giza. When I arrived I saw his eye, which was
parked on the sand near one of the COIners of the Great Pyramid. I walked up the ramp and into his eye. He was sitting
on his throne, which was in the same place as the previous incident. He then took me for a ride in his eye.
As we ascended above the Giza pyramids, a portion of his eye became transparent. The transparent portion was on
the opposite side of the ship from the pilot's room. The craft tilted at about a forty-five degree angle to the ground as we
continued to spiral upward above the pyramids. I was standing on the circular floor near the center of the ship, and so
my body was also tilted at about a forty-five degree angle to the ground. I could plainly see the ground several hundred
feet below me through the transparency in the eye, so I felt a bit nervous about the possibility of falling out of the ship.
However, I didn't even lose my balance. This indicates to me-from a modem perspective-that the eye of Ra had its own
gravitational field. The view of the pyramids below was breathtaking. I was very impressed.
Initially, the transparency in the eye faced west, but as we ascended the craft slowly turned toward the east , revealing
a panoramic view of the fertile Nile valley. The eye kept turning and ascending until I could see the Mediterranean Sea

to the north. We then shot out into deep space. I was awed and terrified. We then returned to Earth, and he dropped
me off in front of my palace at Thebes.
After recovering the memories of these two encounters with Ra, I knew why we called his flying disk an eye. Not
only did it have the general outline of an eye from the side, and he said that he would always be watching us, but I got to
experience firsthand what it was like to look through his eye at the Earth below. I understand now why ancient peoples
7

sometimes referred to their " Gods " as "Watchers." In fact, the Egyptian word for their so-called Gods was NTR (Deter),
which meant "Watchers."
On November 30, 1995, J
gave me another session. The incident where I had to meet Ra in his eye outside of
Thebes popped up again. I didn't know initially why this incident popped up again, because I thought I had completely
covered it in May. However, I was soon to realize that there was another incident connected with it. Also, the name
"Ptah" popped into my mind at the beginning of the session, accompanied by a queasiness in my stomach. I would shud
der every time I said the name "Ptah" in my mind. I had first experienced this Ptah-equals-terror phenomenon in my May
19, 1995 session.
In this session I learned: "...that Ptah is the Creator. Ra is the Son ofGod . Ra is the Sun that lights our way. He
is the Sun-the Sun/Son that lights the way and the Son/Sun of the God Ptah, the Creator of the Universe. I ran through
the incident in the eye of Ra when he put the fear of God in me and commanded me to restore his worship in Egypt.
This was the fourth time I'd gone through this incident, only this time I picked up something that Ra commanded that I
had not previously remembered. He told me that it was time for me to be initiated into the Brothers of the Snake. (It
also translates Brotherhood of the Snake.) He commanded me to travel to the Great Pyramid at Giza to be initiated and
become immortal like the Gods.
After advising the people and the priests of Ra's demands, I drove my chariot to Giza. In those days the Great Pyra
mid was smooth and white. Today this pyramid looks like a glorified pile of rocks compared to its former beauty and
grandeur. There were stairs built into the Great Pyramid, which led part way up the middle of one of the sides.
When I arrived at the Great Pyramid, I parked my chariot in front of these steps and started walking up the side of
the pyramid. There were no banisters to hold on to while hiking up this long flight of steep steps. Therefore, as I re
experienced this part of the incident in session, I felt a mild case of acrophobia. Indeed, it did require a substantial
amount of courage just to walk up these stairs. One could easily step off the side of these steps and slide down the
smooth sides of the pyramid, resulting in the loss of a pound or two of skin. A fall from the upper portion of this stair
Case would surely result in death.
As I ascended the stairs, I looked up and noticed the sun flashing off of a shiny, metallic object with a surface like
polished stainless steel. I didn't understand what this was until the first week of January of 1996. I then entered the
pyramid and walked down and then up a long flight of stairs. I finally reached a room where several priests stood around
a stone sarcophagus. There was an eerie light coming down from the ceiling of the room and enveloping the stone slab
on the top of the sarcophagus. Back in May of 1995 I kept getting memory flashes of this part of the incident, and each
time I noticed this strange light. It definitely reminded me of the same type of beaming light (tractor beam) that Grays
use to float me up through the roof of a house (or my van) and into a ship. Months later I discovered that my impres
sions were right on the marie
When this incident popped up again on November 30, 1995, I again recalled seeing this light over the stone sarcopha
gus. I also experienced hearing the name of Ptah again and felt the terror of his name. A friend, Charlie
, gave me
an old book on Egyptian literature for a Christmas present. I had previously told him to be on the watch tor a copy of
the Egyptian Book of the Dead, because he ran the book department at St. Vincent de Paul. This book contained the
Egyptian Book of the Dead and other writings like the "Litany of Ran from the Valley of the Kings.
In the last week of December I was browsing through this book, and I was quite amazed to read entry #42 of the
"Litany of Ra," which reads: "Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the wonderful one who dwells in his eye, who
lights the sarcophagus ..." It's a very good feeling when you have a past life memory validated like this. However, I was
even more amazed when I discovered what this light was used for!
I walked across the room and stood at one of the ends of the stone sarcophagus. A priest then gave me a thick,
crunchy cracker like dried bread. I washed this down with an ale from a golden chalice. This was the Eucharist of
Osiris, a ritual which was later appropriated by Christians.
I then walked around to the other end of the rectangular, stone sarcophagus, which stood about four feet above the
floor. At the other end there were three steps. I walked up the steps and lay on the stone slab on top of the sarcophagus
with my feet at the end with the steps. I was now immersed in the light. At this point the priests began to walk coun
terclockwise around the sarcophagus. I later realized that this was the source of the Freemason's ritual of "circumambula
tion." I also heard them chanting the name of Ptah with an extended "ab" sound like "Ptaaaaaaah." J
iidn't ask
me how many priests there were, but my impression is that there were twelve.
The stone slab began to levitate in the beam of light with me on it. I floated upward through the ceiling and through
the solid stones of the pyramid until I found myself in an alien spacecraft. This room was quite large, circular, and had a
high ceiling. This was not Ra's ship.
Two human ETs then led me across this room and into a corridor. We walked a short distance down this corridor
and then turned right, walking through a doorway and into another room. This room was immersed in a thick, foggy
white light.
8

In my head I hear the words "Be calm. Be at peace." However, these assurances didn't console me, because I was in
a state of sheer terror. I walked across the room and stood in front of a man sitting on a throne. I could barely make out
the man on the throne through the misty

white light. I was told to humble myself in the presence of God. I went down

on my knees . This was Ptah.

"Does Ptah speak to you?"

"I don't know. I was asking myself the same question."
"What's happening?
"I get that jump in my leg. It seems like I'm scared shitless. He's scolding me. He's angry."
'What's he angry about?"
"The gist of it is I must obey the will of

God or be destroyed."

"What happens next?"

"It's like I've been a disobedient son."

"What have you done wrong?"

"I have to obey Ra. It's not that I've done anything wrong. I feel like there's some kind of energy force
they're using on me. It doesn't feel good! They're putting the fear of

God in me-scaring the crap out of me.

He says: 'I created you, and I also have the power to destroy you.' And he also gives programming to go out
and conquer other lands-to make Egypt powerful and great, crush the enmy, crush the Hittites. The words
'fight,' 'kill,' 'destroy the enemy' come up.

This part of the incident was very distressing to me. Not only was I in a state of terror, but I was also angry because
it was being done against my will . It felt insulting, because I was Pharaoh, and nobody messed with me. I felt like
fighting back, but couldn't.
After this traumatic confrontation with Ptah I retraced my steps back to the stone slab and was subsequently lowered
back down through the pyramid and onto the sarcophagus.
The priests then escorted me to another room in the pyramid. There was a throne against the wall of this room with
several steps surrounding it. I walked up the steps and sat on the throne. A priest then gave me another chalice, and I
drank the liquid in it. Suddenly, my stomach was on fire. It was poison, a hallucinogenic drug. The priests began
chanting "Ptaaa...
aaaab " The haunting sounds reverberated against the stone walls deep within the pyramid. I knew I
would now enter the kingdom of Ptah, the kingdom of God-Ptah dwells within me. The drug quickly took effect, caus
ing dizziness and making me hallucinate. I stood up and began stumbling down the steps. I tried in vain to maintain my
equilibrium, but collapsed at the bottom step.

Helpless, the drug gripped my body, and I lay on my back on the floor

beside the bottom step. My body felt like stone. I could see and hear , I was aware, but I couldn't move a muscle in my
body.
The priests then picked me up and carried me back to the other room. They laid me on my back inside the stone
sarcophagus. The stone lid, which had been levitated up in the tractor beam, was then lowered down on top of the sar
cophagus. I was now in total darkness .
The drug had caused me to dissociate from my body.

Consequently, I left my body and ascended high above the

pyramid. I positioned myself several thousand feet above the ground south of the pyramid and west of the Nile.
remained in this spot for about an hour, enjoying the magnificent view.

After this brief respite from my body, the priests took my body out of the sarcophagus, so I headed back to the pyra
mid. As I entered the pyramid I noticed Ptah's shining eye sitting on top of it.
I entered the sarcophagus room, but did not immediately enter my body. I watched as the priests tried to get me to

stand up on my own
to my head.

As they walked my body toward the end of the sarcophagus where the steps were, I moved closer

I finally entered my head and began re-experiencing the effect of the drug, which had not yet completely

worn off. I was now facing the steps at the end of the sarcophagus with two priests propping up my body.
A woman walked in front of me, ascended the steps, and lay down on the slab, which had been lowered back down
on the sarcophagus. A priest then carved into her chest with knife and cut her heart out. He carried her heart over to me
and pressed it against my lips, so that I could drink her hot blood and become immortal like the

Gods. The following is

an excerpt from my session on January 3, 1996:

"How do you feel about that?"
"It's real warm-yuck. Then everybody drinks some of it. They put more blood in the chalice, and I have a
big drink of that. It's pretty disgusting."

"Do you hear anything being said?"

"We are drinking to life-for life and blood. No wonder the
9

Freemasons call it a blood oath. We are the

immortals. We are one in the blood. Seems like I have to swear an oath of secrecy to this, because this is special
knowledge that only the initiates in this ritual know . "
At this point I suddenly realized why the colors
ies.

red and white have been historically very prominent in secret societ

The Assassins (Hashishin), Knights Templar, and Nazis all used these two colors.

Red, of course, represented the

blood drank during this ritual, which was believed necessary to achieve immortality. White represented the

white light of

I learned later in my reading research that the crown of lower Egypt was red, and the crown of upper

"God" (Ptah).

Egypt was white.

After this blood ritual and blood oath the priests escorted me back to the throne room where I sat on the throne until
the drug wore off. I then journeyed back to Karnak: and Thebes where the people celebrated my meeting with "God . "

On January 5 , 1996, I uncovered another incident with Ra. After the celebrations I had to get back to the business of
fulfilling Ptah's and Ra's demands. I mustered my armies and headed north to conquer the Hittites. We engaged the ene
my nearly one year after I had been initiated into the Brothers of the Snake. The incident occurred in the southern tip of
Syria. I determined this by consulting my memory while looking at a modem atlas.
During the battle a portion of the Hittite army circled to the south and cut off any possible retreat to Egypt.

Then

they surrounded me in my chariot and cut me off from my men. As the Hittite soldiers approached closer and closer, Ra

appeared overhead in his eye. Right before the Hittites could get their hands on me, a tractor beam engulfed me, and Ra
floated me up out of my ch...rriot and into his eye.

Ra was sitting on his throne in his ship, so I approached him and lauded him for saving my life.

I was genuinely

grateful to him but I was also war-weary and homesick, so I entreated him to take me back to Thebes in his eye.
,

must have been in a good mood that day, because he did indeed comply with my request.

He

We landed in Thebes, and I walked down the ramp of his eye and into the open area in front of my palace/temple.

As I climbed the steep steps into my palace, I turned and watched the eye of Ra silently rise off the ground and quickly

ascend out of sight.

During this session I came to some very significant realizations about myself and my relationship to Ra and Ptah . My
real nature was inclined toward pacifism. I was a lover, not a fighter. Life for me was really, really sweet. I had every
thing I needed and wanted, so I was quite content with the way things were. I lived a life of luxury and was surrounded
by many beautiful women who wanted nothing more than to make love to me and bear my children. I was not an aggres
sive person, and I loved my wives and my children.
However, I was forced to obey the dictates of Ra and Ptah, because they threatened to destroy not only me, but the
people of Egypt as well.

I knew their threats were real.

other countries, everything would have been just fine.

If it were not for Ra and Ptah forcing me to go to war with

Consequently, my heart was really not in my fighting. This was

why I wanted Ra to fly me back to Thebes when he beamed me out of my chariot.

3,219 years ago (from 1995) I lay on my deathbed. As I re-experienced my death as Ramesses , I told J . .

"I'm an old man, and there's servants coming in, and people paying homage to me, the Son of Ra. I don't
have any fear of dying, because I believe that I am immortal, and even my body will be renewed when I go to
live with the Gods. I died of just old age. I ' m old. "
"How old are you?"

"Eighty-nine is the number that really pops out there-must have been all that good sex. " I then left my body
and floated upward and into . . . Well, that's another incident that I will cover later when I discuss the phenomenon
of "going to the

light. "

In January of 1996 Linda Moulton Howe, a UFO researcher and investigative reporter, phoned me to inquire further
about my research results and past life experiences.

She asked me if I could contact an artist, such as a police sketch

artist, to draw a picture of what Ra looked like sitting on his throne.

I then decided to bring in another researcher-a

certified hypnotist who could help me recover more of the finer details regarding Ra's appearance. Normally my wife,
J
, guides me through my abduction and past life experiences without the use of hypnotism. I thought that it might
help to have my past life as

Ramesses II substantiated with hypnotism and by an outside party who was not a member of

the family.
The editor of

The

, a metaphysical/healthlUFO moiithIy newspaper, agreed to hypnotize me in order that I

might recover more details of Ra's appearance. She conducted four hypnosis sessions with me in February 1996. J
had previously guided me through these incidents over half a dozen times, but I just couldn't get all the details of Ra's

appearance. This was primarily due to the fact that it was so difficult to confront Ra face to face. I also believe that they
were using some kind of electronics (i. e . , psychotronics) on me, as my body was constantly twitching and jerking during
the second hypnosis session.
10

I did indeed succeed in retrieving more details with hypnosis, especially in the fourth session, which was conducted

on February 20th. We video-taped and audio-taped all four sessions, but the second and fourth sessions yielded the most
information.

The additional data that I retrieved from these four expen-

ences with Ra and Ptah through hypnosis are as follows:

Ra was wearing a burgundy-colored robe with tan borders. I reconfirmed that the iris of his eyes was yellow/gold in

color. The staff that was standing beside his throne had only one snake coiled around it. There were lions' heads on the
ends of the arm rests of his throne. The design of the sun with sun rays were etched into the back of the golden throne.
I got a much better look at his face, and he had curly brown hair in his beard.
a black and white checkerboard design.

I confirmed that the floor of his craft was

(I later discovered that Freemasons use this floor design as well.) I also recon

firmed that I was thirty-three years old when I was ordered to be initiated into the Brothers of the Snake in the Great
Pyramid.

I also discovered that there were twelve priests that circumambulated the sarcophagus during my initiation.

Most importantly, I discovered that Ra was wearing a round, gold medallion around his neck.
etched with the design of the
The

Rising Sun is

an ancient as well as modem occultic symbol used by secret societies and conspiratorial groups.

later remembered that there were seven tapered spikes on his headdress, indicating
occultic and religious significance . This may be attributed in part or in the whole to
the night sky, the Pleiades.

seven rays of light.

This also

has
the association of the seven lights in

This faint star cluster keeps cropping up in ancient mythology and megalithic structures

around the world in association with these "Gods. "

eye:

This gold medall ion was

Rising Sun.

Also, the five wandering stars-Le. , the planets visible to the naked

Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn-plus the sun and the moon make seven heavenly

pendently from the other fixed

lights,

lights

that move inde

or conStellations.

This group of extra-terrestrials has been very instrumental in programming the belief systems and political systems of

this planet via

secret societies and religions. Although

in UFO circles, I also

call

this group is more commonly

them the Serpent Staff Pleiadians, or SSPs.

your acquaintance with the other members of this alien cabal.

11

referred to as the "Giza Intelligence"

In the following chapter "Jack Wylie" will make

-,

(C )
I

d r ew

th i s

sketch

h ypnot i c

memor y

h y p n os i s

ses s i on s

v i sual
f r om

ar t i s t ,

Ra

p or t r ay
was

in
him

not .

un t i l

h a ve

th i s

p i c t ur e ,
the

have
wh i c h
t h r on e

sor t

it

to

a l so

not

s h ou l d
( Ra ' s

sever a l

f our

I I.

c ap t ure

the

of

c h ap ,

thi s
get

yet
h a ve

l ef t ) .

wh i c h

am not

his

true

be en

the

d r awn

t r a i ned

seems

c an
be

assure

t h at

s e r p en t

c om i n g
to
you he

c i r c u l ated

d emeanor .

i mp r e ss i on

i n c l u d ed

t r an c e
a

f i er c en e s s

p i c t ur e n o t

the

non

l i ght

I n s t e ad, t h e p i c t ur e

r e f l ec t
to

t h en

Ramesses

that

anyone

r e c e i v i ng
and

q u i te

eyes .
ask

a f ter
as

not

f r i en d l y

wan t

Ra

s es s i ons

l i fe

did

ad j u sted

d on ' t

guy . )
of

my

p i er c i n g

as

n i ce
r i ght

on

Ther e f or e ,

certai n l y

of

re t r i ev a l
and

hi s

1 996

(1
Ra

staf f

i mmed i at e l y

to

was
in
the

AKARAT'S ABDUCTION

In 1994 Jack Wylie (pseudonym) approached me and expressed his desire to recover some of his past life memories. He
soon discovered that he had been abducted by ETs this lifetime. His memory retrieval sessions further revealed that he,
too, is a "chosen one" and has been contacted and abducted through many lifetimes by various ET groups. In June of 1 994 he
uncovered a lifetime in Turkey wherein the Giza Intelligence chose him to carry out their insidious machinations.
"Akarat' s Abduction" is a classic example of a social implant. A social implant is programming which is received
willingly and consciously (as opposed to psychological, or hypnotic implantation, which is received while in an unconscious
state). Social implants are created when ETs select a prophet, a "chosen one , " to broadly disseminate the ETs' message. I
have labeled this incident an abduction because it appears that Akarat was mentally manipulated against his will to board
their craft. "Akarat' s Abduction" is one of the most significant firsthand accounts that implicates ETs as the hidden
source of religions and secret societies. Although " Akarat ' s Abduction" is contained in my first book , I have included the
entire, unaltered t ransc ript of this session here as well for those who have not read The Programming of a Planet.
(Note: When I first transcribed this tape, there were names with which I was unfamiliar, so consequently I misspelled
them.

After conducting some historical research on the subject, I discovered the accepted spellings, and therefore I have

indicated the most commonly used spellings in brackets.

Jack' s Session # 1 2

--

June 23, 1 994

Most of these names were as unfamiliar to Jack as they were to me. )

1 632 A . D .

" Put your attention o n the last session we had, o n that event. "
" Okay, that was when I was eleven. Yeall, and running along and blacked out. Okay . "
"Okay. All right. Return to an earlier, similar incident. "
"The first thing that comes to mind is more like a sound, a sound of . . 1 guess a woodwind instrument. When you
.

mention that. i t ' s like instantly a flash of a sound, kind of like hamlonics. an environment of listening to
music. It's a place that ' s different than Earth. " (He soo n realized that this event did indeed occur 011

Earth.) " Not getting any other details yet or flashes. What I ' m wondering is if, in this particular instance, a
sound is Used . . . e manates from a source that is used to mesmerize or entrance.

' Cause my irnage . . . my impression

here is that I. . . like standing or sitting or something, I ' m just. . . I ' m doing, being, and this sound kind of
floods over me and . . . as opposed to communicating something to me. It seems like it, well. I guess in a way it
does communicate somedling, but i t ' s like it captivates my attention completely, perhaps to dIe point of
hypnosis. "
"Give me dIe first thing dUll pops i nto your ht!ad: Are you in your body? "
"I think so. Yeah. Yeall, 'cause it's like I ' m like looking up at the sound of dIe sound and just kind of
immobile, perhaps because it's got my whok attention captivated. "
"All right. Here ' s another question. The first thing that pops into your mind: Are your eyes open? "
"Yes. "
"The first thing that pops i nto your mind: What do you see? "
" Nothing really, just kind of a vague fog, a cloud , or something like dIat, nodling specific or identifiahk. "
"Any kind of body sensations? "
"Well, it ' s real sweet. It' s a repetitious rhydIm, melody I should say, dlat 's a few notes. The lower. . . like
below middle C, right around middle C register, or not register, but, you know, in that range. And it's real
sweet. It kind o f makes me feel safe and loved. It also feels like a memory trip, as if I ' m viewing dIe past,
dIe time line of the past. I don ' t feel like an old body. old person. It feels like I ' m less than middle aged,
and yet not a teenager. "
"Are you a human body or other form? "
"It's kind of hard to say. I ' m assuming a humanoid form. and it feels like I ' m . . . well, my impression is that I ' m
outside and that i t ' s a warm day, kind o f swmy day. Partly sunny , part clouds, I should say. And my distinct
impression it ' s a vehicle in dIe sky that' s e manating this. . . transmitting this sound. It feels like it's Earnl,
only in the past. Not this lifetime, but in the past. And somedling I don' t fully understand . . . have no words
for, because it 's not something dlat I see at all anywhere around me. It's like a totally anomalous . . . wel l ,
let' s see, it 's a sight that I can ' t understand. These are the odler impressions that are kind o f coming
dlrough. It's indistinguishable, because it's kinda like blurred from my vision. It's like there's clouds or a
cloud or something like dIat obscuring it. And it comes down after. . . it hovers for a while and plays dlis
music, and I ' m totally enthralled. It lands near where 1 am. I have dlis impression, too, that it's like I ' ve
lost motor function of my body. I ' m just kind of, well. either with awe or something, I ' m just like held in
place. And I'm basically instructed or told to come on board, dlat they want me to see and hear some dlings and

12

then in tum go and tell other people. So 1 feel like I ' m in heaven, because it's, well , the music is very . . . it
puts my body like in total ease, total comfort. And so my allitude and feeling is like I ' m totally safe,
nothing to fear, I ' m loved and I ' m being shown something special . Its privileged. But also I get this
impression, too, that even after it lands. there' s still an ob . . . an 'obstitucation' (he is probably intending to
say 'obfuscation')-or however you say it-obscures the . . . my vision is kinda like obscure. Maybe from dust and
stuff, fumes, I don't know. Although it does calm down before 1 walk up this little ramp and into this place,
into this ship. You know, my impression is that it's like a little later than the medieval ages, more like in
the Renaissance era. I ' m not real clear if it's eastern Europe or if it's the M iddle East. Well , not the
M iddle East, but Asia, like in Turkey or somewhere. that part of Asia. It's like somewhere back there. A lot
of what I see is incomprehensible. I can' t comprehend that it could . . . because I have no vocabulary for it. 1
have no technical basis of experience or knowledge, like I feel like i n total awe. But also I feel not 'with
it, ' like I ' m 'out of it, ' like I ' m a tape recorder, in a way, being i mpressed , and yet my faculties, my mental
faculties aren't with me. They' re kind of like dulled. I seem to have some resistance to describing what I ' m
seeing o r listening to. O n the interior o f the ship i t ' s just absurd. Its like total insanity. The actions
of tllese people-and there's several of them, and they look humanoid-but things that they are doing make no
sense. Their actions, their . . . . its almost as i f I ' m watching people through a drugged state of mind. That
what tlley ' re doing is like illogical and insane. Or, yeait, it's like they 're playing with my mind or something.
Because tlley like say things, and then they fall on the floor, and they do some writhing and pretending, and 1
just cant. I can' t make sense of what it is that they' re doing. Or why they' re doing it. And also I ' m having
a really difficult time seeing them clearly. Its like they ' re dressed in distorted costumes, distorted garbs.
So it's kind of hard to see them. Except their overall humanoid shape of two arms and two legs and a body, a
trunk. But they wear these clothes that are so different than my plain ones that are functional . Theirs are,
well. I just can' t relate to them, can't relate hardly to their shape, their fonn. I can't say why tlley want me
to . . . well , because they want me to tell other people. I ' m just kind of having a difficult time, 'cause it seems
like I ' m viewing people in an insane asylum as opposed to sane people. The ritual , or whatever it is dlat
dley ' re doing, the dance, it's like one person talks, they seem to exalt one person, and I ' m not sure how to
describe that. And then suddenly dtat person is not the exalted one, dtat one other person out of the group is
being exalted, and it's totally confusing coming from a hierarchical society. TIlese people seem to interchange
in who's being exalted and praised, and then they do this writhing around and dancing around. So I don't know
what to make of it.
"Do they speak verbally or telepathic? Anything? "
" Verbally. Their words were all verbal . All their sounds. . . 1 mean they ' re making lots of raucous noises and
sounds. "
"Any language that 's distinguisltable? "
"Wel l . it's the native tongue. My native tongue. I assume it's not English because it's not England. But I mean
they' re speaking the same language that 1 understand and know. I feel uncomfortable with this because it's like
I ' ve been given an insight or a view to insane people. And it's just confusing and confounding and a lillie bit
frightening. And yet this is like supposed to be . . .! mean here 1 am supposed to communicate this to my fellow
neighbors in the country, and here it's supposed to be God, and because my image has always been 'God lives in
the sky . ' But here 1 am supposed to report hysterical babble and dances and sequence of movements that would be
considered insane! (Laughs) 1 also see a lot of gold in this particular room. Some of the people wear clothes
that look like they're made of gold fabric of some kind. Others are wearing a fabric dlat looks like it's a
dark . . . a black gray. Let's see, I ' m not sure what material. . .well . looks like a black gray. And then there's
another who wears like a purple sequined garment dlat 's got like really distorted angles like the shoulder's
l ike . . . one has a real accentuated shoulder pad on this side and then nothing on this side. It's almost like 1
would see out of surrealistic painting. (Laughs) So dlere's dIe variety of colors on dlese gannents that dlese
people are wearing. TIlroughout dlis nonsense and babble there are times where the om: who's seated on tht:
throne and who is the current exalted one, says something dlat 's supposed to be profound and truth. And dlis is
what I ' m supposed to remember and relay to the people. So I guess I ' m supposed to be on an interview with God,
widl these people, and that they ' re telling me truths that I ' m supposed to relay. And yet they dress it in all
dlis elaborate ritual of movement, psycho . . . well. okay. psychotic-seeming, no-meaning movement and gestures. My
eyes have been fully open the entire time from the initial sounds, all dIe way through. I ' m not unconscious.
Not at any point. And yet 1 seem to be an automaton, in a sort of paralysis. 'I can walk, and yet a lot of me
is like numb. It's l ike only my observer part of my brain is functioning, and I ' m just recording data from what
I ' m observing. "
"You say you are unconscious (lr are. . . "
"I am conscious.
"Oh, you are conscious. "
ft

ft

13

Yeah. It's just that all my faculties aren 't working. It's like I ' m a verbatim recorder or a . . . yeah. I don't
feel like I , you know, I guess they've put me in a position of being a prophet to the people around me. A
messenger of God, I guess, is what a prophet is. The area is definitely Asia, near eastern Europe, like north
of Greece. (He later discovered that this particular event had taken place in Turkey. ) It's just that the
serious things that they do say on the occasions when they're seated goes something like: 'THE SECOND
COMING OF THE GOD, THE SON OF GOD, TO REMIND THE PEOPLE TO PAY OBEDIENCE TO THE
GODS, TO GOD. THE BELIEVERS WILL BE SAVED. ' Basic things like that. Just kind of a
reinforcement of things that have been said before. And then I ' m supposed to describe these other things to
prove to the people that there is validity in what I say. One of the individuals . . . one of the men on the throne
right now is saying: ' I ' M THE GOD OF AGAMEMNON AND I MHOTEP, IMENHOTEP [AMENHOTEP].
I ' M THE GOD IN HEAVENS, AND I SEE ALL. I KNOW WHAT ' S IN THE M INDS AND HEARTS OF MEN.
I KNOW THE BELIEVERS, THE TRUE BELIEVERS. THEY I SHALL SAVE ON THE JUDGE-M ENT DAY.
M Y SILVER WlNGS . . . M Y SILVERY WINGS STRETCH FAR ACROSS THE EARTH, AND I WILL UPLIFT
THE MEN WHO BELIEVE IN THEIR H EARTS AND ADORE AND WORSHIP ME. '
The next person on the throne who's being exalted is a woman, and she' s dressed in a . . . like a ruby red . . . a
beautiful ruby red gown that 's sparkly. Again I would guess something like sequins or something like that or a
mass or series of little shells. She claims to be the God of the Far East . . . the Goddess, I mean, of the Far
East. She seems to have an emphasis on sensuality and sex. I ' m not sure what her name is. It's one of
those . . . Shall-ti [SHAKTI) , or somebody like that. Is .. .Ismet? She claims to be the mother of God or the mother
of humankind, mother in heaven, Goddess that gave binh to humankind. And she, too, expresses veiled threats,
basically: 'WORSHIP ME OR I WILL DESTROY THOSE WHO IN THEIR HEART DON'T WORSHIP M E . '
And she gives me instructions to give to the people of our area to erect a shrine to her. And she gives me this
visual impression of what she wants to look like, dark almond-shaped eyes, long brown hair and a smooth brownish
color skin. Then the next person who is on the throne being exalted wears green. The woman's name just really
bugs me because it's like there ' s three names. She goes by three names, and they' re on the tip of my mind.
It's difficult for me to recall them. ISHTAR. Hikate? ( HECATE) There's a third name, one of her names from
TIlailand and China or wherever she was worshipped over dlere, and I can't quite recall dlat name. But the odler
two names were names that she was known by in other civilizations, more in the M iddle East and dIe nordl .
Anyway she wants me to assure the people that she hasn' t gone away, that she's still in the Godhead, the
panthenon of twelve (he probably meant 'pantheon' ) and that it's time for us to start worshipping her again,
also. This green fella, the guy who' s dressed in green, he feels less comfortable to me. He's giving us
instructions about sacrifices and tithes, let 's see, gifts to the Gods. And he tells . . . he gives me instructions
about where to put all this stuff and what quantities, like loaves of bread, animals, especially sheep, other
things, too, like rugs, woven fabric . And it just seems like . J don't like it, because it seems like it's a
.

lot to have to give to these people, like it'll be a burden on our people. And we' re supposed to put this in
the shrine dIat we' re gonna build with the statue of dlese two previous people, the woman and the odler fellow
dIat preceded him. And he also gives me, it seems like, i nstructions on a ritual that we have to do. We have
to practice like on a . . . not necessarily a daily basis, but like a couple times a week or somethin' . And it has
to do with gyrations and touching our head on dIe ground and other nonsense. Things like that dlat really
don' t. . .are not done because of a logical reason, but just because he tells us to do them. In other words they
don' t make sense. HI! just wants us to go through these motions. No rl!ason given, just to worship and honor
him.
What is his tonI! of voice?
Well, dlis guy seems to have another symbol dlat he wants me and othl!r peopk to wear, and it's likl! a cross.
Let ' s see, there's . . . 1 can clearly see die crimson color blood dropkts coming down from it. Let 's see, it's a
shape likl! a daggl!r or a cross widl little drips of blood. It sel!ms like it's a cross, and hI! wants us to like
put dlis as a badgl! on our fabric, you know, weave it i nto our fabric . And it's supposed to be a green
background with dlis crimson color of blood drops and a brown staff or a . . . a cross? Wood, anyway. But we're
supposed to do some gyrations and standing on one foot, dancing like on one foot and doing a circle and bowing
down, touching our head onto the ground, just a bunch of nonsensical moves. (Laughs) This is really quite a
long encounter with dlese people from beginning to finish. It's like I ' m gone for half of a day with diem.
TIlere is onl! more person who ' s dressed in dlat black. . . let 's see, black widl some tint of gray to it. So it's
not like an ebony black or an onyx black; it's more l ike a murky black. He's the one who' s exalted now . . .on the
throne, and they' re all doing their gyrations and honorings of him. And so I guess I ' m supposed to imitate
these people i n their. . . i n other words the rituals that I ' m supposed to do are like the SaDIe steps and movements
and twists and jerks and jumps and falls and bangs. I ' m supposed to do the same things as them apparently. I ' m
supposed to teach this ritual o f movement to the people I ' m supposed to EO back to. Yeah, the guy i n the green,
he seems to have a fierce looking face, a frightening countenance. He just feels frightening. TIle

14

others . . . more like they ' re insane, more like they 're awesome and inspiring and powerful , but this guy seems to
be just frightening. He seems to have a pretty cold, frightening feel to him. "
" Are the faces human? "
"This guy i n the green has a distorted, contorted mask on. And it's like exaggerated features that look pretty
frightening like a jutting jaw, a hooked nose, big ridge on the brow, sunken eyes, i ndrawn cheeks. But then a
forehead that like goes up. I nstead of a smooth forehead, it ' s like a distorted forehead, like one side comes
up in a point, the other side less so. (Laughs) But, too, i t ' s not a whole head mask, it's just a l inear--What
do you call?-a facade, a thin frontal mask. "

" Can you tell at all what they really look like?"
"No. This one does seem . . . let's see . . . white, bearded is my i mpression of what they really look like. White skin,
beards, brown beards. The guy in the black costume seems to be giving me instructions about a secret, about
something that' s supposed to be kept secret. Something that only select people are supposed to do and be a part
of. He seems to be coaching me i n secrets. Kinda like there's going to be a church, and then within that
church there's gonna be a smaller group. And that' s what he' s instructing me in. But this seems to be like a
delayed memory recall, too. What he's i nstructing me in is like a gradual memory recall. It's like I have a-What do you call?--time release realizations. Yeah , there'll be certain things that will trigger a series of
his instructions. In other words his instructions are in like three parts in all. As I go through experiences
or time, then I will become aware of the first revelation and the second series of instructions and finally the
third. But everything else I ' m supposed to report to the surrounding countryside. He's the last one, the black
one is the last one. I just get this veil, this dark like . . . i t ' s hard for me to hear what he's saying; i t ' s
hard for me t o understand what he' s saying; i t ' s hard for me t o recall what he 's saying. But i t ' s like
secretive and mysterious, and it also makes me afraid. I ' m afraid to recall it. I ' m afraid to remember it. So
after I ' m done with him I march on back out the ship to the sound of music with the instructions that I am their
messenger to the people. And I ' m supposed to convey this message, and 1 will be honored for being the messenger
of the Gods. I walk out with my back to the ship and again this uproar, upwell of smoke and dust and roaring,
and they leave. TIley go up i nto the sky in a bright, very bright blaze or, well, not blaze, but a very bright,
white light. And it takes some time . . . my impression, it takes some time for me to come back to my normal
senses. Probably a couple of hours. Whereas it was close to noon in the earlier part of the day , the sun is
approaching the horizon. I t ' s been a long time in dllS experience, a lot of hours. Probably six or seven hours
have elapsed. "
"What' s your name? "
"Ah . . . A . . . Akarat. Somedling like that . . . something like dlat. It's a weird one. "
"When is dlis? What year? "
"

1 63 2

It must be in dle western part of Turkey or whatever cowllry borders nordlwestern Turkey . Maybe il. . . yeah ,

it's like in that area, in dlat region. I ' m just a goat herder, sheep herder. I just am a--What do you call
it?--an animal husband? "
"What 's dIe nearest large city?"

nOh, gosh, I don' t know. Istanbul ' s a long ways away. I can ' t say the names, 'cause dley' re l i e long ones, many
syllables long. "
"All right.

And are you at the end of the i ncidem? "

"With dlat, yeall . I can kinda see what my set of instructions are, I ' m supposed to go to the village cemer and
announce to everybody dlat I have a message from the Gods and that dlere 's supposed to be like a town gathering
in three days. And dIe word is supposed to be spread and everybody is supposed to come in, lay down their
things in the fields or whatever it is that they' re doing and come i nto town and listen to my instructions from
dle Gods. So that' s kind of the aftermath of that experience. "
"And do you do this? "
" Urn-hull. Yeall, tIuet: days latt:r there is a gathering in the village square or whatt:vt:r you 'd call dlis, you k now ,
tIle area, the ct:ntral part of town. And there's a large crowd of people. I would say probably a couple
hundred . . . maybe duee hundred people. It's quite a large gatIlering, 'cause i t ' s just a small town, not a highly
densely populated area that I live in. Okay, anydling else?"
"Okay

What do you tell dIem? "

"Well, actually I tell them . . . 1 start at the beginning about dlt: music that I heard and dIe sight that I saw and
how I was entranced and then walked into this place of dleirs, i nto dlis ship where I saw a lot of bright. . . a
lot of gold i n dIe room. And they were wearing very colorful costumes. There was also a lot of brightness. It
was like kinda i nterfering widl my eyes or a little too much light coming . . . anyway , it was somewhat hazy, my
view. M y ability to see was a little bit hazed. And dlen I go through what each of dIe Gods told me, and the
movemems and motions that dley made, and then tIle verbal praises that hey were giving to this God and to this
God, and how the people: were supposed to imitate dlis. And dIe Gods gave me knowledge about-to pass along to

15

them--i nstructions on ritual, obedience and praise, how we are supposed lO praise and exall them. And build two

statues to two of them, and then it be encompassed in a shrine that we are supposed to give sacrifices to. So
that kind of covers it. "

" How are the people receiving this i nfonnation? "

"Some with disinterest, some with muttering, some with absolute acceptance, and awe of me and like a little bit of
fear of me, and whereas I used to be one of them, suddenly I ' m not. There's some of these people who have this
really i ntense acceptance and worship, and ' yes we'll do i t , ' and belief, and I ' m gonna be saved, and I want to

be saved, and I believe i n my beart . . . they tend to elevate me, too, in the process, thinking that I have to be

special because the Gods chose me to speak to them. My distinct impression is that some in the crowd mutter and
were restless, and they left. They decided to migrate to other areas with their families and flocks and their
business. And then a lot accepted it hook, line and sinker. But I wasn't stoned; I wasn't killed; I wasn't
rejected. It was kind of a parting of two kinds: some that just outright rejected it, and some that were

skeptical, and then the others that just took it all i n completely and decided they 'd start following out the

instructions of sacrifice and ritual and movements and building the shrine and praising them. exalting them. "

"Anything else? "

"Yes. the black one was the one out of the group who would come and visit me physically in person from time to
time. And I was supposed to gatller a group, that he would come, and he would talk to us and instruct us. But

he was like only an occasional visitor, maybe every four, six . eight months, something like dlat. "
'One of the people in the spaceship?"

" Yeah. the guy who was dressed i n the black . . . grayish black garment. "

"And he appears in person widl you or in front of a group? "

" Yeal\ . Not this large group of dIe whole village, okay. So I ' m supposed to find and select a small group, maybe
twenty or fifty people over time, and he would come and give us instructions essentially, make certain that our

rirualistic moves and all that stuff was done precisely. And he would just . . . 1 mean we had our gatherings from

time to time, and then on an i nfrequent basis he would come in and guide us and instruct us and so on.

Something like once every eight months. But I didn't see dIe othe!rs again . "

"When at first you do see him, is he! always wearing a mask when he! appears or does he! appear as he really was? "
"Well , no. not eVe!r. Not ever. He! always wears garments dlat are radically different than ours. Only i t ' s not

dIe same as the ship. TIlere it was kind of fancy and somewhat sparkly and shiny. Whereas. he ' s got like fabric

on now. Somedling that' s more like ours. but more elaborate!, and it's not the drab colors of ours. (Laughs)
But his definitely covers (the) whole body, and he's got a hat on. Yeall. I can't see his face. I suspect i t ' s

covered . "

"Can you see now?"

"It reminds me! some!what of tlle Ku Klux Klan. Not dIe! light, but the! covering, the head, how the face is obscure!d

from view somewhat reminds me of dIe Ku Klux Klan. ' Cause we all , too, are supposed to have our beads covered .

But again it's not white; it would be like a brown paper bag color, I guess, like a grain sack or somethin ' , so
that our identities are obscured . "

Anything else?"

" Yeah, I was just getting some impressions of dIe green, of dIe person in the green and the woman. It's like a
group of women in the area kind of decided to take on the characteristics or dIe attributes of this Goddess and

kind of made their own little group, worshipping the Goddess, above and more so . . . primarily is what I should

say. Primarily worshipping the Goddess and dIe others is part of it, but they kind of fanned dleir own little

group, sect. TIle! God dressed in green was supposed to have a particular appeal to a certain group of people,

too, and they were dIe people that were dealing with the water dlat were like the boat people! and dIe fishers. "

"This was the! God dressed in green? "

Yeall. Right. They like adapted him as their patron saint kind of conce!pt, as dIe one that would protect dIem and
watch over them and kind of protect them from dIe weather. And yet dle!Y were not a continuous water-living
group, either. TIley were more like bodl. I mean they weren't like sailors going across on the oceans. They

were just like fishermen that worked the waters and transported some cargo, but it wasn't long distances.

Because dlis part of dIe country did not have ships dlat saikd long distances. They just mainly like followed

dIe coast lines, and dley would go from . . . they would transport cargo, but not great distances. Well , dIe God

dressed in green was like dleir exalted one. And then there was like one God over all of them. He! was tlle
first one on die dlrone, and he was dIe one who was saying about, ' M Y SILVERY WINGS STRETCH

FAR OVER THE EARTH , THE SECOND COMING OF THE SON OF GOD IS COM ING. I WILL LIFT UP

THE BELIEVERS . ' He was the one who was like the main God, and dlen all these odler groups like

had their favorite! little! God dlat dley could perhaps more personally identify with and relate to. I was just
trying to get dlat woman' s third name. It was something like Ashur. . . Ashureth or. . .1 can ' t quite get

it. . . Ash . . . Ashur. . . (Laughs) I t ' s the closest I can corne is Ashureth (ASHTORETH) . I ' m not sure, that just
16

doesn' t sound quite right, though. She seems to embody-oh, yeah, I ' ve already said dlat-sexuality and
sensuality and independence, too. TIle women who follow her are not exactly Geisha women who only study dIe art
of sexual pleasure for men. They also have like an independence, too, a strength and independence of men. Some
of dlem don' t take up with men at all. Some do, but it's like an optional dling. But I guess dleir main thrust
is feminine strengdl, strengdl i n dle feminine way. ft
'Anydling else?ft
ft M y i mpression is dlat dlis developed i nto kinda like a religion widlin a religion in that area. Over a couple of
hundred years it basically just developed i nto its own religion even dlough it fits into dle broader religion of
that region. I'm not sure what dle dominant religion i n that area is. I dlink it's Muslim . . . Moslem.

ft

ftWhat are you at dlis time? I mean, what' s your religion? ft

ftI don' t know. I do know dlat I have some basic beliefs and superstitions, yealt. I don't know. Don' t recall dle
name of dle religion right now. I dlink it's Moslem.
ft

ft

Anydling else? ft

ft No. ft
" Al l right. Let 's just see if we can pick up some more information, especially on dle ship. So return to the
beginning and recounl it.

ft

" Okay. I ' m in an area dlat' s rocky, and yet it's kind of lush, somewhat hiIIy, but dlere 's like grasses and trees
and some trees and some bushes. I ' m an animal husband, and it's, oh, approaching noon or midday, I guess. It's
probably around eleven o'clock in dle morning. I hear dlis music that is just beautiful. I t ' s l ike it
captivates my soul. It sounds like a woodwind instrument, and it's one note at a time, and yet dlere's like
harmonies in dlis. And it is like it just totally eOlrances me. It's repetitious, and it has a certain beat to
it, beat from that, kind of slow, rhydtmic. But it has dlis incredibly calming effect, and I ' m looking up in
dIe direction of dle sound because i t ' s coming from the sky. And it's a partly cloudy day.

It was just a few

clouds in dle sky, but here ' s tllis bright cloud up in the sky. It's kind of. . . 1 can ' t make out exactly what it
is, but it's dlere. And it seems to be dle source of tIlis beautiful music tIlat . . . it seems like it's more
tdepadlic when they communicate it, as opposed to a broadcast. Because it ' s not like I hear it echoing over
tile hills, it's like it's in me. And it ' s really beautiful, and I just stand dlere, enchanted. My eyes are
wide open, I ' m fully conscious, and it starts to descend. And it's cloudy and obscured from view completdy,
and yet dlere's a bright. . . there ' s an object inside of it that' s metallic. and let 's see. it would be like a
silver gray color, silver white, I guess, is more. . . a little closer. It doesn't look huge on dIe outside.
Well , I can see it better. After it lands I can see it more clearly, more distinctly , 'cause dlere' s not all
dle swirling smoke and dust. And it stands like on some fairly short legs, and dlere's dlis ramp dlat comes
down out of it. like out of tile belly of it. And after a certain amount of time passes where I ' m like. let ' s
see, about alI I can d o is see and hear. Well. let 's see, I can' t think very clearly, very well. Only my
observing part or sense is functioning. And after awhile I walk up onto this ramp and into dle ship. My
instructions-now dlese are telepadlic i nstructions-I am told that I'm supposed to observe and record and then
tell my people of dIe area that I live in, what I have seen, what I ' ve heard. When I go in, I can see, and yet
dlere ' s a haze

No. it's not a smoky haze but 1 can't see clearly. I can' t distinguish clearly, and yet some
,

walls like dIe wall behind dIe dlrone is gold. It's not a blinding gold. but it's a beautiful , beautiful gold.
Looks like dle actual metal gold. And dlere are otller dlings that are kind of hard for me to describe. 'cause
of dle walls are like featured, and i t ' s a fairly small room, and it's kinda cluttered in dlere. There's a
duane up against one wall . Well , a chair actually that looks like a dlrone; it's on a little raised dais, a
step. The odler details of dle odler walls just. . . they look like dley belong more in a home, 'cause tllere's
some wood, and dlere's some .. . Iike what a lady stands behind to disrobe, you know, dlere's one of those. It's
kinda like that, and it's dark wood color. Well, it's just hard to describe. (Laughs) It' s confusing. Now.
let ' s see, I ' m standing by the ramp and how many are there? There are what. . . six?

.seven? . . . five, six. seven?

M ust be seven people dlat are like standing in a semi-circular shape, like a half-moon shape. TIley ' re all
standing erect, and they 've got costumes on. These kind of outrageous dresses that are all fai rly similar in
their shape . . . they come down to dleir feet, and dley 're wearing like eidler a slipper or a boot dlat 's like gold
widl pointed toes. None of 'em have hats. They all llave masks. And tlley have dlese. . . the upper part of dleir
dresses are like distortions, like dle accentuated shoulder pad out one side and not tile odler, like . . . 1 guess
you 'd call it dle collar in back of dIe head, kinda l ike die ancient royalty--well

1 shouldn't say dlat--but

1 stand inside tile ship,

like the royalty used to wear, that big old backed collar. Anyway, when 1 come in, and

I ' ve got dlis knowing I ' m supposed to observe dlis and report. TIlen everydling becomes verbal, verbally spoken.
And dlat' s when dley start doing dleir crazy dance and movements and jerks, and dley all get down on dleir knees
and do dleir head tluee times to dle guy dlat's sitting on the dlrone. And he's dle first. . .dle primary God .
He 's dle one dlat. . .after dley do a buncha nonsense. dlen he says some words dla! he conveys widl a feeling, a
profoundness. You know, like: 'I AM THE GOD IN THE HEAVENS, AND YOU'RE TO TELL THE PEOPLE
17

THAT I KNOW WHAT THEY FEEL IN THEIR HEARTS. AND THEY ' RE TO PAY ME OBEDIENCE AND
WORSHIP M E AN D EXALT ME AND BUILD A LIKENESS OF MY I M AG E IN A S H RINE TO HOUSE THAT
I MAGE ' and so on. And there is a . . A SECOND COMING OF THE SON OF GOD' will occur.
.

'THERE WILL BE A FINAL J U DG E M ENT DAY, AND ALL OF THE BELIEVERS WILL BE LIFTED UP
AND SAVED. AND EVERYBODY ELSE WILL BE DESTROYED FOR B EING NON-BELIEVERS. '
He has like a deep booming voice when he' s doing this. I also see his gown raised up a little bit as he' s
seated, and h e has straps . . . sandal-like, strapped boots different than the others. "
"Can you see any fingers or are their hands covered?"

" No, their hands are uncovered. I see his hair behind his mask, let 's see, just k inda like out to the side it

comes down to probably just above his shoulders. Looks like I can see some brown whiskers under his mask . He's
been the God of mankind forever, he says. Down through the ages and through civilizations he's been known by
many names. And he says he's the God of Aknoten, and so I ' m supposed to relay to the people his message about
believing, paying obedience, basically converting to his worship . "

"What' s his name? "

"I don' t know, he said he' s the God of Aknoten and
Om . . . I m . . . Imno . . hotep . . . I mhotep . . . or however you say it. I guess it's RA, I ' m not sure. " (Jack later confimled
to me that this "God" had i ndeed identified himself as "RA. ")
" And what was that again, please, the God of what? "
"The Egyptian pharaohs, Aknoten, I . m. n.o.m.m. hotep . . . m.m.hotep. I ' m not sure how you say that pharaoh' s name.
Imenhotep. I think that's how you say it, I menhotep. " [AM ENHOTEP]
" How does it sound when he says it? " (Note: There are various spellings and pronunciations of Egyptian words
because no one knows what the vowels were. However, these vowels and pronunciations could be pieced together by
anyone who would conduct extensive past l i fe work in this area. )
(Laughs) " l menhotep. His garb is one of two colors, white and gold. Anyway , he' s done and they all stan doing
their SlUff again, they ' re dancing like a deer and banging their head three times and doing some jumps and jerks
and all this kind of SlUff. And he steps off the dais, and he stans going around with them, and it just looks
to me like a babbling bunch of insane people. And then another one steps onto the (hrone . And finally all this
nonsense settles down, and she stans to speak to me, and she's the one dressed in the ruby red gown, dress.
She has on the mask of a woman of a beautiful countenance. And again I can see some of the dark brown hair of
her that goes down past the top of her shoulders, probably to the middle of the shoulder blades. It's nOl
really long, but it's a beautiful, thick, full, brown hair. She requests that we build an image in her
l ikeness, and this is conveyed telepathically, the picture that I see of her that' s supposed to be built in a
statue foml. This is kind of odd, but she seems to be wearing like a pants, l ike . . . this image that we' re
supposed (0 build of her . . . a shin that looks, well, like a vest , kind of, where her bust is panially revealed,
and the pants would be like a pajama type of pants, a balloony, fl i msy k i nd of material. Not quite see-through,
but close. No shoes. Beautiful face, beautiful hair. A jewel i n her nose, it looks like a diamond i n her
nose. And then she says that she is the M OTHER OF CREATION , THE M OTHER OF GOD. She created
humankind. And that we are to exalt and worship her. I don' t get a lot else from that. Anyway , (Laugbs) the
group stans goin' into their gyrations again, and they' re raising their voices and chanting things like
'WE WORS H I P YOU , AND WE HONOR YOU, AND YOU ARE THE MOST EXALTED' and that kind of stuff.
But they writhe around on the floor some, they dance like an animal , they jump, they jerk, and dley raise their
voices in a loud pitch, and then they lower their voices sometimes, kind of a rising, swelling, falling in their
singing voices. Then dIe God dressed in the green gets onto the duone. And after awhile they . . . it dies down,
all tile raucous and the moving, and the noise dies down. And dlis one feels harsh. He feels unforgiving. He
feels frightening. Feels . . . yeah, he feels . . . those kind of attributes. I like dIe color of green that he wears.
But agai n that little insignia, well, yeall, I guess tllat ' s what we' re supposed to do is as a show of obedience
and dedication to him, weave onto our clothes, like our shin, our top, green with cri mson drops of blood like
two, maybe three drops of crimson blood. And this is what I ' m not clear about if i t ' s a staff or a cross or a
mix in between tllose two, but i t ' s some wooden centerpiece on this patch. "
" Is it made of wood? "
" No, it's just supposed to look like wood . I mean dIe symbol is a wooden object, yeah. "
"Is it a cross? "
"I don' t know, because it's like I see both. It's like I see a cross and a staff. "

Are they together?"

"That might be it.

It might be that there ' s a cross witll a staff witll a hook around dIe top pan of the cross.

No, tllat' s not right either, because dlis staff is more like a crooked staff. I t ' s not like tile hooked staff
like Jesus carries or somebody like thaI. It's more like a physician's staff, more like a snake dlat looks like
a staff. You know, like a wavy . . . kind of like a wavy staff that goes to a point with a bigger head dlat comes

18

down to a tip. "

" I s there a handle on it, an enlargement at the top of the staff?"
"No, there's no . . . 1 don' t know. Yeah, maybe both of them are on the . . . no, I don' t know. I ' ll have to mO\le along

'cause they just have me confused 'cause I can see both of 'em. Maybe they ' re supposed to be two different
insignias and one for one group and one for the other. That might be, too. Then the final person on dle throne
is the dark . . . the man in dark . . . in the black. And he gives me some instructions about secrecy. These things
are supposed to be done in secret without dle larger congregation knowing, the larger religious following
knowing. So dlis is supposed to be a select group, and I ' m supposed to select only men. And i t ' s gonna be like
a secret society within our religion. And I ' m supposed to pick out mostly younger men, men of different
trainings and temperaments. But it's supposed to be like a very slow process of picking out these people. Very
slow. Like I ' m not supposed to have fifty right off the bat. It's like . . . one and two . . . and five and ten . . . for
a few years, and have that number gradually but really slowly increase. So they will become large numbers like
i n a few hundred years, but for the first fifty years, you know, just a small group of people, maybe twenty or
dlirty. And my impression is that it takes several months before I choose one person. So my first i nstructions
are. . . i t ' s like they will slowly come to me. The first set of instructions will slowly come to me over the
first few days and months after I have dlis experience. Like I won't remember artything immediately right away .
I t ' s like i t ' l l be delayed over a week ' s period of time. Two weeks period of time, artd then I ' ll start to
remember the first parts of this person's i nstructions. But mese last two, the one in me green and this
one. . . well, the one in the green had just a meart looking face, a really meart looking mask on. lllis one is dark,
obscure, hard to see his face, is facial features. His mask is a very dark mystery. "
"Is this me one who visits later on?" (1lle dark one)
"Yes. This is the one who will i nfrequently visit, come to my . . . our meetings. But we' re supposed to have meetings
every so often like once every other month, or something. And we' re supposed to have him as our secret God artd
worship artd praise, you know, do our ritual dances and movements to him. We' re not supposed to tell dle other
church about him. Only we get to worship him. And the feeling is . . . we feel like we have an extra bonus because
dlis is a very powerful God. and he works i ll invisible. mysterious ways that adds to us a greater strength. a
greater greatness. I t ' s like we' re distinguished and exalted among dle people in our own . . . of our neighbors .
We' re like better dlan them. Seems as dlOugh we' re supposed to wear like a t-shirt. art undergarment that is not
shown to the public. But the people ill this order. or dlis group. are supposed to wear somedling that kind of
mimics him. and i t ' s a dark gray color of cloth. It kinda keeps us . . . i t ' s like keeping it close to ourselves so
that we remember, and we kind of have his presence widl us on a continual basis, because it 's closer to us.
I t ' s like i nside of our clothes is secret and sacred and a continual reminder of our presence. Kind of like
wearing a cross under your shirt only this is a piece of clodl. It's supposed to be highly secretive. Step Two
and Step lllree. which he will eventually reveal to me will be learned of as we get a larger group of Jk!Ople,
larger organization, more established and more accustomed to doing the rituals and . of course. making certain
that we' re faidlful and obedient and all that. Then dle other steps will be revealed to us, to me. with . . . i t
seems like Step lllree coming like many years later. twenty, thirty years later. H e was dle last one o n the
throne. And after dley did all dleir gyrations again. dlen the music started. and I turned my back to dlem,
walked out the ramp. out and down the ramp. Then I turned around and faced dle ship as dle music ' s still going
in my head, and it raises up the smoke and the dust and dle wind. And it rises up in the sky and goes away. "
"What does the ship look like?"
"Well, not a saucer, more like a bowl, or a ball , I mean. More like a ball. Somewhat. . . not a perfect sphere. but,
you know, somewhat dis . . . but there' s like a big bulge. Yeah. I would have to say it looks close to like a
ball . But, kind of a circular edge to it, too. More like a top only not pointed on the bottom. You know , l ike
a spinning top? Yeah, more like that. kind of a bulgy center part widl just a thi n edge. Not really thin. but
kind of dlick like a top, actually. "
"What do their hands look like? You say dley're not covered? "
" No, dley 've got a little bit of hair on 'em. llley ' re just normal. white-skilUled hands. '
"Like humans? "
" Yeah. Uh-huh. Just like humans. "
"They' re not like tan from dle sun or anything?"
"The woman had dark skin. The first God was white. He even had a few freckles . "
"And what. . . four fingers and a dlUmb, just like a human? "
"Um-huh. Right. Exactly. The green and the black one, dley were a little bit different dtart the first God. Oh,
I ' m not clear on dtat 'cause I get several impressions like one was a Negro and the other was brown . . . brown
skinned. I don ' t know . "
"That first God. the mask he has, he had a hooked nose? Is it like a nose or like a beak of a bird or . . . ? "
"llle G od dressed in the green dress. "

19

"The first one?"

"TIlat wasn' t the fi rst one. "
"OIl. "
"1bat was the dlird one. He was after dle woman. "
"Oh. "
"The first one had gold and white garb on. "
"Urn-huh . And that nose you said looked like a hooked, big nose . . . ? "
"Yeah . . . "
"Was it more like a beak, I mean . . . ?"
"No, just a big nose iliat was, you know, totally fake, because i t was so large. It was l ike really large . "
"Urn-huh. Any other details o n ilie saucer?"
nOh, it was a silvery white. After it got a ways off the ground, ilien it was a little more visible. It wasn' t
quite as obscured b y the smoke, but when i t was like hovering iliere, yes, it was l ike really obscured, and I
couldn't see it too well. But as it was leaving it didn't leave real fast, it just kinda moved away kinda
gradually. It was a silverish white color. After it l i fted off, dle legs fairl y quickly retracted . And after
it was up, oh gosh, quite a few feet, maybe a iliousand feet or so, then dle music stopped playing in my head,
and I sat down. And I was totally in a daze. And I sat there for quite a long time, maybe a couple of hours,
maybe an hour. But I sat there for quite awhile slowly, actually, regaining my normal sense of awareness and
presence. "
"And see if you can scan ahead in time to contact ilie points where this secret information was time-released . Please
scan to ilie first point where you remember. "

"Okay. I was a young man, early twenties when this occurred. I was probably twenty to twenty-three is my guess.
And it was about five to seven years later the second, dle Phase Two, was revealed to me. We'd seen him
probably two to three times since dlen, since my i nitial meeting of him. Then he attended our meetings, about
three times is my guess. Yeah , ahout three times. Phase Two was revealed. I get the disti nct impression that
Phase Two was re. . . Phase Three was revealed when I was prohably in my sixties, maybe my late, no, may . . . actual ly
my late fifties. Right around dle age of sixty. Like fi fty-eight, fifty-nine, sixty was when Phase TIuee was
revealed . And that 's when our group started to travel and spread . That was when we basically sent
missionaries, contact other groups, to start oilier groups. It had spread out.

It spread out some between Phase

Two and TIlcee. In other words in the! fi rst five years I and my group were all of ilie! people that I knew, were
just in my vicinity of. . . probably a twenty mile vicinity of the country that I was living in. After seven years
then we started to spread out to neighboring districts and areas and expand. We sent some of the younger people
to dle neighboring areas to basically recruit. It's a certain personality type, too, it seems like, dtat 's
recruited. Fanatics. Young men who are fanatics. And yet, dlere's also some people dtat are recruited dlat
are wise people, too, that have some wisdom and balance Yeall. So between Phase Two and Three, it was mostly
just in our surrounding countryside, but when Phase Three occurred, that' s when we started sending them over
long distances, through great distances. Black was dle color. That was dle cloili iliat was worn iliat was like

tL: identification of people. It was dle secret code. "

" I t ' s worn a-; an outer garment? "
" I t ' s a t-shirt. It's inside. I t ' s hidden from view. Supposed to be very sacred . I t ' s just that it's shown . . . is
a way to identify, in a secret way, to other people who are in the organization. Any odler questions?"
"Okay . Is iliere anydling else about this secret information or dle secret society, wltatever you want to . . . ? "
" Phase Three . . . the God dressed in black was dle leader who would preside over our meetings infrequently. Otherwise
I was dle one who would preside over the meetings. I was the one who initially taught people how to do the
rituals, all dle moves, kind of talk and communicate how secret and how sacred this was and how special dle
individual was for being able to he in this group, how we had special favored status from this God . We got his
favor, basically, which was a very powerful dling, because it gave us higher status in our own nlinds over
everybody else. We were special. And we did get favors from time to time from. . . or as a result of dlis Goo.
And we did. We got. you know, special class treatment from some of our odler fellow neighbors and such. So,
you know. it looked like we had the luck of life on our side. essentially. We didn ' t have to strive and toil
quite as much as everybody else. And yet we did, but just not quite to ilie degree as everybody else. It was a
very slow process in getting started , because I and dIe first person had to start out at dIe very bottom and,
you know, gradually work our way up. And so did everybody else, but it was just a real slow graduation process
for each person dlat got in. It's like dley wouldn't reach the higher levels until dIe very end of ilieir life,
towards the very final years of dleir life. "
"And what does that mean dley would receive certain information or abilities, or something at dtat point?"
"The kind of gifts that they would receive and favors that they would receive kind of were proportionate to their
level . and so their rewards would he greater as dley got into dIe higher levels and towards dIe end of their

20

life. And, yeah, there was also a point where they would become the teachers and the trainers of the new
recruits and the medium recruits. And that was like . . . it impresses me that somewhere at the age of fifty-five,
they would get promoted to l ike . . . or maybe fi fty-eight, they would get promoted to be like die final stage, .
almost, I mean as far as normal people could go, they 'd get promoted to the final stage. But then they'd only
live three to five years, and then they were dead. "
"What was the rewards?"
"They got to . . . the information that was then revealed to them was everything dlat I knew. A more direct access to
make certain requests of this God. Personal conversations with this God when he would come and have meetings,
and he would preside. He would also then talk to some of these people in this upper echelon, in the highest
echelon. They would get like a personal audience, briefly. Also, they would get some fairly large gifts from
some of the other people in the countryside, from wealthy families or from politicians or the royalry . "
"And how do you say your name? "
"Akarat. Such a foreign name. Seems like they got a key, a golden key. O n this final initiation level they would
receive a key dlat was gold. I ' m not sure what dtat key is, too, but it's like they wore it arowld a cord, and
it would hang from dleir waist inside of their gannents. It would only show on the outside of their gannents
during our meetings. Very few people wore the golden key. But they were accorded like die highest of respect
in our group. They were like the generals, you know, that really . . . people were in awe of the tJlem in die later
years of this organization. "
" Do you wear that symbol you were talking about . . . the staff and the cross . . . do you wear that all the time or during
the meetings or what? "
"That is the sign, or the symbol, of the God dlat was dressed in green. That ' s not die sign dtat we wear. It's not
die signal or the insignia that we have. Ours is the black t-shirt. "
"And what's tJle purpose of your group as you perceive it?"
"TIlat was revealed to us after Step Three was revealed. We were basically just a group of worshippc:rs dtal . . . we
did get a little bit tangled in politics by, baically, bribings. Well , some of the politicians, hut very few
of die politicians in the whole region were involved in our group in Phase Two and Phase TIlree. But tJlere were
a few that got in because of the exclusivity of it, that were recruited . And there was some spying mat went
on, but it was kind of like dry-running, dry runs, like paper trading. It was just preliminary. After Phase
TIuee is when die intrigue really set in and the entanglements in a lot of courts throughout Asia and Europe
came about. I t ' s when we started to connect up to other organizations, and extortion and threats to get our way
into and involved in politics. Our way or our teaching was that we were special; everybody else wa-; crap. No ..::::.-
compassion. It didn't matter, they were to be exploited. We were to exploit them in the name of our God. They
grew into a wealtJlY organization. A lot of dlat wealth was channeled right directly up to die leader. And, you
know, we all got our fingers in die pie, and, you know, we had our fringe benefits in life. But a lot of tJle
extortion, or taxes I guess you'd call it, that we extracted from various fiefdoms and kingdoms and dukedoms
around die . . . our area. Our sphere of influence spread out of Asia dlere and grew. I mean it encompassed . . . you
know, it just kinda grew. "
"How far out did the influence . . ? "
.

"Wel l , in that lifetime before I died, w e had sent missionaries down through . . . over towards Africa and towards
India and across die Mediterranean to Nordlern Africa and to Europe. Yeall, some were sent nordl, the
Russia/Germany direction, but just a few . It was just like trailer vines, just a few were being spread out.
And nothing had been established and connected yet, but we started to get fairly powerful in the vicinity, in
the region where we were at. And in fact we actually developed our own church. Castle, I guess you'd call it.
Wel l , it wasn' t a castle, but it was like our own headquarters where we worshipped and did our rituals. "
" Is this in Turkey? "
"Yeah . Northwestern Turkey, maybe. I dlink it's Armenia. I tJlink it's die country mat borders Turkey . It's
like on the other side of Turkey, but it ' s right in mat area anyway. But we definitely had pc:ople going down
to Persia. Wel l , this actually was a part of Persia, but down to what ' s now Iraq and Iran and, yeah, over
towards Afghanistan. We were starting to just get our feelers by die end of my life. Towards the end of my
life I saw a pretty strong presence in my local art:a as well as just begirulings in the countries that I just
mentioned, Afghanistan, I ran, I raq. And just die initial missionaries had been sent further afield over to
Africa and Europe and nordlern Europe. And they were to use some means that were fear based to get established .
In odler words to get attention, to get paid attention to, 'cause they went as strangers into dlis country. And
it would ' ve been a medium to higher order of individuals that went, and dley took some lower order newer pc:ople
with diem who would do the killing, would do the beating-ups, the dlreats, the face-lo-face verbal tJlreats. So
some of die newer, younger people were used in dlat position, which, of course, they totally exalted in doing.
After all it was for their God, and it was for the benefit of dleir order. If dley ever died, then tJley would
get a very special place in Heaven with this God of ours.

21

"What 's the name of the order at this point and later on?"
"Well, Holy Order of the Semitar [Scimitar] , it seems like. That 's the name that comes to mind . " [A scimitar is a
long, curved sword with the sharp edge on the convex side. ]
"And what's the purpose, to infiltrate politics?"
"Exactly. It's just that purpose, to extract wealth and then infiltrate politics and influence these people. We
already do it anyway, dlOugh, but just to exploit the people, just basically get dIe vines, let's see, the
clutches established. ('Ne) further encourage the rulers to have a certain perspective about the people that
they dominate and rule. They already do. To kinda harden their hearts, actually. Make certain that there
aren' t any soft-hearted rulers. Okay, is their anything else? Any other questions? "
"No. " (I changed the tape at this point, so I missed a little bit of the conversation. He is talking about the God
dressed in green who became the patron saint of the water people.)
" . . . God of the people who dealt with the water, who were dIe fishermen and the cargo transporters, not the deep sea
or dIe long-expedition sailors. So it's like widlin this religion, and it's a general branch of the Moslem
religion, and there's this one that has dlese several Gods that dley worship. And dlen widlin that, dlere's
several sects: one dlat worships the female Goddess, and dlen ones that worship the God dressed in green and the
one in black. But they all in general look to dIe top God as dIe main God dIat is gonna send the 'SECOND
COMING OF THE SON OF GOD' and do the final 'JUDGEM ENT DAY . ' I suspect dlat this is an
offshoot of dIe Moslem religion. But this developed into its own religion. "
"And do you have contact widl dIese ETs later on in your life?"
"Nope. Just dIe black . . . dIe black heart. The blac... one. "
"Do you actually give anything to him?"
nOh, yes. Everything that's accumulated in the-What would you call?-dle treasury, I guess. Because we do
receive more dIan we use or consume, and it just increases as time goes by . We just get more and more, or
demand, in some cases from some people, more and more. Yes, dlere's an excess, and he takes it all every time
he comes. "
"What kind of stuff are you talking about? "
"Primarily dlings dlat are considered money. Jewels. Coins. That kind of dling . "
"Does he specify anything he wants i n particular? "
"Yeah, it can't he . . . well, animals or rugs or wool or anything like that. It has to always he convened to coi n or
whatever you call it, coin of dIe realm .
"What's dlat made on"
"Well, gold, silver, and it's in dIe foml of coins or jewelry or chunks. "
"Chunks? "
"Yeall. Just chunks of gold ingots, lwnps, I mean, well, you know, just chwlks. So, yeah, it all has to be
converted into that to be put into our treasury, and yet we do get animals and things like that, too, property,
homes. But the stuff that we store is what he takes. And I ' m talking about dIe stuff in dIe treasury. But,
yeall, he empties it out every trip. We consider dIat our foml of sacrificing to dIe shrine, 'cause we don't
sacrifice to the shrine of dIe odler two. We don' t lay out wool or animals or food or grains or anydIing like
tlIat . We just give him our treasury, our treasure chests. "
" Is this a considerable quantity of valuables or. . . ?"
"Lots of pounds. Yeah, it's lots of pounds. Yeah. I would say each trunk holds probably four hundred. five
hundred poWlds, and they ' re buried in the floor of our large church. Actually towards dIe end dIere's not just
dIe one large building, but dlere's also a lot of living qUarters dIat, you know, are around it. I mean, we
actually did build a . . J don't know if church is dIe right word, but there was a room. a large room, dlat we did
our rituals in, but dlere it developed into like it's own little, tiny city widI time. But, yeah, we had in the
floor by our alter, by the dIrone actually and in front of dlat. spaces for dIese trunks. and I think dIere were
four trullks. Yeall. Towards the end of my time on dIe scene . . . we started out widl one. we just added till dlere
were four, and we, you know. filled those widI our excess. "
"And is dlis in dIe same place that. . . dle village you started out or. . . ? "
"Well, let's see . No. It was not in the same place. It was actually by a town dlat was a fai r-sized town. Oh,
I 'd say a couple thousand people, probably . A town of, yeall , maybe about two to three dlOusand people. And it
was widIin dlirty miles of where I was an animal husband. "
"How do you pronounce dIe name of the town?"
"Ankara? I dlink. "
" Is dlis anywhere near any major cities?"
"Yeall. Yeall, it's one of the major cities. Yeah. "
"And wlIat is it. . . what would be dIe nearest really big city?"
" I dlink dlat was. That was the biggest city for quite a ways. Yeah. It was the large city of the area. I kinda

22

get tile: i mpre:ssion that there: were like: four

Of

five: other major citie:s in this whole: coulllry or re:gion. And it

was one of 'em. It was one of the main cities. "

"Anything else? "
nOh, I was just tryin' to say this name . . . tile otller name tIlat, Adi . . . Adidepolis . . . Adi . . . Adide:piol . . . Adoplia.
Something like Adoplius, or sometlli n ' like tlIat. Adi . . . I ' ll have to look on a map and see i f i t ' s one of tile
cities. Adepiopolis . . . l don ' t know how to say these words very well. Okay. lbat's all . "
After hearing Jack Wylie's account o f his l i fetime as Akarat, I began to research the subject o f secret societies in
deptll. I was amazed how tile details i n his account correlated so well witll known attributes of secret societies. This, i n
itself, greatly attested t o the accuracy of h i s memory a s h e had very little knowledge of secret societies i n June o f 1 994.
In short, he could not have fabricated or imagined tile details of this account.
Not only did Jack ' s past life recollection establish the source of secret societies and religious sects. but it also
explained tile genesis of what we, in modern times, call "mytllOlogy . " Not only did tile head ET ide:nti fy himself as tile:
Egyptian God Ra, but also as tile God of Agamemnon--that is. Zeus. The "God " of tile waters who was dressed in green appears
to have been tile same ET tIlat tile G reeks knew as Poseidon.
We also learn tIlat the only female ET aboard tile craft identified herself throughout history as tile Gre:ek Godde:ss of
tile: unde:rworld. Hecate:, the: Hindu Godde:ss Shakti . the: AssyrianlBabylonian Godde:ss of sexuality and war. Ishtar, and tile:
Syrian/Phoenician Goddess of sex and fertility. Ashtoreth. Apparently. tIlis one female ET is responsible for all tile myths
and religions of tile "Great Goddess" known tIlroughout Earth 's history and around tile globe. The:refore:. I will henceforth
refer to her as tile Goddess. Some of her otller names were-just to name a fe:w--Venus. Aphrodite. Atlle:na. Hera. Persephone:.
Demeter. Artemis, Juno. Maat. Sotllis, Isis, Hatllor. Neitll. l nanna . Mari . Mary. Cybete, Coatlicue. Arachne. Spider Woman,
Freya, Astraea. Astarte. Sophia. Gaia. and Kali-Ma. She had many faces and personalities. which she: skillfully implanted
into Earth societies like: a spide:r weaves an intricate we:b. She proclaime:d he:rsd f tile: Quc:c:n of He:aven, tile: Quc:c:n of Earth .
and tile Queen o f Hell. She was the Motller o f mankind and even o f tile: "Gods" tllemselves. She was tile "virgin " (unmarried)
mother of all tile: savior "Gods. " She was the: Godde:ss of both lightne:ss and darkne:ss. tile caring protector and tile: awful
destroyer. She was tile fenIate aspect of enli/?htenmem. She was tile: fe:rtik virgin, tile: nurturing mother. and the: wise
crone. She was Motlle:r Eanh. and Ze:us/Ra wa-; Fatlle:r Sky .
Modern UFO researchers often view the Bihlical accoulll of Ezekid as an e:xtra-te:rrestrial contact incide:nt. Inde:e:d ,
tlle:re are: striking parallds betwc:c:n Ezekiel's encounte:rs and the past life: experie:nce:s tllat we: have uncovered tIlus far.
There are certain common denominators betwc:c:n tllc:se incidents. which are suspiciously curious. to say the: Ic:ast: a man on a
tllrone identi fying himself as "God . " human-like beings dressed in masks and costume:s. commandme:nts for religious worship and
rituals. circular. UFO-like craft descending from tile heavens. and tile: symbol of tile serpent and staff.
The: Serpent Staff Pkiadians. or "Giza Intdlige:nce. " appeared to be: a kind of sadistically comic thc:ate:r group,
staging real-life plays. compkte witll elaborate: costumc:s, masks. and chore:ographc:d scenc:s. I can almost e:nvision how tllC:Se:
fiendish actors must have rolkd witll laughter after each perfo rmance, reflecting on how tIley put the: " fe:ar of God into
tIleir "chosen ones. " However. tile subject of whe:tllc:r tlley played thdr roles witll dispassionate calculation or if Ra took
his role seriously and literally. relishing tile vene:ration and fear inficted. could i nspire endless hours of speculation.
In tile Programming of a Planet I proposed several possibiliuc:s of how tIlese ancient Egyptian "Gods" could have made:
tlleir appearance tIlousands of years later in seventeentll-century Turkey. However. I am now convince:d that tlley could have
accomplished tllis seemingly impossible feat only with the technology of time travel. Although tile: SSPs donne:d numerous.
outlandish costume:s and dramatized sundry and some:times conflicting scripts. tlle:y can be: invariably tracke:d tluough time: and
space by their repetitive use of tile same symbols.

Let us examine tllis phe:nome:non in greater de:tail in the: following

chapters to see if we can karn even more about tIlis insidious troupe of cabalistic actors. Pe:rhaps ne:w unde:rstandings can
be derived from that timeless utterance: " All tile world ' s a stage . . . "

23

THE LANGUAGE OF SYMBOLS

Certain symbols appear repeatedly throughout the world and throughout history in association with the activities of the
Serpent Staff ETs.

These same symbols also appear in conjunction with secret societies and with the political manipula

In fact, these symbols are the very language of secret societies and often have many meanings. The
true inner meaning of the symbols is often masked by an outer, benign significance . Only when the initiate is allowed
into the inner sanctum of the secret society is the true meaning revealed. These symbols are never chosen or used haphaz
tion of countries.

ardly or lightly.

If a picture is worth a thousand words, then one secret society symbol is worth a hundred thousand

words.
It is often said that if we follow the trail of money, we will eventually discover the source of power. With ETs and
secret societies we will , in like manner, discover the source of power and manipulation if we follow the trail of symbols.
Symbols are the telltale clues that lead discerning truth seekers to the extra-terrestrial conspirators, the flying serpent
group.

The serpent, then, is the primary symbol to watch for; it will often be presented as just a snake, a snake on a

staff, two intertwined snakes on a staff, a snake with wings, or as a dragon (flying serpent). However, we often find
certain other symbols connected with these Serpent Staff ETs:

the

Rising Sun, LightlRlumination,

the circle, the circle

with a point in the middle, the cross-both diagonal (X) and horizontal/vertical ( + ) , the cross within a circle (Sun Cross),
and the swastika--both clockwise and counterclockwise.

They use various types of stars , especially five-pointed, six

pointed, seven-pointed, eight-pointed, and nine-pointed stars.

They use other geometric shapes, such as the triangle,

pyramid, and square. In both the Western and Eastern Hemispheres they use predatory cats (lions and jaguars) and preda
tory birds (eagles and hawks) as animal symbols.

In the Eastern Hemisphere they are often associated with zodiacal ani

mals, such as the bull and ram-in the Western Hemisphere, the hummingbird and spider.
THE RISING SUN

In order to understand how ancient societies regarded

their beliefs.

We take

light

light,

we must understand how extra-terrestrials manipulated

for granted in modem times . We have hydroelectric dams and nuclear power plants to pro

duce all the power we need to

light

up our homes, businesses, and factories twenty-four hours a day.

towns and cities can take a walk at night in the glow of street

lights.

People living in

Instead of watching the stars in the sky, we stretch

out on the couch and watch the stars on television.

It would be an understatement to say that

light is

good. Try walking around a cluttered room with the

lights

off, and

Go for a walk in the woods on a pitch

you'll probably find that it can be a bit dangerous, if not downright inconvenient.

black night (without a flashlight) and see how far you can go before you step in a hole and twist your ankle, fall flat on
your face, or get poked in the eye by the end of a dead tree branch.
Ancient people didn't have the luxury of
they could only see by the

light

flashlights,

street

lights,

and

lights at

when the moon waxed full, and one could take a walk without carrying a torch.
oneself watching the

lights in the

the flick of a finger. On most nights

of fire coming from a torch, oil lamp, or a crackling campfire.

It was a special time

Nighttime was a great time to entertain

sky, but it was not a good time for getting things done. Therefore, when the first

light

of dawn appeared, people could finally get up and attend to their survival needs .
Dawn is a special time of day. If you have ever sat on a mountain, faced the east, and watched the sun come up, you
may have come to that conclusion as well.

When the sun rises , you can not only see the beauty of the earth again, but

you can feel the warmth of the sun as it dissolves the chill of night. Consequently, the symbol of the Rising

Sun

was an

excellent choice for an implement of manipulation.

In the same manner that we take

light

for granted, we also take our knowledge of astronomy for granted.

that planets are not stars, and they revolve around the sun, which is a star.

We know that the other fixed

night sky are also stars. We know that the Milky Way is part of our own spiral galaxy.

The five

lights

We know

lights

wander around are the five planets that we can see with the naked eye-Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn.
know that the earth is basically round and that the moon orbits the earth .

24

in the

in the sky that

We

The ancient people of Egypt did not have our present understanding of astronomy. However, they did observe and
record the movements of the lights in the sky, i.e, stars, planets, the sun and the moon. They knew that a certain star
appeared in the east at dawn in June, right before the Nile began to flood. For thousands of years, Egypt bas been a very
dry land. The flooding of the Nile provided their only agricultural base, and therefore it was crucial to the survival of the
Egyptians. The water of the rising Nile flooded the Nile Valley and brought life-giving water for growing crops. Also,
the fields were enriched by the fertile soil deposited by the muddy waters. The star in the east, which heralded the rising
of the Nile, was Sirius. Therefore, the Egyptians attached great importance to this star (also called Sothis).
We have learned from past life research, which bas exposed the machinations of Ra and his cohorts, that they have
been directly responsible for programming the wars, belief systems, and religious practices of ancient civilizations. Since
these ETs came from out of the heavens, they could literally identify themselves with the stars , planets, the sun the
moon , the earth and other natural phenomenon-and they did. We know from the innumerable reports of modem UFO
sightings that UFOs can glow with a bright, white light like a star at night when they are many miles away. UFOs have
also on occasion and at close proximity iliumined an entire area at night with extremely bright light. It is also quite com
mon that people see UFOs glow with a yeUow-orange color, which resembles the planet Venus. During the day in an
cient Egypt, the shiny, metallic surface of the Eye of Ra reflected the blinding light of the SUD . Therefore, Ra and com
pany could easily manipulate the Egyptians' beliefs concerning the lights in the sky and other natural phenomena.
Ra specifically claimed to be the Sun God He did not teU the people the truth that the phenomenon of night and day
was a natural consequence of the earth spinning on its own axis. Instead, he identified himself with the sun itself; he
claimed to be responsible for the sun traversing the sky, descending into the underworld at night, and reappearing anew
every morning at dawn. The medallion of the Rising Sun that he wore around his neck symbolized his rebirth at dawn
every day. He demanded that people worship and obey him or he might not reappear at dawn to give life and light to the
people. Therefore, the first light of dawn and the Rising Sun were sacred to ancient peoples, not only in Egypt, but over
the entire planet. They were sacred because Ra said he'd kill everybody if they didn't worship him. Death and threats of
death are usually very effective methods for programming Earth humans.
Symbolically, Ra was an infant in the morning and aged to an old man by the time the sun had traversed the sky to
the western horizon. He then died and went to the underworld. Ra claimed that when he descended into the underworld
at night, he bad to fight with the Serpent Apep (or Apophis). This was a struggle of light against darkness, good against
evil. If he was victorious, he would be reborn again at dawn, and the people could rejoice in his victory and bask in his
warmth and light again. Therefore, the east symbolized rebirth and new life and the west symbolized death and the un
derworld.
Because Ra represented light, he was called the Lord of Light and the Light of God Since Ptah was his father, Ra
was the Son of God as well as being the Sun God. The Pharaoh of Egypt was also considered the Light (Sun) of God and
the Son of God, the living incarnation of God on Earth.
The intentionally programmed significance of the Rising Sun gave added importance to the times that Sirius or the
planet Venus, the " morning star, " appeared just before sunrise and heralded the arrival of the sun. The "Goddess," -one
of Ra's ET cohorts whom we know as Ishtar, Isis, Sothis, Venus, Ashtoreth, Athena, Sbakti, etc-identified herself with
both of these "morning stars. " This makes some symbolic sense, because it takes both male and female for a birth to
occur on earth and there were both male and female aspects assigned to the first light of day and the morning star.
Sun worship was ubiquitous on planet Earth in ancient times. Therefore, the summer and winter solstices and the
spring (vernal) and fall (autumnal) equinoxes were very important times. These times were usually accompanied by fes
tive, and often bizarre, religious celebrations.
Since the axis of the earth is tilted in relation to sun we get different seasons as the earth revolves around the sun
To us in the Northern Hemisphere the sun appears to trace an arc to the south in the winter. During the winter solstice
the sun appears to remain on this same path for three days. On the fourth day the path of the sun begins to shift a little
towards the north, and the days start getting longer. The word solstice comes from sol, which means sun and sistere,
which means to stand. During the winter solstice the length of each day is the same, and these are the days of the year
that contain the least amount of light. However, on the fourth day the sun begins to triumph over the darkness, and the
days begin to grow longer.
This is why many people celebrate Christmas on December 25th. This particular date was not selected because Jesus
was born on that day; this day was chosen because this was one of the most important days of the year for the Sun God
worshippers. The emperor Constantine-whose actions contributed greatly to the later establishment of Christianity as the
official Roman state religion-was actually the chief priest of the Sol Invicrus cult. Sol Invicrus means "The Sun Invin
cible, " and they called their most important day of the year (December 25th) "Natalis Invictus, which means "Birth of
the Sun. " I It later became the birth of the Son
The vernal and autumnal equinoxes were also very important. These are the days when the length of the day equals
the length of the night. After the vernal equinox, the daylight lasts longer than the night, symbolizing again the triumph
,

25

of light over darkness. Many religious celebrations occurred during the vernal equinox in March.
The Egyptian Sphinx faces directly east to the Rising Sun on the vernal and autumnal equinoxes. John Anthony West
has documented the water erosion on the Sphinx, which indicates that it is much older than Egyptologists previously
thought. Graham Hancock makes the following points in his book Fingerprints oj the Gods (1995): 1 ) From 10,970 to
8,810 B . C. the Sphinx pointed to the constellation of Leo at sunrise during the vernal equinox. 2) The three Giza pyra
mids represent the three stars of the Belt of Orion. 3) In 10,450 B.C. the Milky Way would seem to parallel the north
south course of the Nile with the Belt of Orion-represented by the Giza pyramids-to the west.

This data may indicate that construction on the Sphinx and the pyramids began about twelve and a half thousand years
ago, during the time of Atlantis. As I discovered in my past life research, the Brothers of the Snake initiation ritual was
practiced in Atlantis during this time period! Past life research also reveals that the Great Pyramid was built with slave
labor and was directly supervised by extra-terrestrials. This data apparendy indicates that these extra-terrestrial conspira
tors originally planned the Giza pyramids to be a center of ritual initiation into the Brothers of the Snake long before my
initiation as Ramesses

II. This does not mean, however, that it was the only purpose of the Giz4 pyramids.

Pyramidologists have discovered a great deal of mathematics, astronomical data, etc. encoded in it.

The constellation, or pattern of lights, that appeared in the sky right before dawn was also of tremendous importance.
Since the earth revolves around the sun once per year, the constellation that is directly behind the sun will change from
month to month. The ETCs decided-in the societies in the Eastern Hemisphere-that there should be twelve divisions in
the sky, and each division would be represented by a certain group of stars, which we call constellations: Aries, Taurus,

Gemini, Cancer, Leo Virgo, Libra, Scorpius, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, and Pisces. Therefore, the sun passes
,

through each of these twelve constellations of the zodiac each year and in this order.

The ETCs may have chosen the

number twelve, ostensibly because there are roughly twelve lunar cycles in a year-<>r perhaps they had other reasons. We

also see the number twelve recurring in many societies as the number of principle "Gods " in their pantheons.
The constellation that appears in the sky right before

sunrise during the vernal equinox changes about every 2, 160

years. This is called the precession of the equinoxes. This is caused by a wobble in the earth's axis. It takes just under
26,000 years to complete one "wobble. "

[Actually, according to modem astronomical calculations, it takes 25,776 years

to complete one cycle in the precession of the equinoxes. This would make the duration of each of the twelve divisions

2, 148 years.

However, it appears that the ETCs prefer the 2, 160 figure, which would make the entire cycle 25 ,920

years. These figures fit into the number system that Jane Sellers found encoded in the myth of Osiris.

Each of the twelve divisions in the precession of the equinoxes is called an "age. " The sign of each age progresses
backward in relation to the monthly changes in the zodiac. This is due to the direction of the slow wobble of the earth's
axis. We are currently in the transition stage from Pisces to Aquarius. You may recall the 1960s when the Fifth Dimen
sion sang "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius. " These "ages" are very important from the viewpoint of extra
terrestrial manipulation. The beginning of each new age is like a

Rising Sun, the dawning of a new age. I have come to

the conclusion that the delineation of the "ages" is arbitrary and is merely a manipulation tool of the Extra-Terrestrial
Conspirators, or ETCs. However, it doesn ' t matter whether one believes in the validity of astrology or not. The fact of
the matter is that the ETCs themselves have given importance to the ages in the precession of the equinoxes. If we are to
avoid being manipulated by the ETCs, we should try to understand what they are doing with the subject of astrology
regardless of our belief systems.

One of the keys to understanding the astrology of the ETCs is to understand that the

Rising Sun symbolizes illumination, the dawning of a new day, the dawning of a New Age, and rebirth.
THE PHOENIX
The phoenix is another symbol associated with the Serpent Staff Pleiadians, or "Giz4 Intelligence. " The symbol of
the phoenix has the same significance as the symbol of the Rising Sun, plus an inner, hidden meaning. which I will dis
cuss in the following chapter. We can trace the phoenix back to ancient Egypt where it meant rebirth or life after death.
It was one of the symbols of the God Osiris, the God of rebirth and regeneration. The phoenix was called the bennu bird
(heron). The figure below shows the bennu bird wearing the crown of Osiris.

26

Eventually, the phoenix evolved into a bird that looked more like an eagle, but with a long neck. Perhaps this was a
combination of the Egyptian bennu bird, a heron, and Ra's symbol as a hawk or eagle. In 1675 A.D. the artist Hohberg
depicted the phoenix burning on its funeral pyre (Fig. 3a). Compare this phoenix with the "eagle" on one of the early
drawings of the Great Seal of the United States (Fig, 3b). Also, notice Hohberg's All Seeing Eye of "God" (Fig. 3c),

Fig. 3c

Fig. 3b

Fig. 3a

In Egypt Ra was often represented as a man with the head of a hawk. The hawk also represented Horus, which was
originally just another name for the Sun God In later myths Horus became the Son o,f God, the son of Isis and Osiris.
The most common legend of the phoenix goes something like this: At the end of its life the phoenix builds a nest of
spices. It sets the nest on fire and burns itself to ashes. From the ashes a new phoenix emerges. In one version a worm
appears in the ashes and later evolves into a new phoenix. Abductee Betty Andreasson was apparently shown a hologram
of the phoenix legend during one of her abductions by Grays. The phoenix that she saw looked very much like an eagle,
but with a longer neck. 3 Medieval alchemists employed the phoenix as the symbol of their trade; early Christians
employed it as a symbol for the Resurrection.
According to Herodotus, a historian who lived in the fifth century B.C., the phoenix looked very much like an eagle,
but with red and gold feathers. The phoenix purportedly appeared in the Egyptian city of Heliopolis every 500 years at
the Temple of the Sun.
Heliopolis had been the Egyptian center for Sun God worship since time immemorial. It was previously called Anou,
which just happened to be the same name as the supreme God of the Sumerians. The Bible refers to Heliopolis as On.
The ruins of Heliopolis lie just a few miles outside of Cairo. This was the center of worship of Ra under the name Atum,
Atum-Ra, or Tmu. The Greeks called it Heliopolis, because Helios was the Greek Sun God
There was an ancient Egyptian legend of a sacred stone called the Benben stone in the Temple of the Phoenix in
Heliopolis. The conical Benben stone was purportedly a symbol of the phoenix. Supposedly, the pyramid-shaped cap
stone on pyramids and obelisks were representations of the Benben stone, i.e" the phoenix. There is a great deal of spec
ulation today concerning the Benben stone. However, the Benben stone and the phoenix may have just been a symbol for
the Eye of Ra or the Eye of Ptah-the spacecraft of the "Giza Intelligence .
As I discovered in my Brothers of the Snake initiation, Ptah landed his eye on top of the Great Pyramid. If my mem
ory is correct, there was not a capstone on the Great Pyramid during the 13th century B.C. This would mean that the
capstone-as far as the Egyptians were concerned-was the Eye of God.
Now look on the back of a one dollar bill. On the left side is the reverse of the Great Seal of the United States of
America. You can see the All Seeing Eye of "God" in the, illuminated triangle curiously suspended above the pyramid, as
if it were a glowing, hovering UFO-and, as I discovered in my past life experience, that's exactly what it was. This All
Seeing "Eye" of God above the pyramid is also called the "Eye of Horus" and the "Eye of Osiris. "
Since the Serpent Staff ETs could fly like birds, it is really not very surprising that ancient cultures depicted them as
eagles, hawks, vultures, or the heron (bennu bird), In fact, in Mesopotamia the term eagle was used to describe the craft
that the "Gods" flew around in. In Egypt Ra's space/time vehicle was called an "eye" or a "Boat of Millions of Years . "
The Mesoamericans believed that Quetzalcoatl, the "Flying Serpent" (or "Feathered Serpent"), sailed off to the east on a
"raft of serpents. " These terms were used simply because the ancient peoples did not have a term like "flying saucer, "
"UFO, " "flying disk, " "space/time vehicle," etc. Therefore, they referred to the Serpent Staff ETs and their craft in very
symbolic terms.
The ETs themselves were the source of these misconceptions, of course, since they claimed to possess the secret of
physical immortality. The religious rites of the Egyptians centered around the belief that they could ascend to the heavens
upon their death (Tuat) and spend eternity with Ra, Osiris, and the rest of the "Gods . " The phoenix, or bennu bird,
.

27

represented this rebirth, regeneration, and immortality. The time reference to the "eye" of Ra as being the "Boat of Mil
lions of Years" exemplified this belief in an eternal afterlife, i.e. , immortality. The Serpent ETs could demonstrate their
"immortality" by their ability to travel through

time in their "Boats of Millions of Years. " I found it very interesting that

in Akarat's abduction, Ra and Ishtar made a very big point that they were the same "Gods" that were known throughout
all time all over the world. They even cited some of their specific names by which they were known in other civilizations
in the past. It appears that they wanted to impress Akarat with their so-called "immortality. "
OSIRIS
The Egyptians believed

that the "God" Osiris not only symbolized immortality, but that they, too, could literally
also a God of Light (Sun God) as well as the Son of God. A myth eventu
ally evolved, which pitted the "God" Osiris against his evil brother Set (also spelled Seth). Originally, however, Set was
a benevolent "God, " but was later vilified. As Ramesses II, my father was Seti I, the "Beloved of Set." However, the

become an Osiris and live forever. Osiris was

votaries of Osiris objected to the Pharaoh taking on the title of the "God" who murdered the "Good One.
Seti I wiped out the images of Set in his tomb and changed
Although there is more

his allegiance from Setian to Osirian.

It

Consequently,

than one version to the myth of Osiris, it goes basically like this:

Osiris was the wise ruler who brought agricultural and civilization to Egypt.
However, his evil brother, Set loved
Osiris' wife, Isis, and he plotted to usurp Osiris' throne. Therefore, Set, along with 72 conspirators, formed a plan to do
away with Osiris. Set invited Osiris to a banquet, which the 72 conspirators

also attended. During the banquet Set had a

beautiful chest brought in and stated that whoever fits exactly in the chest could keep it.

Of course, Set had the chest

time.
The 72 "guests " took turns lying down in the chest, but when Osiris got in Set and his henchmen quickly slammed
the lid down on Osiris and sealed the lid shut with molten lead. The conspirators then threw the chest in the Nile, and it
floated all the way to Byblos. Osiris' wife, Isis, went searching for the chest and by the time she found it, a tree had
grown up around it, and the king of Byblos had cut down the tree for a pillar in his temple. The queen of Byblos,
designed to fit Osiris ahead of

Astarte (lshtar), allowed Isis to take the chest back to Egypt. Ironically, the "Goddess" played two different roles in this
myth under the

names Astarte and Isis.

Isis brought Osiris ' body back to Egypt, and with the help of the Jackal-headed God Anubis, she mummified and
resurrected Osiris. In the p rocess she somehow

became impregnated by the resurrected Osiris and later conceived a son,

Horus. However, Set found the coffin with Osiris in it and tore Osiris' body into fourteen pieces and buried the pieces at
different places around Egypt.

Isis then searched for all the pieces to Osiris' body and erected a shrine wherever she

found a piece. She eventually found the pieces and with her magic spells put Osiris back together again.
Horus, the son of Isis and Osiris, was later awarded kingship of Lower Egypt and Set was awarded the kingship of
Upper Egypt.

However, Set fought Horus for the kingship of all Egypt, but lost the epic struggle.

Egypt by becoming king of both Upper and Lower Egypt.

Horus then united

Before Egypt was united Upper Egypt was represented by a

white crown and Lower Egypt was represented with a red crown. When Lower and Upper Egypt were united, the crowns
were combined as shown below:

Upper Egypt (white)

Osiris purportedly

Lower Egypt (red)

Double Crown (red & white)

became the first mummified king of Egypt. Both Osiris and the phoenix became the symbols of

rebirth and resurrection.

Osiris was also the vegetation God of Egypt.

When the Star of the East heralded the flooding of the Nile, it also

heralded the rebirth of Osiris and the literal incarnation of Osiris in all living plant life, especially the food crops of wheat

and barley. The growth and harvesting of these Egyptian grain crops symbolized the resurrection and death of Osiris.
The Egyptians made cakes out of wheat paste, sometimes in the form of Osiris or specific body parts of Osiris.

When

they ate these wheat cakes, they believed that they were literally eating the body of Osiris. They brewed beer from the
barley, and when they drank the ale, they believed that they were literally drinking the blood of Osiris. The Egyptians

28

believed that this religious practice would make them immortal. As you may recall, the first pan of my initiation into the
Brothers of the Snake began with the Osirian Eucharist. This later came to be known as the Eucharist of Christ. (They
don't tell you this in Sunday School, though.)
There were other myths that paralleled the Isis/Osiris myth. In Sumeria and Babylonia the vegetation God was
Dumuzirrammuz and his lover was InannalIshtar. In Byblos (Syria) Adonis-who was born from a tree-was the vegeta
tion God and Aphrodite was his lover.
The Winged Disk
Another symbol for the Sun God Ra was a winged disk with two snakes. When painted on a flat wall, the disk: is
two-dimensional (Fig. 5).

Fig. 5

The Eye of Ra

However, when it was carved into stone and shown in bas-relief fonn, the disk was convex like the bottom of a bowl
or saucer (Fig. 6). The wings meant " flying, " so the winged disk symbol literally meant "flying saucer" or " flying disk:. "
Egyptologists and other mythologists simply call it the Sun Disk or Solar Disk. Egyptologists miss the double meaning of
this symbol, as they are not UFO researchers.

Fig. 6

The Eye of Ra

The winged disk: emblem was not only painted and carved all over Egypt, but all over the Middle East. The symbol
below was the flying disk of the Persian "God" Ahura Mazda (Fig. 7a) of the prophet Zarathustra. The Assyrian " All
Seeing God of War," Assur, was also depicted in a winged disk in the 9th century B.C. (Fig. 7b). The Egyptian word
for the " God " Osiris was Asar, so perhaps there is a connection due to the similarity of these two names.

Fig. 7b Assur

Fig. 7a Ahura Mazda

29

The Sumerians also depicted a winged disk hovering above their "Gods" (Fig. 8a).

Thousands of years later in the

Western Hemisphere the Mayans used a similar symbol, which appears to be a winged disk (Fig. 8b).

Fig. 8b Mayan

Fig. 8a Sumerian

Ra was also depicted as a man with the head of a falcon and a disk with a snake (Fig. 9a). Another one of the sym
bols for Ra in Egypt was a plain circle or a circle with a point in the middle (Fig. 9b). This symbol may have evolved

eye as viewed from below. Not surprisingly, the circle with a point in the middle was the uni
Sun God all over the planet, including the Western Hemisphere. The circle and point was also the

due to the shape of Rat s

versal symbol for the
symbol for gold.

This is also not surprising, since Ra and his cohorts used gold for their symbols and decorations and

demanded tithes of gold.

new

day.

Figure 9c was an ancient symbol

used in the earliest Chinese writing; it

meant

sunrise and a

Figure 9d is a very common symbol in Egyptian writings; perhaps it was taken from the side view of Rats

eye. However, the Egyptians

saucer.

used the utchat (Fig. ge) to denote the "eye of the sun," 7 which was in reality a flying

0 DFig. 9b

Fig. 9a

Fig. 9c

>

Fig. 9d

~
Fig. ge

The cross, in various forms, was also a ubiquitous symbol for the Serpent Staff Pleiadians. The symbol for the su
preme Sumerian God, Anu, was a cross as shown below (Fig. l Oa).

was

Goddess Hecate and the "flying serpent" of the war

used in ancient and modem times and was a symbol of the Greek

like Aztecs, Quetzalcoatl.

The cross with arms of equal length (Figure l Ob)

The sun cross appeared all over the planet around the beginning of the Bronre Age.

In an

cient China it was associated with thunder, power, energy, head, and respect. 6 The sun cross combined the two Serpent
Staff ET symbols of the circle and cross (Fig.

toc).

Figure l Od represented the Sun God Shamash in ancient Babylon.

Notice how it combines a horizontal/vertical cross with a diagonal "X" cross with the circle and point symbol.

Fig. l Oa

EB

Fig. l Ob

Fig. l Od

Fig. l Oe

A common symbol o f Egypt was the "Maltese Cross" within a circle, which represented the location of a city o r other
landmark (Fig. l la). The Maltese Cross was used by the Knights of Malta, Knights Templar, the Catholic Church, Nava
jo Indians, the Aztecs, and the Nazis (Fig. l Ib)

Fig. l la

Fig. l lb

30

The picture below (Fig. 12) depicts the Aztec New Fire Ceremony. Every 52 years the Aztec extinguished all fires
and brought in the new 52-year cycle. Notice the Maltese crosses and the circles with the points in the middle.,

Fig. 12
Another form of cross that the "Giza Intelligence" used was the diagonal or X cross, which was a sign for warfare in
both the Western and Eastern Hemispheres. The crossed arrows below (Fig. 1 3) represented the Egyptian Goddess under
the name Neith. She was an ancient "Goddess" of war and was identified by the Greeks with Athena. 6

x
Fig. 13

The mark of Osiris was an X.

Notice the X on Osiris below (Fig. 14a), taken from the Book of the Dead of

Hunefer. Notice the X made from the wrappings on the mummy of an Egyptian queen in Figure 14b. The mummy of a
priestess in Figure 14c shows the arms crossed like an X.

Secret societies, such as the Freemasons and the Skull and

Bones fraternity, frequently use the skull and cross bones symbol.

The Mesoamerican Indians also used the skull and

cross bones symbol.

Fig. 14a

Fig. 14b
31

Fig. 14c

The symbol below (Fig. 15) combines three of the symbols of the Serpent Staff Pleiadians:

Fig. 1 5
I f you straighten out the four curved sides o f the solar cross, you would end up with a either a clockwise or counter
clockwise swastika (Fig. 16a & 16b).

Not surprisingly, the swastika

is

another ubiquitous symbol of the Serpent Staff

ETs, appearing in association with religions (especially Buddhism and Hinduism), Nazism, ancient civilizations, and 20th
century extra-terrestrial encounters.

The swastika was a sun symbol that also represented power, rebirth, regeneration,

and reincarnation. In Scandinavia it was once known as Thor's Hammer; 6 Thor was one of Ra's Nordic names.

George Adamski was a man who claimed to have had contact with Venusians" and other ETs in the 1950s and 60s.
He obtained motion pictures and still pictures of a mothership and a smaller shuttle craft and took a plaster cast of one of
the footprints of one of the ETs; within the footprint was a swastika. Figure 16c below is a symbol that is known as the
footprints of Buddha. The swastika below (Fig. 16d) was found in ancient Peru.

Fig. 16c

Fig. 16b

Fig. 16a

Fig. 16d

The ancient North American Indians (Mississippians) built large dirt mounds that looked very much like the pyramids
in what

is

now Mexico. The symbol below (Fig. 1 7a) was found in Oklahoma at Spiro Mound.

Notice the combination

of the swastika with circle with the point in the middle. The serpent was sacred also in the Western Hemisphere as well
as in the Eastern Hemisphere.

The Mississippian Indian symbol below (Fig. 17b) bears the unmistakable marks of the

Serpent Staff Pleiadians. The symbol combines the cross, circle, circle with a point in the middle, swastika, and winged
serpent symbols.

Fig. 17b

Fig. 17a
32

The following serpent symbols came from ancient Egypt. Notice that the ancient peoples chose poisonous snakes to
represent the Serpent Staff ETs. They chose the deadly cobra in the Eastern Hemisphere and the rattlesnake in.the West
ern Hemisphere. Sometimes the serpent symbol was unadorned and sometimes characteristics of birds and serpents were
merged together into a flying snake, winged serpent, or dragon symbol as in Chinese mythology and medieval legends.
Although the winged serpent symbol is found throughout the world, there is no animal on Earth that could inspire this
symbol-Snakes do not fly! The serpent staff symbol (Fig. 18) and the flying serpent symbol (Fig. 19) were both used in
conjunction with Egyptian "Gods . " I didn't find the Egyptian serpent staff symbol shown below until April of 1996,
nearly one year after I first uncovered the memory of seeing the serpent staff next to Ra's throne. Once again, it was nice
to have my memories validated like this.

Fig. 18

Fig. 1 9
The symbol below i s called the Serpent Mound (Fig. 20). It i s located i n Ohio, and i t is about a quarter mile long.
It can only be seen from the air as shown below. It appears to be a snake about to engulf an egg.

Fig. 20
33

The symbol below (Fig. 2 1) was seen by Sr. Enrique Rincon, who was abducted near Bogota, Columbia in 1973 by
Pleiadians and Zeta Reticulians (Grays).

"

'

/:
- ",
.....

-=:

--

Fig. 2 1
I found a n intriguing reference to the "God" Hermes in Barbara Walker's

Secrets.

Women 's Encyclopedia of Myths and

Hermes was the Greek name for the Egyptian "God" Thoth, or Djehuti.

The quetzal

is

The Aztecs called him Quetzalcoatl.

a beautiful, rare, tropical bird and coatl meant serpent, so Quetzalcoad meant " flying serpent. " Contactee

Eduard "Billy" Meier met an ET by the name of Quetzal, who claimed to be from the Pleiades star constellation. When
the Aztecs celebrated the New Fire ceremony, they tore out the heart of a sacrifice victim when the Pleiades constellation
passed directly overhead.
Now look at the Pleiadian symbol above as you read the following quote about Hermes : "Gnostics viewed Hermes as
a personification of the World Serpent, ruler of time, who coiled around the terrestrial egg. "

In 1%7 Herbert Schirmer, a Nebraskan police officer, was abducted by ETs who wore a flying serpent emblem.
Their ship had the shape of a typical flying disk, and they said they had both underground and undersea bases on Earth.
Figures 22a and 22b were drawn by artist Wesley S . Crum. from Schirmer's description of his abduction. Under hypnosis
Officer Schirmer had this to say about the ETs: "This is an observation ship with a crew of four men . . . They send infor
mation little by little to prepare us . . . and also to disconcert and intrigue us. . . lately they have let us see too much . . . all
should believe a little in them, but not too much. . . . 10

"

.......

--....-- (

- , ;

>e

A.

The Red Winged Serpent Emblem

Fig. 22a

Fig. 22b
34

The symbol below on the left (Fig. 23a) was seen on the uniforms of Zeta Reticulians by William Hermann , who was
abducted in 1978 in South Carolina. 11 Notice the way in which traits of birds and snakes are combined. The symbol be

low on the right (Fig. 23b) is an ancient winged serpent from the Middle East.

Fig. 23b

Fig. 23a

Another form of light that exists in nature that Ra chose as a symbol is lightning. Therefore, throughout the world
there existed " Gods " of thunder and lightning and storms. Ra' s booming voice helped reinforce his image as the Thunder
God.

In Greece Ra identified himself under the name of Zeus. Ra's alias as the Hittite Storm God was Teshub. The

Nordic Thunder God was Thor. The Nordic rune that was shaped like a lightning bolt was the

sun

rune, which was

also

the letter S. The Nazis, who were heavily influenced by extra-terrestrials, chose the double lightning bolts for the symbol
for the Nazi SS, or Schutzstaffeln (Fig. 23a). This symbol was also used in ancient Linear B" writing, and it was used
to represent the vocal sound " ra " (Fig. 23b).

Coincidence?

Fig. 23a
The

Fig. 23b

Rising Sun not only represented physical light, but also the illumination of the mind.

The Serpent Staff

Pleiadians intentionally programmed this concept into ancient civilizations. Even in modem times we have retained the
figurative and literal meanings of

light and illumination. However, the Winged Serpent ETs' idea of "illumination" was a

deception, as I will reveal in the next chapter.

REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.

The Messianic Legacy; 1986; Michael Baigent, Richard Leigh, & Henry Lincoln; Bantam Doubleday; New York, NY
Fingerprints of the Gods; 1995 ; Graham Hancock; Crown Publishers
The Andreasson Affair; 1979; Raymond Fowler; Bantam Books , Inc; New York, NY
Brewer's Dictionary of Phrase and Fable; 1 8 1 7 ; Dr. Ebenezer Brewer; Harper & Row; New York, NY
New Larousse Encyclopedia of Mythology; 1959; Hamlyn Publishing Group Umited; New York, NY
Dictionary of Symbols; 199 1 ; Carl Uungman; ABC-CLIO, Inc; Santa Barbara, CA
The Egyptian Book of the Dead; 1 895 ; E. A. Wallis Budge; Dover Publications ( 1967); New York, NY
The Gods and Symbols of Ancient Mexico & the Maya; 1993; Mary Miller & K. Taube; Thames & Hudson, London
The Woman 's Encyclopedia of Myths & Secrets; 1983 ; Barbara Walker; HarperCollins; New York, NY
UFO. . . Contact from Reticulum, Update; 1989; Wendelle Stevens; P.O. Box 1 7206 ; Tucson, AZ 8573 1
UFO. . . Contactfrom Reticulum; 198 1 ; Wendelle Stevens; UFO Photo Archives; P.O. Box 17206; Tucson, Az. 8573 1
The Religion of the Occident; 1959; Martin Larson; Philosophical Ubrary, Inc; New York, NY
35

ORDER OUT OF CHAOS

It

is

important that we understand the

benevolent facade ploy

ceiver or trickster must first gain the trust of the victim.

wolf-in-sheep' s-clothing ploy.

used by ETs. In order to manipulate someone, the de

This is accomplished by appearing to be benevolent-the old

For example, would you give your money to someone who overtly told you that he was

going to cheat you? Of course not. One who deceives must lie (convincingly) and otherwise

covertly manipulate

you. A

good deceiver will first do some favor or favors for you or perhaps initiate a friendship in order to gain your trust.

Per

haps he may loan you some money first; then you would owe him a favor. After gaining your trust, he can then covertly
make off with your money.

If he

is

clever enough, you will never even suspect him.

In this respect you will find two types of sociopaths here on Earth-the smart ones and the not-so-smart ones.

The

not-so-smart sociopaths are the ones who get caught robbing grocery stores.

But there is another, more insidious type of

This is the guy who wins your trust so well that you vote him into public office; then he passes laws that

sociopath.
usurp honest citizens' rights and set criminals free . The smart sociopaths usually have high I . Q. s, but their low level of
ethics is down at the bottom of the garbage bin.
Most people in secret societies are not sociopaths, so they are never initiated into the inner circle.

For example, in

Freemasonry there is a secret fraternity within a secret fraternity; high-level Masons have actually admitted this in their
writings, though most Masons never bother to read their books. "Freemasonry is a fraternity within a fraternity-an outer
I

organization concealing an inner brotherhood of the elect . "

Therefore, we usually only see the outer, public front of

Freemasonry-a benevolent fraternity, which acts as a facade that insures the secrecy of the inner, more criminal elements.
The secret society influence on government has and always will be the guiding star of politics until people no longer
tolerate it. Each secret society

is structured so

that the smart sociopaths are identified and promoted up. These sociopaths

are direcdy responsible for the corruption in our present government.

However, they are extremely good at covering up

their corruption (with the help of their "Brothers), and most citizens only see their benevolent side.

THOTH
No one fits this profile better than Thoth, who was also known by his early Egyptian name, Djehuti (also spelled
Tehuti). He appears to be very benevolent, because he gave mankind technology-fire from the Gods.

He is the ET who

taught mankind mathematics, geometry, physics, medicine, law, architecture, time measureme nt, music, language, writ
ing, or in other words, civilization.

Thoth was the personification of intelligence. He was self-created and self-existent,

and was the 'heart of Ra. ' He invented writing, letters, the arts and sciences, and he was skilled in astronomy and mathe
matics.

Among his many tides are ' lord of the Law , ' 'maker of Law, ' and 'begetter of Law. ' He justified Osiris against

his enemies, and he wrote the story of the fight between Horus, the son of Osiris, and Set.

As 'lord of Law' he presides

over the trial of the heart of the dead, and, as being the justifier of the god Osiris against his enemies, he is represented in
funereal scenes as the justifier
Egyptian word

tehu,

also

of the dead before Osiris.

Brugsch connects the name Tehuti (Thoth) with the old

' ibis , ' and he believes that it means the 'being who is like an ibis. '

The word tex also means 'to

measure , ' 'to compute, ' 'to weigh' ; and as this god is called ' the counter of the heavens and the stars, and of all that
therein is, ' the connexion of the name Thoth with tex is evident.

Bronze and faience figures of the god represent him

utchat in his hands . The utchat, or eye of the sun, has reference to the belief
that Thoth brought back each morning the light of the sun which had been removed during the night. 3
On the other hand Thoth taught the ancient astrology, which taught people to worship the lights in the sky and iden

with the head of an ibis, and holding an

tify them with the "Gods themselves (I.e, pantheism).

However, there was some astronomy mixed in with the disinfor

mati on (e.g. precession of the equinoxes, etc). Thoth also purportedly taught magical spells and incantations.

He taught

the high priests that one could achieve physical body i mmortality by conducting rituals like the Eucharist , mummification,
and the insane rituals of bloodletting, and cannibalism.

He established secret societies within the priesthood elite and

taught them how to manipulate governments through very unethical means including the use of violence and threats of
violence.

Only the inner core initiates knew these things-the lower, or outer ring of initiates were exposed only to the

benevolent side of things. He taught bogus, unworkable religious practices to keep mankind out in the dark as to what is
really going- on. Even in modem times , researchers are discovering the mathematics inherent in Egyptian architecture and
conclude that Thoth was a very benevolent and wise being-when in reality he is the King of Deception.
The Romans called him Mercury, the messenger of the
also the Roman God of cunning and theft.

Gods ,

the God of wealth, commerce, and travel-but he was

He was therefore the patron of ambassadors, merchants, and thieves.

Late Postclassic period in Mexico, he was known as Quetzalcoad, the flying

The Mayans called him Kukulcan, which also meant flying
Hermes.

serpent.

serpent,

The Greeks called their messenger of the Gods , "

Hermes was specifically the messenger and herald to the God" Zeus.

36

In the

the "God of priests and merchants.

In like manner, he was the messenger

and scribe to Ra in Egypt: "Ra has spoken, Thoth has written. " 2 In Nordic legends he was Loki the trickster. In Poly
nesia legends he was Maui, the trickster who brought fire from the Gods. According to Greek legend, Prometheus also
brought fire (technology) from the Gods. (I don't think it's just a coincidence that a statue of Prometheus sits in front of
Rockefeller center.)
In ancient Babylonia (Chaldea) he was Nebo: "The god Nebo represented the planet Mercury, and was the last of the
five planetary deities. Nebo was the god of wisdom and intelligence, the patron and protector of knowledge and learning,
and the teacher of mankind. His attributes were the same as those of the Greek Hermes. He was styled 'The God who
possesses intelligence, ' 'He who hears from afar, ' 'He who teaches, ' or 'He who teaches and instructs, ' 'The Lord of the
Constellations,' 'the Holder of the sceptre of power, ' 'He who grants to kings the sceptre of royalty for the government
of their people. " 4
'

THE DARK SIDE

In American Indian legends Thoth was Coyote the trickster. It is interesting that he takes on a dog aspect in ancient
Egypt as well as the Americas. In Egypt he was portrayed as an ibis or a dog-beaded baboon. In the underworld Thoth
worked alongside dog-headed Anubis, who prepared Osiris for mummification. Notice that the word Osiris is very simi
lar to the word Sirius, the "Dog Star. " "The star of Anubis was Sothis (Sirius), the Eye of the Dog, in Greek, Canopis.
Sirius is the star forming the 'eye' of Canis Major, the Great Dog. It is the brightest star in the sky. Egyptians believed
it held the soul of Osiris, whose rebirth coincided with the rising of the Nile flood, when his star rose in the east. 'Three
wise men' pointed the way to the newborn Savior: the three stars in Orion's belt, which form a line pointing to Sirius.
The holy city of Anubis on earth was also Canopis, the Eye of the Dog, origin of the canopic mummy jar.
"Anubis came to Rome as a leading character in the Osirian Mysteries . . .that messenger between heaven and hell dis
playing alternately a face black as night, and golden as the day; in his left the CADUCEUS [emphasis mine] . . . By another
was borne [carried] the coffin containing the sacred things, and closely concealing the deep secrets of the holy religion.
" Anubis . . . was a deity 'whose face is like unto that of a greyhound. . . who feedeth on the dead . . . who devoureth the
bodies of the dead, and swalloweth hearts. ' In the predynastic period he governed sacrificial priests, 'jackal-headed men
with slaughtering-knives, ' in an old section of the underworld." In Mesoamerica Quetzalcoatl's double and constant
companion is Xolotl, the coyote, identified with the evening star (Venus).
Thoth's symbol both in the Americas and in Egypt, Greece, and Rome was two snakes coiled on a staff, or double
crossed serpents. In 1910 the American Medical Association (AMA) adopted the physician's caduceus, the winged staff
with double-crossed snakes, which came from the Greek Gods Hermes and Aesculapius (although Aesculapius only had
one snake on his staff). On the opposite side of the world the Indian medicine men of the Pacific coast of North America
prayed to the double-headed snake, Sisiutl. Also, the World Health Organization and various military medical organi
zations use either a single or double-serpent symbol.
Figure 24a below shows the double-crossed serpents of Quetzalcoatl. Notice that the two serpents have bird beaks
the predictable bird/serpent symbol combination. In Figure 24b Queztalcoatl is standing on an Aztec pyramid. Notice
one of his other symbols, the cross. Figure 24c is Queztalcoatl's shield, which shows his Maltese cross symbol.

Fig. 24a

Fig. 24b
37

Fig. 24c

Figure 25a shows the Greek Hermes and his double-serpent symbol.

Figure 25b shows the Roman Mercury with his

double-serpent symbol in the presence of the "God" Pluto (Hades), who was merely the representation of the underworld,
or dark side of Ra.

Fig. 25b

Fig. 25a

Figure 26a below was taken from a vase of King Gudea of Lagash, over four thousand years old.

Besides the two

intertwined serpents, notice the winged predatory cats, another symbol of the Serpent Staff Pleiauians.

Figure 26b is a

Swiss caduceus circa 1 5 1 5 A.D.

Fig. 26a

Fig. 26b

It is interesting that both the cross and the "double-cross are secret society symbols. Thoth is the consummate dou
ble-crosser, because he comes in the name of help as the benefactor of mankind and ends up the deceiver of mankind . In
Akarat' s

Abduction" it appears that he was the man dressed in dark clothes who taught the initiates how to infiltrate and

control governments.

This was Thoth' s dark side.

As a messenger to the "Gods," he returned repeatedly to collect the

gold tithes to the "Gods" and to meet personally with the "elect, " the highest initiates in the Order of the Scimitar.

No

tice in the description of Anubis in the Roman Osirian Mysteries quoted above that he was two-facedne face as "black
as night" and one as "golden as the day. "
Human blood sacrifices are another example of the dark side of Thoth.

Although I have confirmed this through past

life research, one can look at historical/archaeological evidence and verify this as well.

For example, the drawing of a

Mayan sacrificial knife below (Fig. 27a) shows two intertwined rattlesnakes as the handle of the flint knife. This partic

ular knife was recovered in the Mayan Cenote (well) of Sacrifice, and to the Yucatec Maya, these artifacts were known as

kab ku, which meant " hand of the god. "

In Egypt Thoth was the scribe of the Gods, and his ink well (Fig. 27b) was

the same symbol as the Egyptian symbol for a human heart (Fig. 27c)!

In other words, Thoth wrote mankind ' s laws

and religious rituals (ORDER) with the blood of humanity (CHAOS).

Fig. 27a

Fig. 27b Thoth's Ink Well

38

Fig. 27c Human Heart

------

There appears to be a more positive and scientific symbology to the caduceus. Twentieth-rentury inventors have been
experimenting with an electronic device called a "caduceus coil. "

It consists of an iron rod core that is wrapped with a

wire in the same manner that the snakes are entwined on Hermes ' staff. It would seem that the opposing electromagnetic
fields of each coil would merely cancel each other out.

However, the two opposing magnetic fields produce a most un

usual effect when pulsed with very high frequencies-levitation! Also, Wilbert Smith, who calls it a "Tensor coil, " claims

to have recorded " time differential effects between the coil field and the outer environment. "26 The mathematics used to
" tune " the caduceus coil is reminiscent of the mathematics of music discovered by Pythagoras.

(Pythagoras, by the way,

taught that the purpose of life was to gain release from reincarnation.2'1) In 1919 a young inventor by the name of Alfred
M. Hubbard demonstrated a " free energy" device using similar principles of coils.

He propelled an 18 foot boat around

Lake Union for several hours with his coils, which were not hooked up to any power source. The only problem was that
the boat had a tendency to levitate!28

So here's a new twist on the Hegelian dialectic-two opposing magnetic fields

(thesis/antithesis) produce a tertiary effect of space/time distortion (synthesis).

Although both Ra and Thoth were members of the same Serpent ET group, Ra only used one snake on his staff. Ra,
too,

appeared to help

(ORDER), but in the final analysis created CHAOS.

For example, after he had forced us to go to

war with the Hittites, he ended up saving me from death or capture by the Hittites, and so I felt indebted to him.
retrospect, I realized that had he not manipulated us into war in the first place, I would have never been in danger.

In
The

Hittites also displayed the winged disk symbol hovering over the heads of their "Gods" on rock carvings. They also used
the symbol of the double-headed eagle in conjunction with their "Gods , " which was another symbol of the Serpent Staff
ET group.
Ra's dark side was personified in the form of the Greek Hades and Roman Pluto. This was his underworld person
ality in the same way that Anubis was Thoth's (Osiris) darker side and in the same way that the Quetzalcoatl's coyote
twin, Xolotl, was his dark side.
The Goddess had a dark side as well.

She told Akarat that she was also known as Hecate.

Hecate was the Greek

Goddess of the underworld, and her gates were guarded by the three-headed dog, Cerberus. In Celtic myth the gatekeeper
to the underworld was the dog, Dormarth ("Death's Door").

The Norse Goddess Hel was the ruler of the land of death.

She gave birth to lunar wolf-dogs who ate the flesh of the dead and carried their souls to paradise.
encounter with the Goddess, she identified herself also as Shakti.
o r Kali-Ma, which meant "Dark Mother. "

In Akarat's first

The dark side of the Hindu Goddess Shakti was Kal i ,

She was depicted menacingly and morbidly with a necklace o f skulls, a yel

low-streaked azure face, fangs and purple lips dripping with blood.

Sometimes she stood over a human corpse or held a

human head dripping with blood from one of her many arms . Her votaries were the secret society cult called the "Thugs"
or "Stranglers , " who were well-known for their human blood sacrifices to Kali.

Their victims were usually travelers

whose bodies, if found. were usually ritualistically mangled, gashed and gutted beyond recognition.
raised their children in the belief

that

it was not wrong to kill for Kali.

Thuggee parents

The Thugs consisted of both Muslims and Hin

dus, and they lived off the ill-gotten booty from their victims, which may have numbered more than a million people. 6 It
is interesting that two words that we still use today to describe criminals are "thugs" and "assassins, " both terms originat
ing with secret societies. Kali was a Goddess of deception; her followers were two-faced, living an outward life of benev
olence and a secret life of bloodshed and chaos.
The Dark Goddess in Mesoamerica was Coatlicue, "She of the Serpent Skirt. "
snakes and a grisly necklace of severed hearts and hands.

She wore a dress of woven rattle

"Writhing coral snakes appear in the place of her head and

hands, denoting gouts of blood gushing from her severed throat and wrists. The two great snakes emerging from her neck
face one another, creating a face of living blood.

A monument of cosmic terror, Coatlicue stands violated and mutilated,

her wounds mutely demanding revenge against her enemies. It 7

The cult of Kali is still in existence today. While researching the Goddess Shakti I got quite a surprise when I received a form letter from someone named " Kali. "

Apparently, whoever sent the letter thought

and they were trying to flatter me with my being a beautiful "Goddess. "

1 was a female

The letter stated that "Kali's only wish

was to help me and to see me prosper, " and that I could send $ 14.95 for "my very own Goddess Profile. "

The letter,

which presented the appearance of a benevolent and helpful organization, was obviously targeted for females who felt that
they were being oppressed by others and society in general. The six-page letter was printed on yellow paper with purple
writing, the same colors of the ancient depictions of Kali. They also repeatedly used the usual Goddess symbols like the
pentagram, which represents the two-faced Goddess of Love and War.
Ra was known as the Lord of Light and the Light of God or the Shining One. Ancient people worshipped the first
light of day. In Greece the first light of day who heralded the arrival of the Sun God was the Bringer of the Dawn , Luci
fer, the Light Bearer, and his female counterpart was Eos. In Rome Lucifer was known as Phosphoros and Eos was
known as Aurora. Recall the previous reference that Thoth "brought back each morning the light of the sun. . . " There
fore, Lucifer was just another name for Thoth, the bringer of illumination.
The Persians-and later the Romans-worshipped the secret society Son of God, Mithra.

39

Mithra was originally the

Sun

God Mitra in the Aryan pantheon, but later became the

Persia.

Son

of the God Ahura Mazda (Ormuzd) in Zoroastrianism in

Mithra later took on aspects of Thoth, and Mithraism became a Masonic-like secret society with seven levels of

initation.

Figure 28a is a drawing of a Roman statue from Mithraism.

The symbolic earmarks of the Serpent Staff

Pleiadians are obvious here. Notice the caduceus of Thoth (Mercury) on the tablet.

The man

has

a lion's head and

has

wings. The serpent is coiled six times around the statue's body, and its head appears on top of the lion's head, making a
total of seven

coiled.

turns .

This represents the "serpent power" of the kundalini of Yogic tradition. In sanskrit k:undalini means

Purportedly, the energy that

is

channeled upward through the seven chakras produces spiritual

enlightenment.

Shakra was the king of the "Gods" in Buddhist myth, and was the same "God" as the Hindu Indra, which was just another
name for Ra. The statue also

has the thunderbolt of Zeus

(Ra) on his chest. In Buddhism this same symbol represents the

"Supreme Illumination of which the Buddhas who appear in time and space are but the visible manifestations. "

10

Figure

28b shows the Greek "God" Serapis, which was just another name for Osiris, the judge of the underworld. Serapis' com
panion was a three-headed dog.

Fig. 28a

Fig. 28b

In ancient Mexico, Quetzalcoatl was the Lord of the Dawn and so was identified with Venus as the morning "star. "
Quetzalcoatl's coyote double, Xolotl, was identified with Venus as the evening "star. " The morning "stars" in the east
Le. Venus and Sirius-heralded the arrival of the Light, the

Sun God

(who was also the Son of God). In both the Western

and Eastern Hemispheres the SSPs programmed people to believe that Venus, the morning "star, " was synonymous with
war.

Therefore, Quetzalcoatl, Lucifer, Hermes, Mercury, Nebo, etc. were just other

the Dawn" and the "Bringer of Enlightenment. "

This

illumination

or

enlightenment

names

for Thoth, the "Bringer of

was merely a benevolent facade to

bring CHAOS on Earth. This is the hidden meaning of Thoth 's motto " As above, so below , " which really means that the
ORDER and CHAOS created by the "Gods" (ETs) above will be established below by the priesthoods and heads of states
on Earth, their "chosen ones. "
Ra was not only the

ness .

benevolent God

of the

Rising Sun,

but the

nefarious God

of War-a God of both

light and dark

The Aztecs called their Sun God, Huitzilopochtli, who was also the God of War. The Aztecs claimed that their

"Gods" demanded that they make blood sacrifices, or else the Rising

Sun would

not appear each morning. Huitzilopochtli

(Ra) and Quetzalcoatl (Thoth) taught the Aztecs and Toltecs to be very war-like and conquer the world in the same man
ner that Ra had forced me to go out and "conquer the world. "
Huitzilopochtli was represented as a hummingbird and specifically as a hummingbird sucking nectar from a flower.
The symbol was analogous to drinking blood to obtain eternal life--the same belief with which we were programmed in
the Brothers of the Snake initiation in Egypt.

Ra and Thoth told the ancient Mesoamericans that they created man with

their own blood, so man must appease the "Gods" through bloodletting rituals and by ripping the hearts out of the bodies
of living human sacrifices-just like the Brothers of the Snake ritual in the Great Pyramid.

Some people believe that only

the Aztecs and Toltecs practiced bloodletting rituals, but actually these practices went back to the Olmecs, which is evi
denced by their hummingbird-shaped bloodletters.

The Olmecs purportedly date back to about 1200 B.C.

Although the

Mayans and Olmecs also committed blood sacrifices, the Toltecs and Aztecs took the bloodletting to extremes. Of course,
this was all at the behest of Ra and Thoth (i.e. , Huitzilopochtli and Quetzalcoatl) and under the threat of death and world
destruction. (Thirty-three degree Mason Manly Hall alleged that the Mayans did not practice bloodletting rituals, which
40

was not true.) The Goddess in the Americas was represented as a spider, which explains why there is a hummingbird and
a spider amongst the gigantic Nazca symbols in Peru, which can only be discerned from the sky above these arid plains.
The morning star Venus often signaled a time for war. Due to the positions of Venus in relation to the zodiac, it is
represented as a five-pointed star Consequently, this is why our war department is housed in a five-sided building, the
Pentagon. (Earlier in Mesopotamia, Venus-under the name Ishtar, the oxymoron Goddess of Love and War-was repre
sented as an eight-pointed star, probably because it took eight years for Venus to cycle through the zodiac and arrive at its
original position. According to Dr. Frank E. Stranges and Harley Andrew Byrd (nephew to the late Rear Admiral Rich
ard Byrd), an alien by the name of Valiant Thor resided at the Pentagon in the late 1950s. Val Thor claimed to be
an emissary from Venus! 11 Recall that George Adamski also met a human-looking alien from Venus who left an imprint
of a swatiska in his footprint, like the footprints of Buddha . Is this all some really crazy coincidence? (AI Bielek-of
Philadelphia Experiment and Montauk Project fame-also shows pictures of an alien by the name of Val Thor, who works
with our government. However, Stranges shows a Val Thor with dark brown or black hair and Bielek shows pictures of
Val Thor with blonde hair--two different aliens. I asked AI Bielek about the discrepancy, but he apparently did not know
why Stranges' pictures showed a different Val Thor.)
It is interesting to note that the blood sacrifices in ancient Mexico were not secretive, as the Brotherhood of the Snake
ritual in the Great Pyramid was. The outer appearance of the Great Pyramid symbolizes scientific knowledge in the form
of mathematics, geometry, and astronomy, but the inner secret rituals of the priesthood represented the hidden, insidious
aspect of ET manipulation in the Egyptian Mystery schools; here again is the light and the dark side of Thoth. Also, of
interest is that the word mystery was derived from the Greek word musterion, which meant "secret rite. " This in turn
traces back to muein, which meant "to be closed" in the sense of keeping one's mouth shut. This apparently originated
with the inner, or greater, mystery of the Greek Eleusinian Mysteries. However, I'm not keeping my mouth shut-I ' m
exposing the inner "mysteries" and secrets o f the Brotherhood o f the Snake.
It is important to realize that all major secret societies are derived from the Brothers of the Snake-that is, Freema
sonry, Knights of Malta, Knights Templar, Teutonic Knights, Skull and Bones, Rosicrucianism, Eleusinian Mysteries,
Mithraism, Order of the Rose, the Illuminati, the Bilderbergers, etc. , etc. ad nauseum. The Freemasons use the symbol
of a coffin to represent the Great Pyramid's sarcophagus (Fig. 29a). As you can see , the Freemasons also use the skull
and crossbones symbol as well as a skull without the crossbones (Fig. 29b). Also, notice the black and white checker
board floor design in both of these Freemasonic pictures. This was the same design on the floor of the eye of Ra !
Agam, it is very nice to have one's past life memories confirmed in this manner.
"

"

Fig. 29a

Fig. 29b

41

The Skull and Bones secret society, which was imported from Germany in 1 832 to Yale University, also uses a coffin
in their rituals, as well as the swastika and the skull and crossbones symbol (Fig. 30a). The CIA recruits heavily from
Yale University, and CIA DirectorlPresident George Bush and President Bill Clinton are Skull and Bones members as

well as the Order of the Rose. 12

As I have shown in "The Language of Symbols, the Egyptians crossed the arms of

mummies, which created an " X " or crossbones right below the mummy 's skull .

Osiris' symbol was also an "X. " The

skull and crossbones symbol was used by the Mayas (Fig. 3Ob) not just to symbolize death, but specifically

sacrificial

death to appease the " Gods. " Figure 30c shows another Mayan symbol that implicates the Mayan culture with the Serpent
ETs. This symbol displays the sun cross and eight-pointed star of the Serpent Staff Pleiadians, and it means "Empire of
the Sun. " According to researcher James Churchward, this symbol goes back 15,000 years to the civilization of Mu. 13

Fig. 30c

Fig. 30b

Fig. 30a

It is also important to realize that Satanic rituals conducted in modem times in the United States emulate the Brothers
of the Snake ritual around the sarcophagus. Satanists sometimes gather around a table and make a blood sacrifice of an
animal or even a human being, including children.

We also find that an inordinate number of Satanists are reported to be

Free masons by the Satanic ritual victims who live to tell about it.
character.

Sometimes the sacrifices and rituals are Druidic in

14

BAITING TIlE HOOK

According to Zecharia Sitchin, the word for these "Gods" who brought technology (i.e. , science, government, writ
ing, etc.) to Sumeria was nu, which he says meant Lofty Ones.

Perhaps the words Illuminati and illusion were derived

Bancroft's History of the World, the head of the Chaldean pantheon of

"Gods" was n, who was also known in Chaldea as EI or Ra! Chaldea was the name of ancient Babylonia, and Babylon
derived its name from Bab-El, which meant "Gate of EI, " or "Gate of God. " EI and II were later represented as Elus or
Ilus by Greek historians. EI is the root word for the Biblical Elohim, which was the plural form of EI, or in other words,
"Gods" (i.e. , ETs). The head Canaani te "God" was El and one of his sons was Baal , who corresponded with the
Chaldean Bel.
from this ancient Sumerian word.

According to

Like the man who dangles a carrot from a stick in front of his donkey to get him to pull his cart , these ETs used
certain

carrots to obtain the trust and allegiance of unsuspecting Earthbound humans . Technology-Le. , science, govern

ment, and language-was one of these carrots. (Unfortuna tely, Sitchin doesn't speak about the secret society aspect of the
Ilu-but then he has an office in Rockefeller Center, which might account for his reticence on the subject.)
Technology was the positive, or benevolent side of the Ilu. It was not presented merely as knowledge, but as wis
dom.

This is why the serpent universally represented wisdom in ancient times throughout the world. (The owl became

the female symbol representing this "wisdom" and was the symbol of Athena, the Greek Goddess of war and "wisdom. "
The symbol of Athena' s counterpart, Aphrodite, was the dove. Later, Christian Gnostics adopted the symbol of the dove
as Sophia. The symbol of the dove was then later incorporated into the Roman Church as the symbol of the Holy Ghost. )
This so-called "wisdom" was a deception and had nothing to do with true wisdom.

Of course, obtaining spiritual

knowingness is a desirable goal-However, what Isis and Thoth taught was mostly contrived mumbo jumbo, which was
totally non sequitur to reality; this was a benevolent facade that the Serpent group used to disguise false and misleading
religious dogma to keep people distracted from the real truth of what was and still is going on. The Serpent ETs did
inject some truth into their religious teachings.

For example, we find the symbol of a bird with a man's head hovering

over the dead, which represented the soul, or /(fl. Perhaps the symbol of the dove as the "Holy Ghost" (Le. , spiritual
being) evolved from the Egyptian symbol for the ka. The Serpent ETs had to inject at least some truth in their teachings
42

in order to get people to accept the entire dogma.

If you want to catch fish, you have to put some bait on the hook.

The SSPs also baited their hooks with the carrot of immortality, especially in the sense of keeping one's .body after
death.

This was the "Tree of Life" that was often referred to in ancient civilizations. Of course, we are already immor

tal, and our bodies are just physical universe

vehicles. Like

all physical universe forms, bodies eventually wear out.

From past life research and other evidence we know that the bodies of ETs can often last ten times as long as Earth
bodies. Therefore, it appears that there has been intentional genetic manipulation to keep our lifetimes very short. Con
sequently, this gives us less time to figure things out before we have to drop our bodies, then pick up a

new

body, and

subsequently forgetting what we have learned in the previous lifetime.

Since the Serpent Staff Pleiadiaos could time travel in the eye of Ra, they could appear centuries or millennia later
and look just as young as they did in the ancient statues, carvings, and drawings of them from an earlier time. This made
it very easy to convince people that they had obtained physical body immortality.

As you may have noticed in "Akarat's

Abduction, " Ra and Ishtar made a big deal about their being the same " Gods " that were worshipped in ancient times.

Apparently, they gave their ancient names in order to reinforce the belief that they were immortal (in the sense that their
bodies never die).
The symbol of the serpent coiled around a tree was just another version of Ra' s and Thoth' symbols of one or two
serpents coiled around a staff.

The symbol below (Fig. 3 1a) goes back about fifteen centuries to the country of Elam,

which was in what is DOW southwest Iran. Notice the symbols of the Serpent Staff Pleiadians-the cross, the circle with a
point in the middle, the SUD, and the moon.

The SUD, of course, represented Ra and the moon represented the Goddess

As previously discussed Osiris represented immortality, death and rebirth, and people worshipped Osiris by
I don't think it's merely a coincidence that even today
we refer to bread as the "staff of life, a veiled reference to the caduceus. In Greece "mythology" Triptolemus flew
around in his chariot drawn by winged serpents and taught people how to sow and utilize grain (Fig. 3 I b). The Egyp

and Thoth.

eating "cakes , " which were hard biscuits made from wheat paste.

tians attributed the instruction of farming grains to Osiris.

Notice the wheel of Triptolemus' chariot is a SUD cross and a

point within a circle. The three-pointed " fleur-de-lis" on Triptolemus ' staff is also a symbol of the SSPs.

Fig. 3 1a

Fig. 3 1 b

After building up civilizations, the Serperu Staff ETs then ordered one civilization to attack another.

Sometimes Ra

manipulated both warring factions himself and in other cases Ishtar incited her votaries to attack one of Ra's groups.
This, of course, appears quite insane-First they create ORDER in a society and then CHAOS.

When Ra and Ptah or

dered me to. attack the Hittites, they had also been manipulating the Hittites to attack us and other civilizations.

They're

a lot like children playing in a sandbox-First they build up their toy soldier armies (ORDER), and then they carry out the
war (CHAOS). The main difference, of course, is that these ETs are using real people, not inanimate plastic soldiers.
This is one of the hidden meanings of the symbol of 33 degree Freemasonry, " Order Out of Chaos"
The symbol is a double-beaded eagle clutching a scimitar in its claws (Fig. 33).
symbol of the Hittites (Fig. 32a) as well as the Sumerians (Fig. 32b).
Hittites, Egyptians, and Sumeriaos.
43

(Ordo Ab Chao).

The double-beaded bird of prey was a

Also, the symbol of the flying disk was

used

by

Fig. 32b

Fig. 32a

Fig. 33
Notice that the two heads of the eagle are attached to the same body, but the heads are looking in opposite directions.
Imagine Siamese twins who wanted to go in two different directions. Wouldn' t this create a conflict between the two
twins? The creation of conflict is the primary meaning of the double-headed eagle symbol . The eagle is clutching a scim
itar in its claws, making its meaning quite clear.

The scimitar was not used for paring apples, but for paring people.

This is the symbol for war.

The eagle was the symbol for the Sun God, who was also the God of War, or in other words, Ra, who went by many
names throughout the world. The process of creating civilizations and then destroying them-Order Out of Chaos-was
embodied in one of the hidden meanings of the Phoenix. The Phoenix burned itself to death, and a new Phoenix was
reborn out of it ashes. Although there were other more benign significances to the Phoenix, the inner meaning represent
ed the repeated creation and destruction of civilizations on Earth, resulting in endless traumatization of Earthbound be
ings. The constant threat and pursuit of war on Earth also keeps people too distracted to discover the truth about what is
really going on. The Phoenix also symbolized rebirth and reincarnation. In Mesoamerica QuetzaIcoatl burned himself to
ashes in a funeral pyre and rare birds (new life) arose from the ashes; he then flew up in the sky to become Venus, the
morning star.
44

The phoenix is equated with the eagle, which was a symbol used by the Mesopatamians to describe a flying saucer.
The phoenix was the beonu bird in Egypt, which was Ra's "Boat of Millions of Years, " or in other words, a space/time
vehicle.
These symbols and the eternal struggle of GOOD against EVll.. and UGlIT against DARKNESS keep turning up in
legends throughout history and all over the world.
on are ubiquitous.

In Egypt when the Sun

So when the Sun rose in the morning, the people of Egypt knew he was victorious, and the

of the CHAOS serpents.

ORDER of the universe was preserved.

of Set with Osiris and his
was later called Satan,

Legends of the Sun God (phoenix or eagle) slaying a serpent or drag

set and Ra had to traverse the underworld, he had to fight Apep, the greatest

son/sun

Later the struggle between the eternal adversaries was dramatized in the conflict

Horus.

The Egyptian Book of the Dead

the adversary of the "Son of God" and

"Light of the

also

speaks of the Great Serpent Sata, who

world, " Jesus. Therefore, it is not surpris

ing that the stork-a majestic bird that eats snakes-came to be associated with Christ and his disciples (Fig. 34a).

annual return of the stork in springtime in the northern latitudes was therefore linked to Easter and the Resurrection.
appears that the Egyptians chose the heron as the symbol for the bennu bird-which represented the

Sun

The
21

It

GodISon of God,

Osiris/Ra, as well as rebirth and resurrection-because herons eat snakes. The snake-eating ibis was one of the symbols
used to depict the Egyptian "God" Thoth, probably for the same reason.

In Babylonian myth, Marduk (Ra) created a new world ORDER when he slew the evil she-dragon of CHAOS ,
Greek legend pitted the God Zeus fighting the Snake God Typhon. The Greek Sun God Apollo fought and de
feated Python at Delphi. In Nordic myths Thor fought the Midgard Serpent. The vehicle of the Hindu God Vishnu was
the sun bird, Garuda, the enemy of all serpents. One of Vishnu's most popular incarnations, Krishna, defeated the ser
pent Kaliya. In the Persian religion of Zoroastrianism the Great Serpent of Darkness Ahriman was the enemy of Ahura

Tiamat.

Mazda (God) and Mithra (the Sun/Son of God).

lllu prefix).

The Hittite "God" Teshob slew the evil dragon llluyankas (notice the

Even as late as this century an effigy of a dragon was paraded in Sicily on S1. George's Day.

times the ORDER OUT OF CHAOS principle took the form of a knight slaying a dragon.

(Notice that

IS

In medieval

knight

is a term

associated with major secret societies like the Knights Templar, Knights of the Rose and Cross, Knights of the Brazen

Serpent, Knights of Malta, Teutonic Knights, etc.

heros were the Jedi Knights.

In the struggle between good and evil in the Star Wars movies, the

Djedi was a legendary Egyptian magician who knew the secrets of Djehuti, or Thoth . )

According to legend, the Aztec

Sun G od and G od o f War,

Huitzilopochtli , guided the Aztecs t o their center o f power

from which they launched a war-like new order and civilization.

Huitzilopochtli advised the Aztecs to look for an eagle

perched on a cactus and devouring a snake. They found the eagle, snake, and cactus on an island in Lake Texcoco, which
later became Mexico City and the capital of Mexico. Mexico derives its name from Mexitli, another name for the God of
War.

16

In 1821 Mexico achieved independence from Spain and adopted the symbol below as Mexico's coat of arms (Fig.

34b) .

Also, the Aztec trickster God Tezcatlipoca, 'Smoking Mirror, was the adversary of Quetzalcoatl in the same manner
that Seth was the adversary of Osiris and Horus. Tezcatlipoca represented change through conflict.

The eagle has also been represented as a phoenix in art. Many of the founders of this country were Freemasons, and
they initially depicted the eagle on the Great Seal of the United States as a long-necked phoenix (See Figure 3b in the
"Language of Symbols"). In 1675 the artist Hohberg illustrated the struggle between good and evil by depicting the phoe
nix slaying the dragon (Fig. 34c).

Fig. 34a

Fig. 34b
45

Fig. 34c

Like the benevolent facade of the Serpent Staff Pleiadians, their symbols also have a benign outer, or exoteric appear
ance and meaning.

Oftentimes the symbols have many esoteric meanings, which are only revealed to the initiates as they

progress deeper into the mysteries. Freemason George Steinmetz wrote a book entitled
in which he said:

Freemasonry, Its Hidden Meaning

"It is in the ancient symbols of Freemasonry that its real secrets lie concealed and these are densely

veiled to the Mason as to any other. The most profound secrets of Masonry are not revealed in the Lodge at
belong only to the few. "

17

Also, 33 degree Freemason Albert Pike admits in his book

Morals and Dogma

all .

They

that high-level

Masons, called Adepts, intentionally lie to the lower initiates about the true meaning of the symbols.

On the surface the principle of ORDER OUT OF CHAOS sounds like a good idea. When things are in a chaotic
condition, the logical and sane thing
one might start asking the question:

to do is to put ORDER into it. However, as one looks beyond the surface meaning,
"Who creates the CHAOS in the first place? "

The Serpent Staff Pleiadians that I

have uncovered in my past life research are the heretofore hidden source of the CHAOS on this planet-and who knows
how many other planets?
and an evil, or

dark,

As previously shown, Ra, Thoth, and the Goddess had both a benevolent, or illumined, side

side; they were simultaneously illuminators and deceivers, creators and destroyers. The head of the

double-headed eagle that looks to the east sees the

rebirth;

whereas the head that looks to the west sees the

and de

Rising Swz and receives illumination , life, and experiences

Setting Swz descending into the underworld, symbolizing death

struction.
The irony in the victory of light over darkness as represented by the victory of the benevolent

Rising Swz over

the

evil Serpent or the victory of the phoenix over the dragon is that these are all symbols of the Serpent Staff Pleiadians! Ra
was the SUN GOD whose symbol was the SERPENT! In other words they manipulate both sides of the equation: They
are both the GOOD Gods and the EVIL Gods, both the UGHT and the DARKNESS, both the ORDER and the CHAOS.
This is that inner , insidious meaning of the Double-Headed Eagle of Thirty-Three Degree Freemasonry.
of the eagle represent two opposing forces-but they are attached to the same body like Siamese twins.

The two heads

In fact, in many

legends around the globe the two opposing forces are indeed twin brothers, which, if they were attached to the same body
like the double-headed eagle, they would indeed be Siamese twins in eternal conflict.
purpose of the ORDER OUT OF CHAOS manipulation.
Extra-Terrestrial Conspirators, or ETCs.

Of course, conflict is exactly the

The body of the double-headed bird of prey is, of course, the

The Serpent Staff Pleiadians (SSPs) are only one faction of the ETCs.

There

are other ET groups with various body types and social structures that are networking together to deceive mankind. Some
of these groups play the part of the bad guys (like the Reptilians), and some of them play the part of the good guys (like
the Pleiadians).
This is not to say that all ETs are bad, but at least the ones who are manipulating Earth humans do indeed lack a
conscience, which is something that most Earth inhabitants possess . This makes us spiritually more advanced than these
manipulative ETs, in spite of their psychic and technological abilities. The absence of a conscience is really the heart of
the matter.

To the sociopath-whether an ET or an Earthbound human-there is no difference between good and evil.

Now I don' t mean good and evil in the

religious

or Biblical sense.

That which is good enhances the survival of all or

most life forms physically, mentally, and spiritually; that which is evil harms or suppresses the survival of life forms
physically, mentally, and spiritually.

Sociopaths see no real difference between harmful and beneficial activities, except

when it serves their purposes in controlling others who

entities
Of

do

have a conscience.

Currently, there are various

channeled

(ETs) who are working very diligently at trying to convince us that there is no difference between good and evil.

course, these sociopathic ETs want us to believe this

because they are indeed evil.

Their actions in disseminating

disinformation on this planet to create chaos is the evidence that reveals their evil intentions.

Disinformation is, in fact,

one of the most powerful weapons in this universe; it makes a hydrogen bomb look like a firecracker in comparison.
The symbolism of the black and white checkerboard floor in the eye of Ra, which is also the type of floor that Free
masons use, is the same as the double-headed eagle-It represents the ability to maintain control over both
ness, good and evil .

cade that masks

This is the primary tool of extra-terrestrial manipulation-The

light,

or good, is the

light and dark

benevolent fa

the dark , or evil.

The symbol of the Skull and Bones secret society (see Figure 30a) has the number 322 below the skull. Apparently,
this number represents Genesis 3:22-" And the Lord God said, 'The man has now become like one of us, knowing good
and evil. "
'

24

As one of the pieces to the puzzle, this one fits perfectly into place. There is nothing wrong with krwwing

good and evil if one uses the usual definition of the word
simply that one is

aware of or understands

knowing.

Therefore,

good and evil, but rather that one can

knowing good and evil does

control the two polarities to

not mean
one's ad

vantage (and to others' detriment). The language used here is DOt only cryptic, but deceptive-and, of course, deception

is

their purpose.
The Cross of Lorraine, or "double<ross, " appears to have the same meaning.
there are two horizontal cross bars instead of one.

A poem by Charles Peguy goes:

This cross is like a Latin cross, only

"The arms of Jesus are the Cross of

Lorraine. The blood in the artery and the blood in the vein, The source of grace and the clear fountain; The arms of Satan
are the Cross of Lorraine, And the same artery and the same vein, And the same blood and the same fountain. "29

46

The more benign interpretation of the ORDER OUT OF CHAOS principle applies to the creation myths. The Serpent
Staff Pleiadians (SSPs) implanted Earth humans with the idea that it was they who created the physical universe. That is,
in the beginning there was nothingness, or CHAOS, and out of that nothingness they created the physical universe, or
ORDER. The SSPs disseminated this lie around the entire planet that they were the creator "Gods . " Although they may
(In fact, Bob Lazar , a man who

have genetically altered our bodies, or "containers, " they certainly were not "Gods. "

claimed to have worked for the government on an very top secret alien technology project, said that he read the
government's most highly classified and thickest document-a book on alien manipulation of religions in which the aliens
referred to us (Le. , our bodies) as "containers. " 25) The SSPs taught the Egyptians that Thoth was the
which at creation uttered the words [Divine Logos]

that

"divine intelligence

were carried into effect by Ptah and Khnemu. "

Ptah, the Egyp

tian father God, was the artisan who by speech or by kneading mud created the world.

IS

"In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.

He was with God in the begin

The Gospel of John begins:

ning. "
Another meaning of the double-headed eagle was control over both the east and the west-that is, one head is facing
the east and the other is facing the west.
was the Roman Empire.

The eagle represents the center of power.

One of the major centers of power

The Romans regarded the eagle as the bird of Jupiter (Le . , Ra).

In accordance with the legend

of the phoenix, they let an eagle fly from the funeral pyre of a deceased emperor, symbolizing his soul ascending to the
Gods.

19

The double-headed eagle began to appear on the Roman Empire's weapons of war in 1433 A.D. It also was the

symbol of imperial Austria until 1 9 19 , of czarist Russia unti1 1 9 1 7 , of the Serbian Kings, and is still today a symbol on
the flag of Albania.

21

The symbol of the

The German eagle is facing west, as is the American eagle.

Rising Sun

represents the beginning of a

New Age.

In like manner the double-headed eagle sym

bolizes the beginning of a new political system, or new world ORDER, created through CHAOS, conflict, and war. The
New World ORDER rises like a phoenix out of the ashes and flames of the old ORDER. The birth of the Holy Roman
Empire in the new age of Pisces was a prime example of this principle in action.
nism became major manifestations of the ORDER OUT OF CHAOS principle.

Later Nazism, Fascism, and Commu

In fact Commllnism was founded on the

Hegelian dialectic principles, which, we are led to believe, were appropriated by Karl Marx and Friedrick Engels from the
German philosopher, Georg Hegel.

antithesis,

are brought together, a

thesis and the

is the product of the conflict between the thesis and the
solution to a problem. It is, however, merely a manifes

In dialectical materialism (Marxism) when two conflicting forces, the

synthesis

results. The synthesis

antithesis, and it is touted as being an improved condition or

tation of the ORDER OUT OF CHAOS principle and the symbol of the double-headed eagle. This is the same principle
of change through conflict, which was personified in the Aztec God Tezcatlipoca.
For example, Hitler used this principle to rise to power.

On the night of February 27, 1 933, Hitler and his hench

men arranged for the German Parliament (Reichstag) to be set on fire.

The Nazis blamed the fire on the Communists,

who had had nothing to do with it. The following day Hitler convinced President Hindenburg to declare a national emer
gency "for the protection of the people" and to sign a law of 33 decrees , which suspended the German "Bill of Rights . "
After suspending the Constitution, Hitler could then institute his fascist state. The Nazis accomplished this by manipu
lating both sides of the equation-by being both the good guys and the bad guys-to create CHAOS in order to bring in a
new ORDER. In fact, according to researcher Craig Hulet, after Hitler wrote

Mein

Kampf he wrote

My New Order.

At the same time in 1933 across the Atlantic, Franklin D. Roosevelt, who became a 33 degree Mason, assumed the
office of president, declared a national emergency, and in effect suspended the Constitution.

The world-wide financial

crunch was, of course, artificially created in the first place by the world bankers, who are very well-acquainted with the
significance of the double-headed eagle and the ORDER OUT OF CHAOS principle.
another, the international banksters reap the profits, regardless of who wins the wars.

By pitting one country against

In fact the winner of the war actu

ally loses, becanse the country who wins sinks deeper in debt to the world banksters from the tremendous cost of conduct
ing a war.

The international banksters can then tighten their control (Le. , manipulation) over the indebted countries.

Although the Knights Templar were the world's first international banking organization (complete with checking
accounts), the Rothschild family is more well-known for its artificial manipulation of money to control countries, create
wars, and increase their wealth. The crest of the Rothschild family

is covered

with symbols of the "Giza Intelligence. "

One of the world' s well-known conspiratorial groups, the Bilderbergers, was headed in 1952 by Prince Bernard, one
of the owners of the Shell Oil Corporation. Would it surprise you that the Shell symbol is not a shell at all, but the
symbol of the

Rising Sun

above the mountains in the east?

This was discovered by secret society researcher Jordan

Maxwell.
Some mythology researchers and promoters of ancient mystery schools believe that Ptah was a benefactor of mankind
or that Thoth was the good "God" and Ra (Marduk) was the bad "God. " However, these were merely mythical roles that
they played out in various cultures. 1bis was simply an example of the modus operandi of the Serpent Staff Pleiadians.
They always created an evil God or a Satan, so that they could scare people into worshipping a

benevolent God

or Savior.

Again, their symbol of the double-headed eagle is at play here. After all, what's the use of having a Savior if there's not
47

some evil from which to save mankind. Also, by creating many different religions with different Saviors, they succeeded
in creating conflicts

wars between Earth humans over which Savior was the genuine article.

and

In light of past life research, we can now understand that the ancient peoples didn't dare write anything derogatory
about their "Gods" for fear of being killed by them. Consequently, Egyptologists
reports of veneration for these wonderful and most beneficent

"

and

mythologists only read the glowing

Gods like Ra and Ptah.

"

Another example of this kind of manipulation is the myth of heaven and hell, which were both created by the Serpent
Staff Pleiadians. This was a reward/punishment, pleasure/pain, push/pull mechanism used to control people's belief
systems

and

encourage worship of them.

God (or the Gods),

and

On one hand was the pull of the reward of spending eternity in Heaven with

on the other hand was the fear of the fires of Hell to insure obedience. The idea of Heaven being

up in the sky was created by the fact that that is where the

"

Gods (ETs) flew down from. The horrible but imaginary

"

punishments of Hell made for some very zealous extra-terrestrial worshippers.

Even today we can find common examples of con artists using this kind of ploy to conspire to rob people of their
possessions.
After the
tim.

One con plays the part of the bad guy,

savior con wins the

and

then the other conspirator enters the picture to save the day .

trust of the victim, he can make off with the money or possessions of the unsuspecting vic

I had this con pulled on me at the bus station in New York City when I was young

baggage.

and

naive, and I almost lost my

The bad guy posed as a baggage carrier and led me up three flights of stairs into a dark , deserted area of the

station. There he tried to bilk me out of a large sum of money for his
had to talk to his boss about it.

After failing to do so, he left and said he

service.

Then the helpful co-conspirator arrived on the scene

while I go find out where I needed to go to board the correct bus.

and

offered to "watch my bags"

Fortunately, at this point I realized what was going

on, and I grabbed my bags and got out of there fast.

The scimitar keeps cropping up as a symbol of secret societies. The double-headed eagle of Thirty-three Degree Free

masonry clutches a scimitar in its claws.

In Akarat's Abduction we learned that Akarat' s secret society was called the
Also, the Masonic Shriners use the

Order of the Scimitar (presumably because the ETs told him to give it that name).
symbol of a scimitar beside the symbol for war, a five-pointed star,

and

the symbol of Thoth and the Goddess, the cres

cent moon. The Egyptian "God" Amen, who was later called Amen-Ra, was depicted holding both the symbol of life (the
ankh) and the scimitar, which was the symbol of power

and foreign conquest.

20

The "Holy" Roman Empire was a prime example of the absolute power of government and one of the most successful
attempts at creating a one world government through foreign conquest. TIll s , not surprisingly, occurred at the beginning
of a "new age, " the Age of Pisces (fish). One of the symbols of the absolute power of the Roman government was the
fasces (Fig. 35a).

Fig. 35a

Fig. 35b

Fig. 35c

The fasces was a bundle of rods tied together and carried by

lictors

Fig. 35d

in the retinue of high public officials and priests.

The axe blade was not used for chopping wood; it represented the absolute authority of government to inflict bodily pun
ishment on its citizens, including death. The Romans appropriated the fasces from the Etruscans who used the symbol of
the double-bladed axe,

21

which was a symbol often associated with the ancient "Gods" (SSPs) .

Italian Fascists got their name.

The fasces is where the

Also, the Italian Fascists wore black shirts, and therefore, the fascists were called

" Blackshirts. " Recall that one of the symbols that the SSPs required Akarat and his followers to wear in the Order of the
Scimitar was a black shirt!
Figure 35b shows another another fascist symbol, the yoke
French fascist party and by a Nazi party in Sweden.
fasces , for the swastika.
Thoth, the Maltese cross.

Both the Italian Fascists

22

and

and arrows. The sun cross (Fig. 35c) was used by a

In 1933 the English fascist party traded in their symbol, the

the Nazis wore black shirts; the Nazis also wore the symbol of

The arrow cross (Fig. 35d) was an ancient symbol meaning "expansion in all directions" and

was used by the Hungarian fascists. 22

48

Americans are often surprised to discover that the United States government uses the fascist symbol. The "tails" of
the old silver dimes proudly displays the fasces with the words E PLURIBUS UNUM (Fig. 36a). The bundle of rods tied
together symbolizes various powers, forces, or organizations coming together to form a much bigger and more powerful
axe handle to "control" the common people. E PLURIBUS UNUM means Out of Many. One. This motto confirms the
hidden meaning of the fasces. In modern times this symbol means the coming together of many different secret societies
into one force to create a one world fascist government out of many nations.
On the "heads" of the old silver dimes (Fig. 36b) we find our old buddy Thoth under the alias of Mercury, the
Roman "God" of profit, commerce, cunning , and thievery. Notice that Mercury is wearing a Phrygian cap, a symbol
of Adam Weishaupt's llluminati and the French RevolutioDarles, which included the French Freemasons. 23 The Phrygian
cap goes back to the occultic practices of Phrygia, an ancient land in Turkey, ironically located near or in the area where
Akarat was abducted in 1632 A.D. The Phrygian cap was worn by Mithras (Fig. 37), the "God" of War, who was the
Son of the God Ahura Mazda. Mithra, like Thoth, was known as the mediator. Also, like Thoth, Mithras taught the
practice of blood sacrifices. As the " Son of God, " the Persian Mithra was the liglu that preceded the sun when it rose,
the one who dispelled the darkness. " IS Therefore, Mithra (later called Mithras by Romans) was actually Thoth, or Luci
fer, the Liglubearer! The Phrygian cap was also associated with the cult of Attis and Goddess worship (Cybele).

Fig. 36a

Fig. 36b

Fig. 37
In 1946 the head of Mercury (i.e. , ThothlLucifer) on the silver dime was replaced with the head of 33 degree Mason
Franklin Delano Roosevelt (Fig. 3 1a). The other side of the new dime displays the torch of illumination (Fig. 38b).
Notice that the handle of the torch is a thinly-veiled fasces-a bundle of rods tied together!
49

Fig. 38a

Fig. 38b

Figure 39 below shows Lucifer the lightbearer carrying his torches of

illumination

with his female counterpart Eos

(Aurora) . I should mention at this point that the Statue of Liberty also holds a similiar torch of illumination . The Statue
of Liberty also has seven rays on her headdress, the same as the headdress that Ra wore. Would it surprise you to learn
that the Statue of Liberty was designed by a Freemason? Would it surprise you to learn that the symbol for fascism, the
fasces, is also the symbol of the United States Senate and House of Representatives? You will also find there the staff of
Ra.

It is a staff that stands near the center stage and podium; it has a rippled appearance (simulating the coiled serpent),

a ball on top like Ra' s staff, and an eagle (the symbol for Ra and the phoenix) is perched on top.

One might rightly ask

the question-Why is a purportedly "democratic government using Luciferian symbols of fascism?

Fig. 39

REFERENCES

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Lectures on Andent Philosophy; 1984; Manly P. Hall; Philosophical Research Society; LA, CA
New Larousse Encyclopedia of Mythology; 1959; Hamlyn Publishing Group Limited, NY, NY
The Egyptian Book of the Dead; 1895 ; E. A. Wallis Budge; 1967 by Dover Publications, Inc. ; NY,
Bancroft 's History of the World, Vol. 1 ; 1908; George Rines; Union Book Co. ; NY, NY
The Woman 's Encyclopedia of Myths and Secrets; 1983; Barbara Walker; HarperCollins Publishers;
Secret Sodeties; 1967; Norman MacKenzie; Aldus Books ; London, England
50

NY
NY, NY

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23 .
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

The Gods and Symbols of Andent Mexico and the Maya; 1993 ; Miller & Taube; Thames and Hudson Ltd; London
The Maya; 199 1 ; Lawana Trout; Chelsea House Publishers; NY, NY
11ze American Heritage Dictionary; 1982; Houghton Mifflin Company; Boston, MA
Ocddental Mythology; 1964; Joseph Campbell; 1976 Penguin Books ; NY, NY
Stranger at the Pentagon; 1 99 1 ; Dr. Frank E. Stranges; Inner Light Publications; New Brunswick, NJ
Trance Formation of America; 1995; G.T. F.1. Ltd; P.O. Box 1 58352; Nashville, TN 37215
The Children of Mu; 193 1 ; James Churchward; Ives Washburn; NY
11ze Egyptian-Masonic-Satanic-Connection; 1994; David Carrico ; Followers of Jesus Christ Ministries; Evansville, IN
Dictionary of World Mythology; 1979; Arthur Cotterell; 1986 Oxford University Press; NY
The American Peoples Encyclopedia Vol. 13; 1955 ; Spencer Press; Chicago, lll .
Freemasonary, Its Hidden Meaning; George Steinmetz
Morals and Dogma; Albert Pike; 187 1 ;
Brewer's Dictionary of Phrase and Fable; 18 17; Dr. Ebenezer Brewer; 1979 Harper & Row; NY, NY
Egyptian Myths; 1990; George Hart; University of Texas, TX
Dictionary of Symbolism; 1989; Hans Biedermann ; Penguin Books ; NY, NY
Dictionary of Symbols; 199 1 ; Carl Liungman; ABC-CLIO, Inc. ; Santa Barbara, CA
The Ocadt Conspiracy; 1989; Michael Howard; Destiny Books; Rochester, VT
Dark Majesty; 1992; Texe Marrs; Living Truth Publishers; Austin, TX
Alien Contact; 199 1 ; Timothy Good; Random Century Group; England
Caduceus Coil; 1993, 1994; KeelyNet BBS ; (214) 324-3501 ; Vanguard Sciences; P.O. Box 1 03 1 ; Mesquite, TX
The life of Greece; 1939 ; Will Durant; Simon and Schuster; New York, NY
The Awesome life Force: 11ze Unifying Prindples for All Physical and Occult Phenomena in the Universe; Joseph

H. Cater; Cadake Industries; P.O. Box 9478; Winter Haven, Florida

29. Holy Grail Across the Atlantic; 1988; Michael Bradley; Hounslow Press;

51

MONEY TALKS

A common denominator of secret societies that keeps cropping up again and again throughout history is WAR!
During the 12th century A . D . the Christian factions of Knights Templar, Knights Hospitaler,
the Muslims.

and Teutonic

Knights fought

(The Hospitaler Knights were also known as the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem and later called the

Knights of Malta.) The Knights Templar fought the Islamic secret society of Assassins (Hashishin).
standing conflict between Freemasonry and the Jesuits and the papacy. The
sons incited the French Revolution.

and

There was a long

French Grand Orient Freema

American Freemasons incited the American Revolution.

Napoleon, a Freemason,

During World War n the Allies were headed by three Freemasons:

defeated the Knights of Malta in 1798.

Churchill, Franklin D. Roosevelt,

Illuminati and

Joseph Stalin. I

Winston

Together they fought the Nazis, who were members of the Thule

and Vril secret societies. Hitler' s new world order targeted Freemasons and Jews-some Jews being tied to Freemasonry,
the

Rluminati, and

the occultic teachings of the Cabala, from which the words cabal and cabalistic are derived.

The phenomenon of one secret society faction fighting another is, once again, another example of the symbol of the
double-headed eagle of CHAOS .

The two opposing factions are represented by the two heads of the eagle, while the

body of the eagle represents the Serpent Staff Pleiadians. The end product is CONFLICf

and

WAR.

The fact that secret societies have been steeped in war throughout history is indisputable. Why is it then that we do
not read about this in our high school and college text books?
In

1954

Congressional

Committee

industrialistlbankers like the Rockefellers

and

investigated

the

the Carnegies.

large,

tax-exempt

foundations

of

the

international

During this investigation the Committee's Research Direc

tor, Norman Dodd, uncovered some telltale evidence from the archives of the Carnegie Endowment for International
Peace.

Mr. Dodd exposed their secret agenda as follows:

"The only way to maintain control of the population was to obtain control of education in the U.S. They realized this
was a prodigious task so they approached the Rockefeller Foundation with the suggestion that they go in tandem and that
portion of education which could be considered as domestically oriented be taken over by the Rockefeller Foundation and
that portion which was oriented to international matters be taken over by the Carnegie Endowment.
"They decided that the success of this program lay in an alteration in the manner in which American history was to be
presented. They then approached four of the then most-prominent historians-such as Mary and Charles Beard-with the
suggestion that they alter the manner in which they were accustomed to presenting the subject. They [were) turned down
flat, so . . . they decided they [had] to build a coterie of historians of their own selection. "

Now we know why the nefarious machinations of secret societies have been curiously omitted from text books in our
so-called "education" system. Perhaps, then, we should substitute the word "programming " for "education. " Also, notice
the Machiavellian manner in which they disguise their conspiracy under the heading:

"Endowment for International

Peace. " Here again is that benevolent facade technique of deception.

Ironically, we come in daily contact with the evidence for secret society control of governments and the international
monetary system conspiracy. This evidence can be found on the one dollar bill.
THE GREAT SEAL
Take out a one dollar bill
States.

and

look at the front (obverse) and back (reverse) of "The Great Seal of the United

(It will be helpful if you have a magnifying glass handy.

below for those without a magnifying glass. )

52

However, I have provided enlargements of the Seal

The pyramid with the All Seeing Eye immediately draws our attention.

This blatant symbol of the Brothers of the

Snake suggests that there is a hidden agenda here. The occultic symbols on the Great

Seal

of secret societies whom we often refer to as the "Founding Fathers" of our country.

were placed there by members

Some of these men were known

Freemasons such as George Washington, Benjamin Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, John H ancock, Paul Revere, James
Madison,

and

Patrick Henry.

33 Mason Manly P. Hall stated in his book The Secret Destiny of America:
"For more than three thousand years, secret societies have labored to create the background of knowledge necessary to
the establishment of an enlightened democracy among the nations of the world . . . and they still exist, as the Order of the
Quest. " (p. 72)
"Franklin spoke for the Order of the Quest, and most of the men who worked with him in the early days of the
American Revolution were also members. The plan was working out, the New Atlantis was coming into being, in accor

dance with the program laid down by Francis Bacon a hundred and fifty years earlier.
"The rise of American democracy was necessary to a world program. " (p. 134)
In regards to the Great Seal , Manly Hall further stated:
" But if this design on the obverse side of the seal is stamped with the signature of the Order of the Quest, the design
on the reverse is even more definitely related to the old Mysteries. (p. 177-178)
"There is only one possible origin for these symbols, and that is the secret societies which came to this country 150
years before tht!' Revolutionary War. Most of the patriots who achieved American independence belonged to these societ
ies,

and derived their inspiration,

courage,

and high purpose

from the ancient teaching. There can be no question that the

great seal was directly inspired by these orders of the human Quest, and that it set forth the purpose for this nation as that
purpose was seen

and

known by the Founding Fathers.

"The monogram of the new Atlantis [i.e. , the Great Seal] reveals this continent as set apart for the accomplishment of
the great work-here is to arise the pyramid of human aspiration, the school of the secret sciences. " (p. 1 8 1 )
The "secret destiny o f America, " therefore, is to become the "new Atlantis. " It is interesting that the citizens o f old
Atlantis practiced human sacrifices
fice-as their monogram.

and that the

Founding Fathers chose the Great Pyramid-a place of ritual human sacri

According to Manly Hall:

"The pyramid of Gizah was believed by the ancient Egyptians to be

the shrine tomb of the god Hermes, or Thot, the personification of Universal Wisdom. " (p. 1 78)
Let's now taken a closer look at the "monogram of New Atlantis. "

However, before we begin to decipher the

symbology on the Great Seal, we need to look at how the Freemasons viewed their symbols.

33 Mason Albert Pike stated in his book Morals and Dogma:

Hermeticism

and Alchemy,

"Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries,

conceals its secrets from all except the Adepts

and Sages,

or the Elect, and uses false explana

tions and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it
calls Light, from them, and to draw them away from it. " (p. 104-5)
32 Mason Rex Hutchins stated in his book
one explanation

and

yet continue to

maintain

"The word reveal means to 're-veil, , that is, to give

A Bridge to Light:

the mystery of the symbol by not explaining it in a

full and

complete man

ner. " (p. 100)

Freemason George Steinmetz wrote a book entitled

Freemasonry, Its Hidden Meaning in which he said: "It is in the

and these are densely veiled to the Mason as to any
are not revealed in the Lodge at all. They belong only to the few. "2
the public and to their lower initiates about what their symbols actually

ancient symbols of Freemasonry that its real secrets lie concealed

other. The most profound secrets of Masonry

So now we know that Freemasons lie to

mean. Only the Adepts and Sages (the Elect) know the true, inner meaning of these symbols. I should also point out that
only the Adepts and Sages in Akarat's Order of the Scimitar were allowed to meet personally with the "black" ET. Ac
cording to F reemason Kenneth Mackenzie, an "Adept" is "a name given to the Order of llluminati. "2 Let's first examine
in detail the observe side of the Great Seal, the American eagle, bearing in mind that we must bypass the Freemason pro
paganda

and expose the

real meaning.

Freemason Manly Hall stated that "In mysticism the eagle is a symbol of initiation . . . -2
Another Freemason, Rex Hutchins, wrote the following regarding the symbology of the eagle in his book,

A Bridge

to Light:
- . . . this emblem is of great antiquity figuring in the symbolic inventory of the Egyptians, as the sun; as wisdom is
attained through reason, the eagle is also symbolic of reason.
"Among the Egyptians the eagle was the emblem of a wise man because his wings bore him above the clouds into the

and nearer to the source of light, and his eyes were not dazzled by that light. Since the eagle also rep
resented the great Egyptian Sun god Amun Ra, it is a symbol of the infinite Supreme Reason of Intelligence. "2
Notice how the benevolent facades of " reason, " "intelligence, and "wisdom" are attributed to the "Godsw Ra and

purer atmosphere

Thoth.
We also now know that the American eagle is a veiled symbol of the phoenix (See Fig. 3b, p. 27). The present eagle

53

has even retained a noticeable tuft of feathers on its head, a vestige of the prior phoenix. In its left talon the eagle clutch
es a bundle of arrows and holds an olive branch in its right talon. The oxymoron conditions of peace and war indicate
that this eagle is also a veiled representation of the double-headed eagle of 33 Masonry-Order Out of Chaos! The eagle
holds a banner in its beak that reads: "E PLURIBUS UNUM "-out of many, one-the old symbol of fascism in the Ro
man Empire, symbolizing the absolute power of government and represented by the fasces . Is this not a rather odd sym
bol for a government that is purported to be "democratic " and "of the people?"
The numerology built into the Great Seal is also very intriguing. The eagle's right wing (over the olive branch) has
32 feathers, representing the 32 degrees of Scottish Rite Freemasonry. The left wing has 33 feathers (though it is difficult
to count them without a magnifying glass-and this symbolizes the 33rd degree of Freemasonry-Order Out of Chaos.
Notice that this wing is above the arrows, which represent war. Tum back to page 48 and look at Figure 35b, the yoke
and arrows symbol for fascism. Now look at the left talon of the eagle clutching the bundle of arrows. You draw your
own conclusions.
There are nine tail feathers. Nine is an occultic number that often appears in secret societies. Researchers often spec
ulate what the number nine means here. However, I think that this may represent the pantheon of the nine oldest princi
pal "Gods" of Egypt, which was headed by Ra. They were by name: Ra, Shu, Tefnut, Geb, Nut, Seth, Nephthys,
Osiris, and Isis.
The number thirteen appears many times on the Great Seal: 1 3 arrows, 13 leaves and 13 berries on the olive branch,
13 stripes on the escutcheon, 1 3 letters in E PLURIBUS UNUM , 13 pentagrams (stars) above the eagle's head, 13 tiers
on the pyramid, and 1 3 letters in ANNUIT COEPTIS . There are 39 letters in ANNUIT COEPTIS NOVUS ORDO
SECLORUM , which is 3 X 1 3 . One could easily dismiss this repetitive use of the number 1 3 as representing the 1 3
original colonies and that E PLURIBUS UNUM meant the 1 3 colonies uniting to form one government. However, as
anyone who has extensively studied the occult knows, there are hidden meanings behind all secret society symbols. As I
discovered in my initiation into the Brothers of the Snake in the Great Pyramid, there were 12 priests who circumambulat
ed the sarcophagus. The priests represented the twelve constellations of the zodiac . I, the initiate, represented the rising
sun in relation to the 1 2 constellations. The rising sun was Ra, so THE NUMBER 1 3 REPRESENTS RA, the God of
the Sun, the God of Enligh1enment. The number 13 also represented the initiate, the Son of God of the Sun God, a repre
sentative of "God" on Earth, the one being enligh1ened through initiation into the Brothers of the Snake. Somehow I fail
to see how drinking the blood of a freshly killed human has anything to do with enlightenment.
"Thus it is that the seal of the United States conveys a code-message in symbolism, to which the number 1 3 is one of
the most important keys. The message would have been perfectly clear to any eighteenth century Qabalist, Rosicrucian,
or Freemason of high grade. "3 I took this quote from a booklet that was first published in 1 935 by Paul Foster Case enti
tled The Great Seal o/ the United States: Its History, Symbolism and Message/or the New Age. 1935 was the year that
the reverse of the Great Seal first appeared in public. It was placed on the one dollar bill at the behest of two Freema
sons: Vice-President Henry A. Wallace and President Franklin D. Roosevelt.
It is also interesting that the 13 pentagrams above the eagle's head form a hexagram, another occultic symbol of the
Serpent Staff Pleiadians. Usually, people think of the hexagram as being the Jewish symbol referred to as the "Star of
David, " "Solomon's Seal , " or " Magen David" (the Shield of David). However, there is no evidence that David or Solo
mon actually used this symbol, and the hexagram is not peculiar to the Jewish religion. "It was not mentioned in Jewish
literature until the 12th century A.D. , and was not adopted as a Jewish emblem until the 17th century! The real history
of the hexagram began with Tantric Hinduism, where it represented union of the sexes. "4 In this sense the hexagram is
really two superimposed triangles. The triangle that points downward represents the female principle in the spiritual
sense, the Goddess, and the female reproductive organ. The triangle that points upward represents the male principle and
the phallus. The two superimposed triangles therefore represent sexual union as well as Tantric sex. Today, channeled
Pleiadians refer to this concept as "sacred sexuality . "
Another interpretation of the hexagram as two superimposed triangles is that one triangle points to heaven and the
other points to the earth-As above, so below--the motto of Thoth. However, it should be noted that the hexagram is a
very old symbol. James Churchward claimed that the hexagram was an ancient symbol of the land of Mu and was later
used by the Yucatan Mayas, the Naga-Mayas of India, the Babylonians, the Assyrians, the Egyptians, and the Pueblo
Indians. The lost continent of Mu was called the Empire of the Sun. In Mu "the sun, called Ra, was the collective and
highest symbol of the Deity. "5
Not only do we see the eye of Ra hovering and glowing over the Great Pyramid on the Great Seal, but the symbols of
Ra are plastered all over the one dollar bill! There is, however, more.
According to Paul Foster Case: "The crest over the eagle's head includes a golden glory, an azure (blue) field, and
thirteen silver stars. Gold corresponds to Sol . . . azure to Jove . . . silver to Luna. . . . Here we have Sol, Luna and Jove, and
Freemasons will recognize the allusion when they remember that Jove, the "sky-father, " is evidently the "Master of the
Lodge above. "5 Jove is another name for the Roman God Jupiter (cognate of Zeus-pater/Zeus-father), which is Zeus in
54

Greek, and Ra in Egyptian.

One of the meanings of the word azure is the blue sky. .

Therefore, blue represents the

father sky , " or Ra. Also, the color gold represents Sol, (Helios) or in other words, the Sun God Ra.
The top of the escutcheon on the eagle's breast is also blue. The 13 bars and stripes below it are alternately red and
white. As I realized in my initiation into the Brothers of the Snake in the Great Pyramid, red denotes the blood of ritual
sacrifice to the Gods" and the attainment of immortality, and white represents the

white light of God. Red and white

were the colors of the crown of united Egypt after Horus, the Son of GodISun God, vanquished Set. These colors were
adopted by the secret society of Assassins, which in turn were adopted by the Knights Templar, the Red Cross, the neutral
country of Switzerland, the New Atlantis (America), et al.
The flag of the United States of America was purportedly designed by Betsy Ross, whose husband was a Freemason.
The pentagrams (stars) on the flag are laid over a blue field, which represents Ra. The pentagrams represent the Goddess
of War, the red represents the blood of human sacrifice, and white represents the white light of God (Ptah). Therefore,
when we pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America, we are unwittingly pledging our allegiance to Ra
and the rest of the Giza Intelligence. The first three degrees of Freemasonry are called the "BLUE Degrees. In the Blue
Degrees the initiate must wear a blindfold, which the Freemasons call a "hoodwink. Well , guess what?--We're all being
hoodwinked by the Freemasons when we pledge allegiance to the flag!
Here is what 330 Mason Albert Pike said about the Blue Degrees :

The Blue Degrees are but the outer court or porti

co of the Temple. Part of the symbols are displayed there to the Initiate, but he is intentionally misled by false interpreta
tions. It is DOt intended that he shall understand them; but it is intended that he shall imagine he understands them.
Their true explication is reserved for the Adepts, the Princes of Masonry 6
.

According to Masonic historian Albert MacKey, the Assassins appeared to have practiced the same Blue Degrees of
modem Freemasonry, that is, the Entered Apprentice, Fellow Craft, and Master Mason Degrees.7 Although the Assassins
fought with the Knights Templar, they sometimes made treaties and were on amicable terms.

Since the Knights of the

Temple adopted the title of Grand Master and the red and white colors of the Assassins, it is conceivable that they also
appropriated the Blue Degrees.
A Muslim authority on Freemasonry, Mustafa EI-Amin, wrote: During the period of the Crusades, many of the
ideas and practices of the Muslim groups were adopted by the European Christian warriors. More specifically, it was
through the Knights Templars that most of the Eastern secret societies' were introduced to Europe.
influenced by the Order of the Assassins . ,

The Templars were

In 1 307 King Philip of France began arresting and torturing the Templar Knights, who by that time had become very
In 1 3 14 their Grand Master, Jacques DeMolay,
was burned at the stake. According to 330 Mason Albert Pike: The end of the drama is well known, and how Jacques
de Molai and his fellows perished in the flames . But before his execution, the Chief of the doomed Order [Templars]
organized and instituted what afterward came to be called the Occult, Hermetic, or Scottish Masonry. In the gloom of his
prison, the Grand Master created four Metropolitan Lodges, at Naples for the East, at Edinburg for the West, at Stock
holm for the North, and at Paris for the South. The initials of his name, J.B.M . , found in the same order in the first
wealthy international bankers. The Pope later disbanded the Templars.

three Degrees, are but one of the many internal and cogent proofs that such was the origin of modem FreeMasonry. The
legend of Osiris was revived and adopted, to symbolize the destruction of the Order. . . "
After the death of Jacques DeMolay the estates and wealth of the Templars were confiscated and divided up.

The

long-time rivals of the Templars, the Knights Hospitaler (Knights of Malta) , received much of that wealth, and it is still
today one of the major secret societies of the Catholic Church, along with the Jesuits. Apparently , the Templars did
survive and eventually emerged centuries later in Scotland under the name of Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. This seems to
be one plausible explanation for the subsequent warring between Freemasonry and the Catholic Church. This, of course,
may DOt be totally true since secret society members have well-deserved reputations for lying.

The problem with secret

societies is that they are secret, and they specialize in deceptions.

The latin words around the pyramid and all-seeing eye on the reverse of the Great Seal are usuall y translated as He
Prospers the Beginning of the New Order of the Ages or He Has Favored Our Undertakings of the New Order of the
Ages. However, according to a latin professor at a local Catholic college, the words ANNUIT COEPTIS literally trans
late: He Nods to These Beginnings. The He, " as we DOW know, does DOt mean God, " but Ra himself. This latin
professor also explained that these latin words hark back to the Aeneid by Virgil. Virgil was a poet who was sponsored
by Caesar Augustus to write an epic poem about the birth of the Roman Empire, the new world order of the age of Pi

sces .

However, these exact words are DOt to be found in the Aeneid.

NOVUS ORDO SECLORUM has also been trans

lated New World Order. This more figurative translation did not come just from George Bush's continual utterances of
the expression during his reign as President. It was so translated repeatedly by Paul Case in his booklet on the Great Seal
in 1935:

"The pattern of the New World Order, as shown by the symbolism on the seal of the United States, rests upon

the Masonic virtues . .

.

and

. . . the New World Order begun in

1776

. . .

These latin words, which herald the beginning of the New World Order, circumscribe the Great Pyramid. The

55

light. " At the base of the pyramid on the Great

Seal are Roman numerals for the year 1776. Regarding this date, Paul Case stated: "The horoscope of the Declaration of
Independence, set up for the hour at which that document was signed on July 4, 1776, shows the sun in thirteen degrees
of the sign Cancer, and makes the ascendant thirteen degrees of the sign Scorpio, which sign is represented by the number
1 3 in the ancient Rosicrucian and Masonic Tarot Keys. "3 The sign of Scorpio was also represented by the symbol of the
eagle, which represented the Sun God Ra. We see here another connection of the number 1 3 with Ra. Also, the "Spirit
of '76 " is composed of digits that add up to 1 3 .
There is yet another hidden meaning on the reverse o f the Great Seal. The year 1776 was the year i n which Adam
Weishaupt officially established the Order of the llluminati! One might rightfully conclude that this might be merely a
Egyptian word for the Great Pyramid was Khuti, which meant "Great

coincidence.

However, according to Jordan Maxwell, a very reliable secret society researcher, the words ANNUIT

COEPTIS NOVUS ORDO SECLORUM appear on two documents, one in a British Museum and one in the Louvre. One
of these documents belonged to the French Grand Orient Masons and the other belonged to the
of the all seeing eye in a triangle was also used by the

Illuminati

llluminati!8 The

symbol

as was the red Phrygian cap of Mithraism.

The Illuminati was officially founded on May I , 1776 by Adam Weishaupt in Bavaria, Germany.

Weishaupt had

been initiated into the Egyptian mysteries in 1771 by a traveling merchant called Kolmer. ' The goal of the Illuminati was
the establishment of a one world government through deceipt and violence under the following plan:
1 . Abolition of monarchie, and all ordered government.
2. Abolition of private property and inheritances.
3 . Abolition of patriotism and nationalism.
4. Abolition of family life and the institution of marriage, and the establishment of communal education of children.
5.

Abolition of all religion.

" A programme hitherto unprecedented in the history of civilization.

Communistic theories had been held by isolated

thinkers or groups of thinkers since the days of Plato, but no one, as far as we know,
destroy everything for which civilization stands.

had

ever yet seriously proposed to

Moreover . . . the plan of illuminism as codified by the above five points

has continued up to the present day to form the exact programmme of the World Revolution. " '
European (Continental) Freemasonry and the llluminati were merged in the Congress of Wilhelmsbad in 1782. Free
mason Comte de Virieu had this to say about the Illuminati: " . . . tragic secrets. I will not confide them to you. I can
only tell you that all this is very much more serious than you think. The conspiracy which is being woven is so well
thought out that it will be . . . impossible for the Monarchy and the Church to escape it. " In 1989 Freemason Marquis de
Luchet wrote the following regarding the Illuminati: "There are a certain number of people who have arrived at the high
est degree of imposture. They have conceived the project of reigning over opinions, and of conquering, not kingdoms,
nor provinces, but the human mind. "9
"In 1782, the headquarters of illuminized Freemasonry was moved to Frankfurt, the stronghold of German finance,
and controlled by the Rothschilds. For the first time, Jews were admitted into the Order. Previously, Jews had only been
admitted to a division of the Order called "The small and constant Sanhedrin of Europe. " '

Mayer Amschel Rothschild

had risen to power by his association with one of the richest men in the world at that time Freemason William IX of
Hesse-Kassel. His brother Karl supported the enigmatic member of the
ways exemplified the characteristics of Thoth.
maltese cross.
countries.

Freemason William IX and

his

llluminati

COmle de Saint Germain, who in many

In fact, according to Elizabeth Prophet, Saint Germain's symbol was the

father had achieved their wealth primarily by leasing armies to various

William IX even provided England with German soldiers to fight American Freemasons during the American

Revolution-another example of symbolism of the double-headed eagle of Freemasonry.

The French Grand Orient Freemasons and the illuminati helped to foment the French Revolution and included such
noteworthy individuals as Mirabeau, Mesmer, Saint Germain, Saint Martin, Prince Louis of Hesse, and the occultist
Cagliostro (Joseph Balsamo).
Asiatic Brethren.

Cagliostro's mentor was Saint Germain, who also founded the Knights of light and the

Cagliostro was arrested in 1789 and confessed that "large sums of money had been placed by represen

tatives of the illuminati in banks in Holland, Italy, France and England to finance future revolutions in those countries.
He even claimed that the House of Rothschild, the international banking family founded in 1730,
to finance the French Revolution and that they were acting as agents for
By the mid-nineteenth century the Rothschilds

had

the

llluminists. " 10

become the world's richest family.

had

supplied the funds

They sponsored other

industrialistlbankers to carry out their plans of planetary control through the control of money. These international bank

ers simultaneously financed both World Wars. In 1 9 1 3 the international banking conspirators pushed through the Federal
Reserve Act during the winter solstice, which gave them financial control of the United States.
unconstitutionally pushed through the 16th Amendment (Income Tax) .
in 1 9 1 3 .

Also,

the

Perhaps there is some validity to the superstition that the number 1 3 is unlucky.
56

They also illegally and

Rockefeller Foundation was established

REFERENCES
1 . New World Order: The Andent Plan oj Secret Sodeties; 1990; William T. Still; Huntington House Publishers, Lafay
ette, LA
2. The New World Order; 1990; A. Ralph Epperson; Publius Press ; Tucson, AZ
3. The Great Seal of the United States: Its History, Symbolism and Message jor the New Age; 1935 by J . F . Rowny
Press and reprinted in 1976 by Builders of the Adytum, LA, CA
4. The Woman IS Encyclopedia oj Myths and Secrets; 1983; Barbara Walker; HarperCollins Publishers, Inc. ; NY, NY
5 . The Lost Continent oj Mu; 193 1 ; James Churchward; Ives Washburn Publisher, NY , NY
6. Morals and Dogma of the Andent and Accepted Scottish Rite oj Freemasonry; 1 87 1 ; revised in 1950 by The Supreme
Council (Mother Council of the World) of the Inspectors General Knights Commanders of the Thirty-third Degree of
the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry of the Southern Jurisdiction of the United States of America
7. The Godes oj Eden; 1989; William Bramley; Avon Books , NY, NY
8. The Basic Slide Presentation Video; Jordan Maxwell; Truth Seeker Co; P.O. Box 2832; San Diego, CA 92 1 12
9. Trail of the Serpent; Inquire Within Miss Stoddard; Omni Christian Book Club; P.O. Box 216; Hawthorne, CA 90250
10. The Occult Conspiracy; 1989; Michael Howard; Destiny Books ; Rochester, VT

57

JOURNEY TO D ISCOVERY

This is my story of how I became an abduction researcher.

If it had not been for my personal experiences, I would

have never discovered the extra-terrestrial conspiracy.

RUDE AWAKENING
The flying saucer hovered above the hill overlooking the Palouse River. It circled left to right, then withdrew behind
the hill only to reappear seconds later in the starlit sky. The UFO repeated this maneuver for several minutes as its lights
whirled left to right as if it were spinning.
My mother, sister, brother, and I stood on the railroad crossing in the middle of the road, facing west and gazing in
wonder. I listened intently as they offered each other plausible explanations as to what it might be. My brother suggest
ed that it might be some kind of experimental aircraft from Fairchild Air Force Base, which was just fifty miles to the
north.

But I could tell from the way he said it that he didn' t really believe the Air Force could possess such an amazing

aircraft.

Even today we all remember having seen this most curious phenomenon.

In 1993, thirty-six years later, my

mother described the object as a typical, large flying saucer with lights.
It was 1957, I was eight years old, and we were totally oblivious to the fact that we had just been abducted and exam
ined by aliens with large black eyes and pale skin.

As strange as it sounds, we never really discussed the sighting in the ensuing years until I brought up the subject in
1993. To this day I am the only family member who remembers what really happened that night. I didn't discover the
shocking truth of that night until thirty years later.

I was in the process of recalling traumatic incidents from my past

when this scene suddenly pops into my mind:

I'm standing on the road watching the UFO above the hill.
the object might be.
wagon, paralyzed.

My brother, standing on my right, is talking about what

Then suddenly another scene flashes in my mind.

I'm sitting in the back seat of our Dodge station

I look out the window to my left and see strange-looking beings with big black eyes peering through

the window at me.

Then I flash forward in time.

I ' m lying helpless on a table in a large room with a curved wall on one side.

I turn

my head to the left and see my family stretched out on tables beside me.
At first I don't believe it.

This was just too bizarre.

I tried to keep the truth of the abduction from invading my

reality as I continued viewing the memory. But I finally could no longer deny the truth.

The trauma that was locked up

for thirty years burst forth like a dam splitting wide open.
I don't believe I've ever cried so long or so hard. But as the tears poured from my eyes, I began to feel the welcome
relief from the burden of mental anguish.

The trauma of this particular abduction would no longer affect me. However,

I now had to confront a major adjustment in my personal reality.

At first I didn't know how to deal with this bizarre new reality. I began to feel anger and resentment toward these
strange beings for violating my family and me. I imagined scenarios where I would blast the aliens away with an Uzi and
then capture their ship.

Though it was pure fantasy, this was my way of triumphing over the abduction and becoming a

victor instead of a victim.

However, a few days later I received another session, which released even more of the pent up emotions toward my
abductors.

I had uncovered yet another abduction incident in July of 1978 on the very night that I met and fell in love

with my wife-to-be, J

I was strumming my twelve-string and serenading the patrons of the tiny lounge of Chattaroy

Hills Cafe, about fifteen r.oiles north of Spokane.

bottom of the hill.

After the sing-along ended I drove J

to her parents' home at the

We sat at the kitchen table of my motor home, discussing our common interest in past lives and lis

tening to the music of our favorite group, the Moody Blues.

We thought that we had stayed up all night and talked in my motor home, but we obviously had experienced some
"missing time. " Years later I could still remember our engaging conversation in the motor home.
remembered was a blurry memory of kissing her for the' very first
ing light.

Then the next thing I

time next to a tree outside the motor home in the morn

At the time, though, I hadn't noticed anything out of the ordinary except for the strange, mental haziness I

experienced when I kissed her.

It is quite possible that these bug-eyed aliens were playing matchmaker that night, because J

later discovered that

she, too, was an abductee last lifetime. However, there is no way to verify whether this was actually the case or not.

-.vas also abducted that night, and I will never forget the sadness and helplessness I felt when I saw her sitting

on the floor of the alien ship with her back against a wall.

She was slumped over and appeared to be unconscious.

During the abduction I was laid on an examining table with some kind of electrodes on each side of my head. The

electrodes didn't actually touch my head, but appeared to be attached to the table. Some kind of electronic wave oscilla
tions, or whatever, were being passed through my brain. I couldn't make out what they were doing nor why.
After discharging the emotional trauma of those two incidents, I began to take a different viewpoint toward the aliens.
I reasoned that their race was probably similar to ours in that some were bad and some were good and some were in be
tween.

I no longer dwelled on the subject of my past abductions, and I turned my attention toward handling my day-to

day life. Little did I know at that time that these two incidents were merely a sampling of an endless plague of even more
bizarre abductions throughout my life.
This, however, was not the first time I had recalled seeing an alien. I had retrieved my first memory of contact with
a non-human being about four years earlier in past life therapy. I had uncovered a past life incident in which I came face
to face with a taller version of these pale aliens with the large, black, almond-shaped eyes.

I later learned that these ETs

were colloquially called "Grays" and purportedly hailed from the Zeta Reticulum star system. I didn't learn what a Gray
was until the fall of 1992 when I began to read books on the subject and meet other abductees.
Gray from my past was very similar to the picture on the cover of the best-selling book

The stem face of the

Communion

by Whitley Strieber.

However, my Gray was definitely more sinister looking and appeared to have a bluish cast to its pale skin.
It is noteworthy that 1 recovered this past life abduction memory about four years before the publication of

Communion and

The UFO lnddent, the 1975 dramatization of Betty and Barney Hill' s abduction in 196 1 . I
Close Encounters oj the Third Kind, but there were no Grays depicted in itnly Hollywood aliens.

before I saw

had seen the movie

So when I contacted this memory with a Gray staring me in the face, I didn't know what I was looking at. Obviously, I
concluded it was an alien, but certainly nothing like I had ever seen or imagined! Some UFO debunkers claim that people
aren't really being abducted by little gray men, because it' s only their imagination, which

has

been "contaminated" by

depictions of these beings in movies, on television, and on the covers of books and magazines. However, in my case this
was certainly not true. I only wish it were my imagination!

In this incident six short Grays escorted me into a large room of a very large disk-shaped craft. There were three
Grays on each side of me, walking single file.
like satellite dishes on each side of the chair.
tense force field permeated my body.
my body.

elve

They ushered me to a chair on a platform with two devices that looked

After they secured me in the chair, they activated the device.

It was very traumatic.

A very in

It felt like they were trying to anchor me more solidly in

years later I discovered that one of the primary activities of extra-terrestrials is implanting beings in

bodies. This particular incident occurred two lifetimes ago when I was a pilot in the German Luftwaffe (Air Force).
I continued the process of opening up memories of abductions in the fall of 1 992.

I then realized that I was living a

double, secret life aboard spacecraft-a life of abductions that had wreaked physical, mental, and spiritual havoc upon my
family and me.
On the surface there were no observable indications that either I or any other family members had had contact with
extra-terrestrials. We had no reason to suspect that the lives we were leading were anything out of the ordinary.

All of

our abduction experiences were securely tucked away behind a solid veil of amnesia. Little did my wife and I suspect that
the choices we had made in our lives were not entirely our own.

We had assumed that the reasons we had moved so

often were a result of our own conscious and self-determined desires. In 1993 we both realized that many of our moves,
some of which were sudden, were preceded by abduction incidents. The urge to move was simply an unconscious surviv
al mechanism to avoid a repeat of an unpleasant experience containing physical and emotional pain.

and I had split up and then gotten back together again several times during our marriage.

Each time that we

parted, one or both of us had a strong desire to move away from the area in which we had been abducted. This urge was
exacerbated by the fact that the abduction incidents often cause emotional upset. We vented our anger, fear, or depression
on each other without realizing that the true source of the emotional disturbance lay completely hidden below our level of
awareness. This cause and effect relationship often resulted in my experiencing depression, anger, or irritability following
abductions, and I would subsequently increase my consumption of alcohol.

This, of course, only made matters even

worse.
I later discovered in my research that the symptoms that I have just described are common phenomena amongst
abductees. I also found that we were not alone. As my understanding of extra-terrestrials and the abduction phenomenon

As a result, I began to meet other abductees in the normal

As I met more and more abductees, I became amazed at how many of us there really are.

increased, I began to talk more openly about my experiences.

course of day-to-day living.

Most abductees, however, are totally unaware of the fact that they have been in contact with extra-terrestrials, and
they lead relatively normal lives.

Extra-terrestrials understand the mind

all

too well, and they use this technology to

install amnesia in the abductee. This results in what has come to be known as "missing time. "

Actually, "missing time"

is somewhat of a misnomer.

has

What the abductee is really missing is memory, not time.

Time

marched forward.

was two o'clock. Suddenly, it's four o'clock. "Gee, what have I been doing for the past two hours?"
Sometimes, however, not all of the memory gets blocked out, so the abductee will remember bits and pieces of the
abductions. This can be very disconcerting or frightening to abductees who haven't educated themselves on the reality

It

of this phenomenon, so they often withhold telling even their closest friends or relatives for fear of ridicule.

How the

ETs create the amnesia and why they do it has the focus of my research.

As much as I have been abducted, I have never noticed any "missing time. " Unless one has consciously noticed spe

cific points of reference such as the position of the hands of a clock, the location of the sun, or the location of one's car
on the road, the abduction memory won't be missed.

Most of my abductions occur when I ' m sleeping, so I don ' t notice

any missing memory.

" however, has reported two instances of missing memory, which occurred in the summer of '78 before we met.

She was living in Spokane at the time, and the nights were hot.

She couldn't get to sleep, so she decided to drive north

to her parents home in Chattaroy where it would be cooler. The last thing she remembered was leaving the city limits of
Spokane and turning onto the Newport highway.
driveway.

The next thing she remembered was pulling her car into her parents '

She had absolutely no memory of driving the distance between Spokane and Chattaroy and couldn't account

for the memory black-out. This happened twice within a week's time.
thought that perhaps she had fallen asleep at the wheel.
the road or had an accident. In June of 1994 J

Consequently, she was concerned about this and

This, however, made little sense because she hadn't driven off

recovered the missing memory of one of those hot summer nights-an

abduction where small Grays landed a large saucer in the middle of the highway one mile south of Chattaroy. I cover the
details of this abduction in

The Programming of a Planet.

ON THE ROAD AGAIN

We purchased nine acres of land near the Washington coast in December of 1990.

and I have always had a

great affinity for backwoods living, and we were getting really tired of the city life in the Seattle area. I had built a log
cabin north of Spokane in the mid-seventies, and I was planning to do the same here. We just couldn't wait to move onto
the land, so I glued together some white plastic pipe and stretched a large blue plastic tarp over it to create a twenty by
forty foot Quonset-style tent. We moved into our makeshift home in January of 199 1 .
However, we were not prepared for the sixty to seventy mile an hour winter gales that swept inland off the ocean
with merciless fury.

After two harrowing, sleepless nights of hanging onto the plastic ceiling pipes so that our home

would not become a kite, we decided to buy the neighbor' s forty-foot travel trailer.
In the summer of 199 1 I built an addition to the trailer-a living room and bedroom that provided welcome relief from
the cramped quarters. I pieced together some used windows to create a fioor-t<Keiling picture window in the living
room.
It was a cold, rainy day in late November when I settled back in my easy chair and gazed out the living room win
dows.

Suddenly a mental picture of three , familiar-looking aliens invaded my reality.

windows at me with their big, black eyes.

They were peering through the

An uneasy feeling crept over me, but I shrugged it off as my imagination. I

continually tried to shrug it off for the next three days.

However, the impression and image of these aliens standing in

the grass outside my window returned to haunt me every time I sat down in my recliner.
I didn ' t mention anything to my wife, J

, until three days later.

easy, too, due to repeated alien abduction nightmares.

She reported that she had been feeling very un-

So I finally told her about my memory of the aliens peering at me

through the living room windows. We concluded that this was no coincidence, and that we had, in fact, been visited
again.
At this juncture I began to realize that the abductions that I had previously recalled were not just unrelated anomalies
in my past; they had become a continuing and integral part of my life. It was quite a reality adjustment-to say the least
to have discovered that these odd-looking aliens had abducted me twice earlier in this lifetime, but now I had to confront
the disturbing reality of an endless stream of alien invasions into our lives.
In the fall of 1992 I retrieved part of the abduction memory when the Grays were peering through the window at me.
I discovered that indeed I had been sitting in my easy chair at the time . They were standing outside in the tall grass and
watching me through the living room window. They seemed to be telepathing something to me, but I didn't know exactly
what they were doing.

Paralyzed, I then watched helplessly as they passed

through

the window toward me.

reached my chair a bright light flashed as one Gray touched me with some kind of rod or wand.

When they

I was then escorted

through the door and out to a large disk-shaped craft, which had landed in our neighbor's horse pasture across the road.
It is difficult for me to describe what it's like to be passed

through

a solid object like a door. If you can imagine yourself

being the wind and blowing through a tree, then you've got the general idea.
I was laid on my stomach on an examination table in one of the rooms of the ship, and they punctured or cut into my
spinal ,column between my shoulder blades.

I couldn't see what they were doing, but my impression is that they either

inserted a needle or surgically exposed my spinal cord at this point.

Whatever they did it would later cause chronic back

pain that eventually sent me to two different chiropractors.

This abduction was especially traumatic because they implanted me with a brain implant. They inserted it through my

forehead right above the bridge of my nose and into-or next to-my brain. During this procedure they positioned a red,
strobing light in front of my forehead, causing a sharp pain in my eyes. The implanting device looked somewhat like a
camera attached to the end of an adjustable, hinged arm on the left side of the examination table. I could hear a hum or
buzz as the implanting device was positioned against my forehead and then a "bap" when the implant penetrated my skull.
I described this implanting device to one of my doctors in 1994, and he told me that he had seen a drawing of the same
type of device made by another abductee.
The repercussions of this abduction subsequently began to manifest in my life through the spring and summer of
1992. However, I was totally oblivious to the details of this abduction during this time period.
My eyesight, which had been in excellent condition before this abduction, began to deteriorate through the spring and
summer. Consequently, I began to hold reading materials farther away from my eyes. I later attributed this phenomenon
to the painful red light.
This particular brain implant, as I later realized, lowered my emotional level so that I couldn't fully experience real
happiness or joy. Consequently, this implant, plus the trauma of the abduction itself, sent me on a gradual downhill slide
into anger and depression. I began drinking more, which, of course, only exacerbated this situation. As we later discov
ered, the entire family was being abducted, and this created tremendous stress in our family life. My negative attitude
became so intolerable that finally J
decided that she was definitely going to divorce me.
My roof washing business bega1J to fail after moving to this depressed region, because the logging and fishing indus
tries were on a downhill slide. I sold my pressure washing equipment to cover living expenses. I had planted over a
dozen different varieties of bamboo with the intention of eventual1y making a living from my bamboo farm However, it
would take about seven or eight years before we would have enough bamboo to sell. I took a job at a local gas station,
but I had to quit because my back problem worsened. I ended up having to leave the family for about three weeks to
search for work as musician. I had contioually traveled as a one man band for much of my adult life, and I had hoped
that I could now live a more sedentary life on the farm But now I was on the road again.
When I returned I found that J
had carried out her intentions to divorce me and had moved to Spokane with our
two sons. I had landed a music job at a country/western bar south of Olympia, so I, too, had to leave our land behind.
This was not an easy thing to do as I had a tremendous amount of affinity for my bamboo project.
Before leaving I remodeled my van to make it comfortable enough to live in. I tore out the top and built a plywood
box on top so that I could stand up in it, installed a propane tank, bed, cabinets, etc. It was crude but comfortable.
This was to be a very lonely time in my life-not only because I had lost my family, but also because I felt different
and alienated from the rest of society. I didn't think there could be anyone who could possibly understand what I was
going through. I didn' t realize at the time that there was so much information available on the subject of alien contact.
However, as I began to discover numerous books on the subject and meet other abductees, I found that I was anything but
alone. At this juncture I began my quest to understand why I was being abducted. I wanted to know who these beings
were, what they were doing, and why they were here.
.

AN ALIEN AFFAIR

I started my one-month music booking in October of 1992 at a country/western bar south of Olympia. This was
followed by two months of unemployment. In fact, I followed this pattern into the following year, which gave me more
time than money. So I went on a diet, stopped drinking alcohol, exercised, and sweated out the toxins in my body in a
sauna. I spent most of my time reading books on extra-terrestrial contact.
As I delved deeper into the subject I found that sometimes my own abduction memories would be triggered-that is,
brought to the surface. Some of these memories were easy to contact, and usually all I had to do was park the van in a
quiet place, get comfortable, close my eyes, and retrieve the memory.
One of the memories that I contacted was the abduction and implantation that had occurred when we lived on the
coast. Initially, however, I only remembered the part where the Grays traumatized my back. In spite of having contacted
the memory of this trauma to my back, my back pain persisted. My two chiropractors, however, couldn't alleviate the
problem. Months later I discovered that the pain between my should blades was being held in place by an earlier, but
er
very similar incident that had occurred two lifetimes ago.
At this point I should explain some of the alien mind control techniques that I have personally experienced. Abduc
ting ETs usually put abductees into a zombie-like mental state in order to control them. It feels like both a body paralysis
and a mental paralysis. This paralysis can be broken if the abductee summons up enough will power. However, this is
very difficult to do.
Whether this paralysis is accomplished via a physical implant or telepathy or a combination of both-i.e . ,
psychotronics-I don't know for certain. However, from my observation and from my work with other abductees, it
appears that at least some ETs have the psychic ability to control Earth humans without the aid of a physical implant in
4

These brain implants sometimes do assist in communication and psychological implantation. I discovered this

the brain.

phenomenon when I worked with abductee Jack Wylie in the spring of 1994 (Read
details).

The Programming of a Planet

for

Sometimes abductees are given drugs, which not only incapacitates the abductee, but also renders him or her

suggestible to psychological implantation.

Oftentimes the abduction begins with a bright flash of light, which produces unconsciousness. If I am standing, I will

fall to the ground as if someone hit me on the head with a baseball bat. However, this type of high-tech psychotronics is
usually painless and does not produce the visible physical damage that a blow to the head would normally create.
The abducting ETs then partially revive me into a somnambulistic, hypnotic state.

This state is essentially the same

level of unconsciousness that stage hypnotists use to control their subjects around the stage.

The main difference is that

stage hypnotists use verbal commands to control their subjects, whereas ETs use telepathy to control abductees.
fore refer to this ability as

I there

telepathic hypnosis.

Not only do ETs control abductees around the ship using telepathic hypnosis, they also can project illusions in the
mind of the abductee.

I call these illusions

telepathic implants.

These illusions are very real and are often used to trick

an otherwise resistive abductee into cooperating with them in acts that would normally be considered repulsive or immor
al.

Telepathic implants are false perceptions imprinted in the minds of abductees in the form of mental pictures, sounds,

messages, emotions, smells, tactical sensations, etc. , which are used to manipulate the abductee. These substitute percep
tions are used to mask the reality of what is actually occurring .
to them as

Hypnotists and UFO abduction researchers usually refer

screen memories.

Screen memories are a specific type of telepathic implant that manipulative ETs use to mask their unethical activities.
They give the abductee a false impression of what actually occurred during the abduction.

The screen memory usually

portrays the abduction as being pleasurable and the abducting ETs as being benevolent. Discerning abduction researchers
have shown that many people who have had what they described as a benign contact with ETs, actually were traumatized

and then implanted with a false screen memory.

Sometimes people will have conscious memory of the screen memory.

In other cases the screen memory is only encountered when recovering the memory of the abduction with hypnosis or
other means .

Oftentimes the hypnotist will be tricked by the screen memory, too, and consequently, the abductee only

replays the screen memory instead of contacting the actual incident.

Since I don't normally use hypnotism to recover

memories, it is easier for me to see through these telepathic implants.

Extra-terrestrials possess extraordinary technology that appears to us as nothing less than magic. They have mastered
the technology of invisibility, or

cloaking

ulated areas without being detected.

technology, which allows them to abduct people even in broad daylight in pop

They can also pass abductees through solid objects such as doors, windows, walls,

and ceilings. They often float people out through the walls or roof of their homes in beams of light.
Another memory that I retrieved in December of 1992 was an abduction that had
lite community of Seattle.

occurred near Maple Valley,

This was the house where we lived in 1990 before moving out to the coast.

downstairs, and we lived upstairs. I had told our landlady about my three previous abductions that I

a satel

The owner lived

had recalled ,

and she

reassured me that I wouldn't be abducted on her property because she had surrounded it with a protective blue light.
Grays, however, don't give a damn what kind of light that you think you've surrounded yourself with, they go ahead and
abduct you anyway.

This is disinformation that is disseminated by channeled entities. I ' ve found that it's nothing more

than wishful thinking. They will even abduct people while they're praying!
When I first contacted this incident, I had asked myself if I had been abducted when we lived near Maple Valley.
Instantly, I got the impression of being in my bedroom and seeing Grays on the property through the bedroom window.
I then remembered that J

had once called

ering above the trees across the road

me into the living room to look at some unidentified aircraft that was hov

By the time I reached the living room the UFO had disappeared behind the trees .

She indicated that only a helicopter could have maneuvered like that, but the craft produced no sound and was only about
a couple hundred yards away. We stood in front of the picture window for several minutes, but the craft failed to reap

pear.

I mentioned my abduction from this house to J

in 1993, and suddenly she remembered being outside the house

the following day, looking in the grass for triangular-shaped landing pad impressions. She hadn' t previously told me this,

and in fact she had never remembered doing this until this day in 1993.
Not surprisingly, she had been searching for these landing pad marks in the very same spot that I had recalled board
ing a small Grays ship the night before. The landing struts were quite long and held the craft about five feet off the
ground. I had to duck to go underneath it where I stepped up a short ladder into a portal in the bottom of the ship.
The next thing that I recalled was standing up in the small craft and looking out through a transparency in the craft.
We were approaching a gargantuan mothership.

Although there was nothing with which to compare the size of this

mothership (except for the small craft that I was in), the mothership appeared to be something on the order of a city in the
sky. This mothership could have been a half mile or more in diameter.

I don't know what it's shape was because we

approached it from the side, and I could only see a portion of one side of the craft, which stretched out as far as I could

see. My impression was that this mothership was hovering above the Cascade Mountain range, but I'm not totally certain
about that.
When we boarded the mothership I was taken through a corridor where people were sitting on a bench, which
appeared to be built into the wall of the corridor. The people on the bench were just sitting there without speaking, like
zombies. I assumed that they were people who were picked up around the Seattle area that night, although they may not
have necessarily been from just the Seattle area
.

I was then taken to a very unusual-looking room. This room reminded me of interior design of the sixties (although
I didn' t see any lava lamps). The room had an odd shape; it appeared as if it were on the outer edge of the ship. The
wall on one side sloped downward and had an oval-shaped window-or at least it appeared to be a window. The walls
were a light brown and appeared to be textured, as if they were covered with carpeting. In the middle of the room was a
bed on the floor-probably not more than 12 inches high; it reminded me of a water bed without the cabinets underneath.

A female alien seduced me into sexual intercourse using telepathic hypnosis. The telepathic implant consisted of the
hypnotic suggestion that I was very much in love with her, that she was absolutely beautiful, and that she was sexually
stimulating.

This female appeared to be a Grays/human hybrid; she

had features of both Earth humans and Grays. She

had hair, but an enlarged cranium. Her eyes were human in appearance, but were much larger than ours. Her body was
quite slender. I don't think her appearance was a telepathic implant; Grays often disguise their true appearance with tele
pathic hypnosis, so as to make male abductees think they are copulating with Earth females. I have found that by going
over an incident several times-without using hypnosis-these telepathic implants will dissolve, and I will see what really

occured
r . In this incident I did go over this part of the incident several times, and I have no doubt that she was indeed a
Grays/human hybrid as opposed to a full-blooded Gray.
After completion of this alien liaison, another Gray brought several hybrid children (genetically, half Gray and half
human) of varying heights into the room. They lined up in a row, and I was told that they were my children. It seemed
rather odd to me that I felt a great love for these children, as if they were my own. This, however, was probably a tele
pathic implant that they imprinted in my mind to reinforce a bond between these children and me.
After having retrieved this memory I felt more affinity and sympathy for the Grays (and I'm sure that is exactly what
they wanted).

However, my feelings toward them at this point were mixed.

On the one hand I objected to their abduc

ting people without their consent. I also objected because their abductions had wreaked havoc in my own life, especially
my marriage relationships. On the other hand I now had the viewpoint that I had a second family in the sky. I also had
been exposed to the idea that supposedly the Grays race was dying due to sterility. However, later in my research I came
to the conclusion that this was propaganda to gain sympathy and cooperation. All things considered, my attitude toward
the Grays through November and December of 1992 was neutral. However, that was soon to change.
REBELUON
I woke up on the morning of January 4, 1993 with a bad taste in my mouth. This very strange, bittersweet taste was
like nothing I

had ever tasted on this Earth. The sickly-sweet flavor permeated my throat and sinuses as well as my

mouth. The haunting vestiges of a very real abduction dream still lingered in my mind like the bad taste in my mouth.
I had to play music the following night, and during one of my breaks Barbara (pseudonym) came in.

She was a

friend who had studied extra-terrestrial contact and knew that I was an abductee. I tried to describe this exotic, gastric
like flavor in my head to her. I said that it reminded me of "french kissing a Gray. " I don't know why I said that-it
was just the first thing that came to mind.

The bittersweet taste wouldn' t go away, and it lingered in my head for about
three days. I concluded that I had been abducted that night, even though I hadn' t bothered to retrieve the memory.
During the month of January Barbara invited me to her home to meet her husband and family. Her husband, Dave,
(pseudonym) had accumulated a lot of information on extra-terrestrial contact.

He sold me three videos about a group of

ETs called Pleiadians who claimed to be from the planet of Erra in the Pleiades constellation. The videos dealt specifi
cally with the contacts of Eduard "Billy" Meier of Switzerland, who claimed to have had contact with ETs since child
hood, and especially with a Pleiadian woman named Semjase (pronounced Sem-yah-zeh). These videos showed not only
daytime photographs of their flying saucers, which the Pleiadians called "beamships , " but also 8mm movie footage
showing them hovering and performing various aerial maneuvers for Billy Meier's camera. Meier's contacts were also
supported by other eyewitnesses who had also taken photographs of the beamships at night. I then read a book on
Meier's experiences entitled

Ught Years by Gary Kinder.

Although Meier was intensely debunked, these Pleiadian contacts were a breath of fresh air compared to my own
experiences with Grays. From the information that I had so far been exposed to, the Pleiadians appeared to be benevo
lent; most importantly they respected Billy Meier's free will . They didn't implant him, abduct him, or cause undue dis
comfort. They also didn't install amnesia as is usually the case in abductions.
Gradually, my viewpoint began to change. I began thinking about how I could get out of being abducted by Grays.

The Pleiadian contacts of Billy Meier gave me some hope that this might be possible. I wondered if I could telepathically
contact the Pleiadians and perhaps enlist their help to sever my ties with the Grays.
One night in mid-January I was reading a book in my van when all of a sudden a Gray began telepathing a message to
me. At first I just felt something trying to get my attention as I was reading. Finally, it became so intense that I threw
down my book and yelled, "What?" At this point I knew what was occurring , so I stopped thinking and just listened.
The form of telepathy that I was experiencing was different from the telepathy that abductees usually experience dur
ing an abduction. Usually, Grays telepathically communicate with precise words (symbols) and in the same language as
the abductee. However, this communication was accomplished with pure intention and without any words or symbols of
any kind. It was a direct transference of ideas.
This Gray--it felt like a male-was admonishing me because I had been retrieving my own abduction memories and
had been learning about them by reading the abduction accounts of other abductees. In a nutshell, they didn't want me to
learn about them. Also, I was chastised for wasting my seed . At this point I knew the importance that the Grays place
on sperm and ova. They consider reproductive cells to be of greater value than diamonds or gold. To them it is very,
very precious. I couldn't tell for sure if the Gray was intentionally telepathing me this viewpoint or if I was empatheti
cally picking up on his attitude on the value of sperm and ova. I definitely felt a most pronounced air of arrogance by
this Gray, as if I had no say-so in the matter and was supposed to just do what I was told without question or protest.
At first, this Gray was only expressing mild disapproval. However, as the one-way conversation continued, it
evolved into a real scolding, as if the Gray were personally angered with me . Perhaps he was. It has been said that
Grays cannot experience emotions and that they are interbreeding with us to incorporate emotions into their race . This
idea comes from channeled entities. However, I 've found that Grays, who are usually quite cold and callous, do indeed
experience other emotions. This was certainly a prime example, and what's even more intriguing is that I was totally
conscious throughout this telepathic experience. However, I was not taking this chastisement very well; it was pissing me
off. I don't like to be ordered about, and I cherish my freedom to act on my own volition. Therefore, I considered this
communication to be a violation of my free will. This Gray even ordered me to cease dating a girl that I had recently
met .
Then to top it all off I flashed back to what had occurred just two weeks prior, on January 4th. I suddenly got this
mental picture of lying on my back on a table. A female Gray had mounted me and had sexually stimulated me with
telepathic hypnosis to the point of orgasm.
This was the ultimate gross-out! I felt extremely violated, and I became instantly furious. I am not certain if this
male Gray had communicated this part of my January 4th abduction to me or if this communication had simply triggered
the memory of intercourse with the female Gray. But suddenly any sympathy that I had felt for the Grays vanished, and
they were now going to suffer my wrath.
I threw open the side door to the van, jumped out, and began shouting and shaking my fist at the sky! They had
gone too far! Now I was going to call the shots. I threw out my challenge to them; I demanded that they now meet my
terms.
These were my terms: 1) I would no longer allow them to abduct me. 2) In return, I agreed to voluntarily walk
aboard their ship of my own free will . 3) However, they could not install amnesia or force me into any situation that I
would not submit to. 4) I would donate my sperm, but not by mating directly with them. I knew at the time that they
had a cup-like electronic device for extracting sperm, and I would allow them to use that.
I began telepathing them my terms that night and continued communicating this message to them in various ways for
the next three days. Just to make sure they got my terms , I telepathed with words, with pictures, verbally , and with pure
intention without symbols.
I found myself questioning if I could handle meeting them on my terms and being totally conscious. I discovered that
I did indeed have some fear of dealing with them in a conscious state, so I realized that I had to confront my fear. Dur
ing these three days I would close my eyes and imagine myself in various situations where they would suddenly confront
me, and I would then have to fulfill my part of the bargain. I made up scenarios in my mind where I would suddenly
wake up with them by my bedside, or where I would open the door to the van only to find them waiting for me to will
ingly board their ship. By confronting the possibility of these scenarios, I finally became used to the idea. I could now
confront them consciously and without fear.
However, after three days of telepathing my terms to them and conquering my fear, they still would not take me up
on my offer.
The Grays had now become my enemy. I considered them to be unscrupulous cowards for not taking me up on my
terms. I vowed to take whatever steps necessary to foil their abductions and expose them.
I now began to telepath messages to the Pleiadians in earnest. I entreated them every day to intercede and somehow
stop the Grays from abducting me. I had no other hope. I directed most of my messages to Semjase.
One day while I was telepathing my plea to the Pleiadians, a vision of a woman's face appeared in my mind. I had
7

not created it.

She telepathed to me that she had heard my pleas, but was very busy at the time and

It was Semjase.

She had long, blonde hair, green eyes and was quite beautiful. I felt elated that she
had taken the time to acknowledge me, even though the encounter was brief. I told Barbara and Dave and some of my
could not communicate at length.

closest friends about my encounter with Semjase.

I now had even more hope of eventually gaining my freedom from the

Grays.
I didn't realize until more than a year later that I had been hoodwinked by the Grays. It was they who had telepathi
cally implanted the image of Semjase's face in my mind

This was my first experience with a visual telepathic implant.

One type of physical implant that Grays insert into the brains of abductees assists in the transmission of visions, voices,
ideas, emotions, and other perceptions to deceive and control the abductee.
upon abductees' beliefs and desires in order to manipulate them.
beginning of the manipulation.

As I later discovered, the Grays will play

At the time I had no idea that this would be just the

I was just about to take a wild roller coaster ride.

ILLUMINATION

During the fall of 1992 I talked openly about UFOs and about my status as an abducteeven to strangers.

Conse

quently, I began to meet other abductees. I was out making the rounds contacting bar owners for future music jobs when
I met Janet (pseudonym).

She was tending bar at a cocktail lounge south of Olympia, and I brought up the subject of

alien abductions. I ended up emptying a couple pots of coffee in a long conversation with her while she was making and
serving drinks. She also had had contact with ETs, both Grays and human-looking ones. She had conscious recall of part
of an abduction incident when she and one of her three sons were abducted by Grays.

During the abduction she broke

free of their hypnotic control over her, and she grabbed a tall Gray by the neck and pinned it up against the wall inside
the ship. She threatened to kill the Gray if they didn't release her and her son. The next thing she remembered was
sitting outdoors beside her son after the abduction, wondering what had happened.

In the latter half of January 1993 Janet told me about a lady who would be channeling Pleiadians in a few days at the
I had told her that I was trying to telepathically contact the Pleiadians to see if they would help
liberate me from the Grays, so she knew that I might be interested. Actually, I had never been very interested in channel
ing because I realized that disembodied entities were not necessarily any more knowledgeable or wiser than embodied
local metaphysical shop.

spirits.

However, I was getting desperate to get the Grays off my back, so I was willing to investigate anything that

might possibly lead to a resolution of my problem.

I told her that I would attend the meeting to hear what the "Pleiadians" had to say, but in the meantime I met another
abductee, Valerie (pseudonym) .
session.
abductees.

I dumped the

She wanted to meet with me at a local coffee shop on the same night as the channeling

Pleiadians and

met with Valerie instead because I was more interested in talking with other

Valerie had some very interesting stories to tell as she was the only abductee I had ever met who had been

harassed and threatened by government intelligence personnel.

uncomfortable about meeting me in a public place.

During the coffee shop conversation she see med very

She thought that our conversation might be monitored.

Before she had learned of her status as an abductee, Valerie had a boyfriend who suddenly turned against her.

One

day she was driving down a country road when he grabbed her leg and told her to pull over and stop the car. He told her
that the government knew that she had been taken aboard alien spacecraft on several occasions.

and her son if she didn' t tell all she knew about the aliens.

He threatened to kill her

At the time she knew nothing of her alien contacts, and she

didn't know why the government had singled her out for harassment. Although she broke up her romance with this man,
the harassment continued.

On two other occasions total strangers approached her and made mysterious comments about

her contacts with ETs.

The following day I talked with Janet, and she raved on and on about how great the Pleiadian channeling had bee n.
She was obviously disappointed that I hadn't attended.

She told me that the channeler, Aetheria (pseudonym), channeled

thousands of Pleiadians simultaneously and that these entities were genuine and benevolent.
decided to contact Aetheria.

Despite my reservations, I

I procured her phone number from the local metaphysical book store and made an appoint

ment to meet with these SO<aIled Pleiadians.

When I had informed the owner of the book store of my status as an

abductee, he told me in an authoritative tone that I had "agreed" to be abducted.

I didn't feel that he was right about this

when he told me, and I even felt a bit offended and invalidated by him. I thought why would anyone in their right mind
want to be abducted by Grays? However, I was looking for solutions to my abduction problem, so I just tried to keep an
open mind and didn't bother to debate the issue with him .
I called Aetheria on Monday, February 1 , 1993, and she assured me that the Pleiadians could help me with my abduc
tion problem.

I arranged a channeling session at her home near Yelm for the following Saturday at five 0 ' clock.

Had I

not been so desperate

to divorce the Grays from my life I would have never made the appointment.
This week turned out to be quite an adventure. On Monday, January 2nd, I drove out to visit Janet and her sons at

their home south of Chehalis.

I camped out in my van in the cui de sac in front of their home. I stayed up late reading

and went to sleep about 2:00 a.m.

I woke up suddenly around 4:30 a.m. My testicles were aching. I had just had a very real, but bizarre abduction
dream in which aliens had extracted sperm from me. I knew it had not been just a dream I was angry because they had
abducted me again. Later the next day Matt, a friend of one Janet's sons, told me that he had experienced about 2 112
hours of "missing time during the night. He was having trouble getting to sleep and stepped out through the glass slid
ing doors and into the back yard about 2:00 a.m. (he had looked at the clock before going outdoors). He thought he had
only spent a couple of minutes getting some fresh air, but when he turned around and walked back into the house, it was
4:30 a.m. ! This was the first time that anyone had experienced "missing time simultaneous to one of my own abduc
tions.
On another night at Janet's house one of her sons reported seeing a UFO shoot skyward from the acreage along the
creek behind their house. Later two of her sons had spotted an alien in a silver suit standing in the neighbor's back yard.
One of the eyewitnesses, a former military helicopter pilot, reported that the alien was not a typical full-blooded Gray.
He was a level-headed man and a responsible father, so I considered him to be a credible eyewitness and didn't doubt his
story.
However, what foUowed was quite comical, as Janet's sons began chasing this alien through the neighborhood and
through other people ' s yards with a samurai sword and a BB pistol. This was the best they could do for weapons at the
time and I mentioned to them-without appearing to poke fun-that their weapons would be useless against alien technolo
gy. The alien was too fast for them anyway, so they finally gave up trying to catch it.
On Thursday night, the 4th of February, I was feeling edgy; I didn't know why. Janet had given a me a book to read
called The Promise, written by Fred Bell. I told her that I felt a bit nervous about sleeping in the van, so she said I could
sleep in the house on her couch. I ended up staying up all night and reading the entire book .
Reading The Promise turned out to be an extraordinary experience in itself. When I began reading it I encountered
the name of the Pleiadian Semjase, and that immediately captured my interest. I wasn't prepared for what followed. As
I read the story I became so immersed in it that it felt that I was actually part of the story. There is a movie called The
Never Ending Story in which a boy began reading a magic book and became part of the story, and this night reminded me
this movie. It's very difficult for me to describe what I was experiencing as I read through the night, even though it
seemed I was conscious of my surroundings during the entire night. My memory of it, though, had a peculiar haziness
about it. Also, I found that it was difficult to maintain my concentration on my reading, because of the strange phenom
enon that I was experiencing. Consequently , my reading speed was rather sluggish.
I was in an extremely good mood at 7:30 a.m. when I finally finished the book I walked out to my van and slept for
a couple hours. When I woke up I was totally refreshed and felt an unusual surge of energy. In fact I was buoyant. I
drove into town and took a shower at the Centralia pool and health spa. After showering I got the surprise of my life
when I looked in the mirror to shave. On my forehead just above the bridge of my nose was a red mark that defied ex
planation. There were two fine, perfectly straight, red lines that joined at a perfect right angle. It looked like an upside
down "L" except that both lines were of equal length.
I knew at once that something had been either put in or taken out during an abduction during the night. However, I
hadn' t noticed any missing memory. I had a mild soreness behind my eyes and in the middle of my forehead behind the
red mark. It took three days for the red mark to fade away, and the soreness also persisted for three days. Also, during
those three days I was in a state of pure joy. I had energy I didn't know I had. I could only sleep a couple of hours a
night, and I was skipping like a child every where I went. I also found that I could now speed read books with excellent
comprehension and retention of data.
After discovering my abduction scar on Friday morning, I drove out to Dave and Barbara's home in the country. I
showed Dave the mark on my forehead, which I referred to as a "laser incision. " On Saturday Barbara took a picture of
the mark, but the horizontal leg of the mark had completely faded by then, and I was left with only a short vertical line
between my eyebrows.
I was late for my five 0 ' clock appointment with Aetheria on Saturday. I had gotten lost on the back roads near Yelm,
so I ended up backtracking and calling from a phone booth to get more directions. Fifteen minutes later I arrived at
Aetheria's home. We talked for a little while before starting the session. She told me that Barbara Marciniak had person
ally trained her to channel Pleiadians. Barbara Marciniak: channels Pleiadians and authored the book Bringers of the
Dawn. She told me that she would be conscious during the channeling and that she first had to go to the 22nd dimension.
She said that she channeled thirty to sixty thousand Pleiadians, which she called "lliumens, " and that they would anchor
in her body with laughter. I turned on my tape recorder to record the session. Aetheria played a recording of Tibetan
bells, sat down, and clicked two amethyst crystals together.
In about two minutes an unnatural , cackling laughter pierced through the serenity that had engulfed the room. The
unexpected eerie laughter startled me. It sounded like a witch caclding over a boiling pot of little children. I had seen
channeling before on videos, but this was the first time I'd come face to face with the phenomenon. This was not a
.

"

"

comfortable experience for me-mostly because the laughter sounded phony.

I think that if I had not wanted so badly to

end my abductions by the Grays, I would have gotten up and left.

I had no way of knowing at the time that I was being fed an incredible amount of disinformation and blatant lies
about the Grays and the abduction phenomenon. I didn' t discover the truth about the Grays and these "Pleiadians" until I
conducted my past life research on abductions several months later.
The lliumens began by narrating the Grays' purported history.

It was the usual disinformation that most channeled

entities tell concerning the Grays, but at the time I didn't know that it was indeed disinformation. The lliumens told me
that the Grays had no emotions, so they were interbreeding with us to acquire emotions. They also told me that the Grays
didn' t know that they were harming us when they abduct us, and they had no intentions to suppress our survival in any
way. They said that I had agreed to be an abductee and that all abductees had agreed at some point to be an abductee,
either in a past life or in between lives. They said that I could end my relationship with Grays and terminate my agree
ment if I so desired.

Months later, when I began conducting extensive past life research, I discovered that all of the

above points were absolute lies.

For the remainder of the session, which lasted about 2 1 12 hours, I was instructed by the lliumens on how to termi

nate my abductions. I was to clear my chakras, give unconditional love to the Grays, thank them for the experience, and
They also told me that I must handle any fear that I might
have towards them. Before the session was over I asked the lliumens if they knew what had happened the day before
when the strange mark appeared on my forehead. They told me that an implant had been removed. I fdt that they were
confirming what I already knew even though I had not yet recovered the details of that abduction.

tell them that I would no longer be available to assist them.

When I left Aetheria's home I had every intention of following the lliumens' advice to the letter. And I did. In spite
of the strangeness of this experience, I was desperate to divorce the Grays from my life, so I took this very seriously. I
have always considered having an open mind an asset, and as I later discovered, an open mind is an absolute necessity to
conduct empirical research to ferret out the truth about ETs.
The first three days of my life without the brain implant were incredibly joyous and intense.
weeks I was in heavenly bliss, living in joy and unconditional love.

For the next seven

With my accelerated reading speed I was able to

plow through a number of books. I kept up my daily meditations and telepathic communications to the Grays. I took
advantage of the tremendous surplus of energy I had due to the absence of my implant, so I ran, skipped, and bounced
wherever I went. I was a child in the body of a forty-three year old man.
I had relieved a lot of past life trauma through the 1980s while conducting past life research and therapy. This had
opened up my psychic abilities and the ability to experience life more fully . However, I hadn't realized how much the
brain implant had suppressed my abilities and beingness.

Consequently, my psychic abilities and enjoyment of life sky

rocketed after the removal of the brain implant.

Through February and March I established a friendship with Aetheria. She was selling her home and giving away her
horses and cats, and she asked if I would help her. In exchange for giving her a hand I received free sessions with the
lliumens and learned a lot about channeling. Aetheria had been involved with Ramtha, channeled by JZ Knight, but split
away when Ramtha went through a "personality change. " She maintained her previous friendships with "Ramsters, " but
she couldn't channel her lliumens when her friends visited her home. Ramtha had strictly prohibited his votaries from
listening to other channeled entities.

Also, after Ramtha's personality change, Ramster's were not allowed to disclose

what they were learning from Ramtha. However, my personal contact with Aetheria and her friends gave me an opportu
nity to fully investigate the phenomenon of channeling.
The "Pleiadians" eventually told me that it was they who arranged for the removal of my implant.

They said that

they knew of my desire to terminate my abductions, because I had been telepathically communicating this to them. They
purportedly had surrounded a Grays' ship with two of their own interdimensional craft, and they forced

the Grays to

abduct me and remove my implant. Aetheria told me that three tall Pleiadians had accompanied me during the removal of
the implant aboard the Grays ship. She said that she knew this because her lliumen friends had shown her pictures in her
mind of what occurred that night. I recovered part of the memory of this abduction when I was lying on the table, and a
tall Gray removed my implant, but I was not totally certain that there were any "Pleiadians" in the room with me.

On November 27, 1995 J

Janet's house:

guided me through this incident, and I finally found out what really happened that night at

Shortly after I had begun reading

The Promise a bright flash occurred

and suddenly two short Grays ap

peared in the room; one was several feet in front of me and the other was standing next to me on the left. I laid the book
down on the couch, and the two Grays each took one of my arms and gently helped me stand up.
steps to my left into a cylindrical beam of light that had penetrated the room from above.

I walked about three

The three of us then floated

through the ceiling and roof of the house and into a familiar small, round room, which I
beaming room. We entered this room through the floor of the room, which then became solid again. The two

upward in this tube of light,

call a

Grays-still holding onto my armsrted me out of the beaming room and into a curving corridor.

I turned left and

walked down the corridor; I could see light coming from a room ahead of us. As we entered the well-lit room I noticed

10

two adjustable examination tables in the room. The two Grays ushered me across the room to the farthest table where I
was told to remove my clothes and get up on the table.

The two shon Grays then left the room through the corridor

through which we had just passed .

A tall Gray tells me (telepathically) not to look at him, and then I began to relax as if I were given a drug. However,
I didn't recall being stuck with a needle or that anything was placed in my mouth. I became very drowsy and just wanted
to fall asleep when the tall Gray positioned that insidious implanting arm with the camera-shaped device on the end.
Feelings of horror, anger, and sadness surged through me all at once as the Gray pressed the device against my forehead.
I thought that they were going to implant me again or do something else horrible.

However, the device seemed to reach

inside my head with a needle or tube that extracted the implant in my brain out through my forehead between my eye
brows.

I was still very groggy when the two shon Grays entered the room again and helped me to get off the table and

put my clothes back on.

the roof of the house.

They esconed me back to the beaming room and floated me down the tube of light and through

The two Grays sat me back down on the couch in the same spot where I had been sitting before

the abduction. They made sure I picked up the book again and located the point where I had left off reading before they
depaned.

I had not been watching the clock that night, so I didn't notice any

missing time.

guided me through this incident three times to make sure that I had recovered the entire incident, so I knew

without any doubt there were no "Pleiadians" involved with my implant removal.
However, when the lliumens had told me that they had arranged for the removal of my implant, I began to feel very
grateful and even indebted to them.

Of course, at the time I had not actually retrieved the memory of what really hap

pened, so I bought their lie--hook, line, and sinker.

When Aetheria later told me about the three " Pleiadians" accompa

nying me on the ship, I even plugged in three imaginary Pleiadians into what little memory I had of the abduction at that
time.

In retrospect I realize that I did this because I wanted so much to believe that Pleiadians had saved me from the

Grays. This demonstrated to me how a belief or belief system can override reality to create an erroneous viewpoint.
I followed the advice of the "Pleiadians" to the letter for about a month. They finally told me that I had freed myself
from the clutches of the Grays and that I would no longer be abducted unless I specifically requested to be an abductee
again-and there was absolutely no chance of that!
Consequently, I began to promote the Pleiadians and asked them if I could be an emissary for them on Eanh.
were very pleased that I was willing to promote them and included me in their "Family of Light. "
about them and performed my new songs in publicven in bars.
these Pleiadian songs.

They

I even wrote songs

I believe that to some degree I was actually channeling

There were times when I was playing my guitar that they would channel joy and love to me, al

though there was a strangeness in it that made it feel more drug-like than genuine, unconditional love. However, I even
tually realized that this was just another way to manipulate me and suck me into a belief system.
At one point I did actually hear the
Aetheria.

voices of the

It worked!

lliumens in my head. It was exactly as had been described to me by

It sounded like a chorus of voices in unison. (Dr. Karla Turner described the same kind of phenomenon expe

rienced by an abductee friend, as described in her book

Into the Fringe.)

I told Aetheria about the chronic back pain between my shoulders.

She said that Reiki might help, so I let her try it

out on my me. She placed her bands on my back between my shoulders and explained that she was going to channel love

through her hands into my body. As she did this, I began to sense a warmth inside my body. However, this only exacer
bated the sharp pain in my spine. The Reiki treatment wasn't helping.
However, I suddenly reaIized that the pain, which the Grays had caused in the November 1991 abduction, must be

held in place by an earlier, but similar incident.

I then flashed back to an incident two lifetimes ago in which the Grays

had insened a long needle in my back in the very same spot. It felt like they also gave me a big jolt of voltage through
the needle because the pain was absolutely excruciating.

When I contacted and re-experienced this past life abduction

incident, the pain in my back instantaneously vanished and never returned to plague me again.
This experience demonstrated how past life incidents can affect people in their present lives.
life therapy one can alleviate any number of mankind ' s ills.

By properly using past

In this case the physical trauma of a present life abduction

had triggered a similar incident in a past life. When I finally contacted the original trauma, the problem completely disap
peared.
Also, during this time period, Janet told me about an experience when she was driving home from work at night.
strange light appeared over her car as she was driving down the freeway.
hand outside on the door of the car

She rolled down her window and rested her

The light illuminated the back of her hand . The next day she showed me a strange

looking sunburn on the back of her hand and wrist.

The area under her watch was not sunburned, though.

I would say

that the chance of getting a sunburn at night during the month of February in western Washington State would be just
about nil.

She concluded that an alien craft had followed her down the freeway, and the light from the craft had caused

the sunburn.
Around the middle of March Aetheria wanted to demonstrate a Ramtha "Consciousness and Energy" (C & E) exercise
to me.

She played a tape of some very dynamic music while we sat on the floor on pillows and faced each other.

11

She instructed me how to channel energy through my body during a dynamic crescendo in the music. This was an ex
tremely intense and powerful experience in which I did indeed move an incredible amount of energy through my body
and out through my arms and hands The exercise was so powerful that my arms locked into a fixed, rigid position as the
energy surged out through my body. What Aetheria had not bothered to tell me was that oftentimes people who do these
Ramtha exercises come down with the "C & E Flu. " The following day I did, and I was very sick for over two weeks.
I felt like I had a very bad cold and the flu at the same time. Although she assured me that this was to be of benefit to
me, I felt myself more firmly anchored in my body after doing the Consciousness & Energy exercise. It had a most pro
nounced detrimental effect upon me and lacked any positive benefit in spite of her repeated assurances that it was
supposed to have some redeeming spiritual value.
My seven weeks of joy and bliss came to crashing halt on the morning of Friday, March 26, 1993 . I had camped in
my van on Aetheria's property the night before, and I woke up mad as hell, kicking things around my van. I couldn' t
explain my rage. I felt violated, but I didn't know why. M y rage and confusion did not dissipate, so I walked over to
Aetheria's house and told her that I had to leave. I apologized that I wouldn't be able to perform my Pleiadian songs at
her public channeling session that night in Chehalis. I explained that I couldn't even give her a goodbye hug, because I
didn't want to contaminate her aura with my negative aura. I left and never saw her again.
Although I didn't know what had happened that night, I still maintained my allegiance to the "Pleiadians, " and often
told willing listeners how they had saved me from the evil Grays. I moved to Idaho in May. Over the ensuing months
re.uity began to slowly set in, and eventually I stopped promoting the "Pleiadians. " I finally convinced J
to give me
another chance as a husband and father, and I eventually moved back in with the family. In October I conducted memory
retrieval sessions with her and one of my sons. We eventually discovered that J
and our two sons were abductees as
well.
In January of 1994 J
began guiding me through my own present life and past life abductions, and subsequently I
learned the truth about my involvement with the Grays and other ETs.
I learned that the "Pleiadians" had deceived me. I also learned the truth of what had happened on the morning of
March 26, 1993 , when I woke up so enraged. J
guided me through this incident on January 25, 1994; the following
is what actually occurred that night:
I woke up in the middle of the night. I noticed a light outside of my van, which was parked next to the neighbor's
pasture on the west side of Aetheria' s house. I thought perhaps Aetheria was outside with a flashlight, so I dressed and
stepped into the cold, dark night outside the van. I looked to southern sky and saw a UFO with multi-colored lights
hovering about twenty-five degrees above the horizon. The cluttered branches of a leafless tree were blocking my view
somewhat, so I climbed the fence and walked into the unmowed pasture to get a better view of the UFO. Suddenly, a
bright flash knocked me unconscious, and I fell to the ground. I heard the footsteps of little Gray feet in the tall , dead
grass. I lay helpless on my back as they picked me up and carried me up a sloping ramp and into a disk-shaped craft,
which had landed in the pasture. They set me on my feet in the craft. I was now facing an examination table with that
familiar, odious implanting arm
No one had to tell me what was going to happen next. I knew they were going to implant me again. Bear in mind
that I had just spent seven weeks in blissful freedom from that insidious brain implant, and there was no way in hell I was
going to allow them to put it back in if I had anything to say about it.
They tried to get me to walk towards the implanting table, but I wouldn't budge. I felt pressure on my back as they
began pushing me towards the table. I increased my mental resistance. They pushed harder, so I summoned up every
ounce of will power that I could muster-no, no, no, no, NO!
I finally broke free of their hypnotic control and began swinging my arms wildly to ward off my captors. As they
struggled to subdue me, I grabbed one of the short Grays, threw it to the floor of the ship and pinned it down with my
right knee on its chest. With both hands I grabbed its head and began slamming it hard against the floor. On the third
slam its head cracked open and a liquid leaked out from in back of its head forming a puddle on the floor.
He made a sound like he was helpless and dying. And then I began feeling remorse for what I had done. I looked
into its lifeless eyes, and he appeared to be dead.
Suddenly, something that felt like a high-voltage electric jolt hit me. A terrible pain pierced by heart. I fell to the
floor, unconscious.
The next thing I remember is coming to and lying on the implantation table. The implantation device on the end of
the hinged arm swings toward me and is pressed against my forehead. I hear the humming of the device and feel the im
plant slowly sliding into my forehead. Although I felt numb, exhausted, and subdued , the pain was excruciating (how
ever, in conscious recall the pain was similar to a mild, but brief headache).
When they had finished implanting me I got off the table and tried to stand up. However, I was so groggy that I
began staggering around counterclockwise and fell down on the floor and passed out. The Grays picked me up and car
ried me out to the van. I regained consciousness , and they monitored me as I took off my clothes and got back into bed.
.

12

As usual they had installed amnesia, so I woke up in the morning with no conscious memory of having been abducted and
implanted-but very pissed off.

Of course, when I recovered the memory of what really happened on that terrible night, I no longer had any illusions
I had been abducted again, which meant that they had lied to me about saving
me from the Grays. I had allowed them to lead me like a sheep to the slaughter; I had bought their entire propaganda
package hook, line, and sinker. I felt embarrassed for being so gullible.
In retrospect, however, as a researcher I now feel that I was very fortunate to have been able to experience this grand

whatsoever about the "Pleiadians. "

deception, because I learned some very important lessons about extra-terrestrial manipulation.
son about how a belief system can alter one's viewpoint of reality.

I also learned a great les

I wanted so much to believe that I had been saved

from the Grays and that my brain implant had been removed, that I still continued promoting the "Pleiadians" for several
months after the re-implantation.

I perpetuated my belief that I no longer had my brain implant as well.

complete denial of having been hoodwinked by these so<alled

Pleiadians,

I had been in

even though I had been abducted and re-im

planted and my condition had dramatically changed overnight for the worse.
When I discovered the truth of the matter I began to question everything that the "Pleiadians " had told me during the
seven weeks of freedom from my implant.

I began the process of deprogramming myself.

Aetheria had given me many

opportunities to communicate with her " friends" during this time period, as I was helping her to handle her affairs so that
she could move out of her house.

I 'll not take the time to retell everything they told me, but it was virtually identical to

the messages from the "Pleiadians" contained in the book

Bringers of the Dawn

by Barbara Marciniak.

Although tht

book contains some truth, there is an incredible amount of disinformation disseminated by these "Pleiadians. "
This demonstrates a working principle of deception used by manipulative extra-terrestrials and many channeled enti
ties. I call it the

Package Deal deception.

The Package Deal works in the following manner : Disinformation in the form

of half-truths or blatant lies are cleverly laced in with real truth.

Flattery and terminology with sympathetic emotional

appeal are often mixed in to make the Package more palatable. The truth disseminated in the Package Deal is the bait that
invites the unsuspecting victim to trust the channeled entity (or other source) as an unquestioned authority so that the
entire information package is accepted, including the disinformation.

ETs and channeled entities use this ploy to enlist

votaries who adopt the informationldisinformation package as a belief system.

secret societies.
UFO field.

The same ploy is used in religions and

The CIA, for example, uses the Package Deal to disseminate disinformation to create confusion in the

Had I not been so thoroughly immersed in the "Pleiadian" belief system, I wouldn't have discovered this

conspiracy of channeled entities and manipulative ETs.

As reality gradually sunk: in, I began to question these channeled entities. During those blissful seven weeks I had an

opportunity to ask the "Pleiadians" many questions, some of which I already knew the answers. These were

test questions

that I asked-mostly concerning what I already knew about my own past lives and the past lives of others--and the
"Pleiadians" routinely came up with the wrong answers.
Grays, I overlooked this phenomenon.

However, since I thought that they

had

saved me from the

Again, I allowed my new belief system to prevail over what I knew to be true.

As I continued my research into present and past life abductions, I discovered that I had not ever agreed with the

Grays to be an abductee. Furthermore, I could not find any other abductee who
ing made any agreement of any kind with Grays.
doubts or reservations about this.

had

ever uncovered any memory of hav

I have researched this matter quite thoroughly and have absolutely no

Since many other channeled entities lie about these so-called "agreements" with Grays,

it became obvious that a conspiracy was in place to cover up the activities of the Grays. Therefore, this conspiracy impli
cates these deceptive channeled entities-whoever they are-as co-ronspirators with Grays.
In 1994 I also discovered that Grays and other manipulative ETs are intentionally harming our physical , mental, and
spiritual survival.

Consequently, I began calling these manipulative ETs "Extra-Terrestrial Conspirators, " or "ETCs. "

I also discovered from my own experiences with Grays that they do indeed have emotions. This is, of course, totally
contrary to the messages from many different channeled entities.

As I began to deprogram myself from the Pleiadian belief system, the pieces to the puzzle fell into place. I remem

bered that Aetheria had told me that a lying saucer had landed in the pasture on the east side of the house while Barbara

Marciniak was staying with her and training her to channel "Pleiadians. " Aetheria' s neighbors-a married couple who
owned this pasture and were followers of Ramtha-even complained about and objected to her "Pleiadian" friends landing
in their pasture!

Aetheria said that they had abducted her to "work on her body" to prepare her for channeling.

In fact,

Aetheria said that they continued to abduct her from time to time and each time they installed amnesia. They told her that
she was not ready to have conscious memory of the abductions.

(Does this sound a bit fishy?)

Furthermore, Aetheria eventually told me she had also been abducted by Grays.
friends told her that they had arranged for her to be abducted by Grays!
lection of an abduction in which the Grays had extracted ova.

Not only that, but her "Pleiadian"

Aetheria told me she had some conscious recol

She even remembered that the examination table was too

cold to be comfortable.
The channeled information (or rather disinformation) that I had formed into a belief system prevented me from

13

questioning the bleak facts that had been staring me in the face all along. Not only were these S<H:alled

Pleiadians

in ca

hoots with the Grays, it appeared that they may not even be Pleiadians, and may indeed be Grays or some other type of
extra-terrestrial. The obvious problem with channeling is that we cannot actually see the entities with which we are com
municating, so we don't know what ET group is doing the manipulating.
irrelevant.

I ' ve also found that the ET body type is often

I ' ve discovered in my research with other abductees that oftentimes human-looking ETs or ETs with other

types of bodies work right alongside Grays, performing the same tasks as Grays. Sometimes the human-looking ETs are
even more cruel and sinister than Grays! This is another reason that I often refer to the abducting and manipulative extra
terrestrials as ETCs, since the term

Grays is very limiting

in scope. In some circles the term

Grays is politically

incorrect

because some people feel that it' s prejudice based on skin color.
Toward the end of my seven weeks of joy I was told that Aetheria' s "Pleiadians" were from one hundred thousand
years in the future, and they were from another universe!

Since the Pleiades constellation is located in our own Milky

Way Galaxy, this would, by definition, disqualify them as being "Pleiadians. "

They even confessed that they had never

even communicated with Semjase and her Pleiadian cohorts.

Needless to say, I felt like an utter idiot when all this began to sink in and my belief system came crashing down.
took me about a year to get over my embarrassment in admitting that I had been so gullible.

It

However, this experience

did finally plant my feet firmly on a path to expose the channeled entity/extra-terrestrial conspiracy.

As I later discovered, I was abducted again in April. The Grays installed a cylindrical anal

3/4 of an inch long and l I8 of an inch in diameter.

implant

that was about

It was flexible like cartilage, was most uncomfortable, and frequently

bled.
About a year later I also discovered that Semjase had not been on the level with Billy Meier-that is, assuming Meier
himself was on the level regarding Semjase.

She was disseminating blatant lies about the past lives phenomenon. She
also admitted that she was networking with the " Zeta Reticulians" (Grays) and that their abductions were harmless. I also
found that other "Pleiadian" groups have been deceiving us.

Indeed, this was merely the beginning of my

illumination.

APOCALYPTIC PROGRAMMING
He was also a UFO researcher and
I spent the summer of 1993 in the Idaho panhandle where I met Chuck K
had been abducted at the age of nine. He and his brother had a close encounter with a Sasquatch near their back yard in
Michigan. Initially, he only recalled seeing the Bigfoot shaking a pine tree as if he were going to pull it up by the roots.
Terrified by what they were witnessing, the two brothers crept back out of the area . The next day the tree was gone.
However, later in life he used "self-hypnosis" and recalled seeing a metallic, flying disk above the Sasquatch. Then he
found himself aboard the saucer and confronting a Sasquatch face to face. I, too, can vouch that Sasquatch are ETs. In
.

February of 1994 I recovered a past life abduction incident in which two Bigfoot escorted me aboard a large, triangular
spacecraft.
I moved back to Spokane after spending the summer in Idaho. In the latter half of September I experienced two very
traumatic, debilitating abductions.

On two consecutive nights I suddenly awakened about 4:00 a.m. in a life or death

struggle, gasping desperately for air.

I had been deprived of oxygen to such an extent that it took more than an hour to

completely get my breath back and breathe normally.

memory of having communicated with a Gray.

I knew I had been abducted on both nights, and I had a vague

I couldn' t consciously remember, though, what this Gray was communi

cating to me.
I recovered the memory of these two abductions on January 2 1 st and 22nd of 1994.

I had camped out in my van at

my parents' home in a mobile home park in the Spokane Valley (Greenacres). After reading awhile I feel asleep. During
the night I was floated up in a tractor beam through the roof of my van and into a flying disk.

This in itself was trau

matic, since it was futile to fight against the body paralysis, and I wasn't able to breathe until I reached the ship.

I was

floated up through the bottom of the craft into the round beaming room. Once in this room I could breathe again and the
floor became solid again.

I was led out of the room by two Grays and walked into a corridor.

I then turned to my left

and walked down the corridor, which apparently was near the outer edge of the disk because it curved slightly to the left.

In fact, this ship appeared to be the very same type of craft in which my brain implant was removed several months earlier.
The corridor opened up into a room with an examination table that resembled a dentist's chair. However, I was first
told to take off my underwear as that was all that I was wearing when I was beamed up out of my bed.

I then was led

over to the opposite wall where I had to sit on a bench on top of a device that I can only describe as a toilet seat with a
rubber-like covering.

This device inserted a tube or a probe up my rectum.

I think perhaps they were taking a stool

sample, but I ' m not a hundred per cent certain what they were actually doing.

Perhaps they were checking my anal im

plant; I just don't know .

After that I was directed to sit on the examination chair with an overhead light. They ran a tube down my throat and
14

into my lungs, and they sucked the air out of my lungs. The Grays often perform this procedure on my wife and me, but
we have no idea why they do it. It is always traumatic, though. During this procedure one of the Grays told me (tele
pathically) to relax " and "be calm. However, it's virtually impossible to relax when someone sucks the air out of your
lungs, and you're desperately fighting for air.
After the "examination I put my underwear back on, and I was put in a room or area where I was bathed in bright,
white light. I wac: then led back through the curved corridor by a short Gray. I walked passed the domed tractor beam
room and continued around to another part of the ship. I entered a small room with subdued lighting, and the walls ap
peared to be reddish-brown. Up against the wall opposite the door was a bed that looked like an oval-shaped, velour bean
bag bed, only it was not like anything I had ever seen on Earth. The bed appeared to be a reddish-brown or burgundy
color, but I'm not entirely certain as the lighting in the room was quite dim. I was directed to stand near the end of the
bed.
A tall, full-blooded, female Gray then entered the room through the same door that I had entered. She walked around
to the foot of the bed and confronted me. It was like I was being drawn into her large, black, bug-like eyes, and she
seemed to be communicating through her eyes. She said
come "join" with me. I smelled perfume-not an artifi
cial smell, but a very pleasant organic smell of flowers. I ' m not sure if this was a telepathic implant or if she was actual
ly wearing perfume.
I then discovered what I believe Whitley Strieber meant by communion, " only in this case 1 refer to it as "seduc
tion. " She appe.red to leave her head (as a spiritual being), and then she entered my head, sharing the same space with
me. She then began a kind of playful, mental tickling in which she made me feel very happy. I smiled because it was
such a pleasant experience. I even heard laughter. However, it wasn't audible laughter; this was all taking place purely
in my mind . She told me she "loves" me, and I began feeling a very strong affinity for her. My resistance completely
melted away with her mental foreplay. She then withdrew from my head and went back into her own body. She began
stroking my body on my sides and legs, and then she touched my genitals. Her foreplay had succeeded in arousing me
sexually.
She took off her skin-tight clothes, which seemed to be the same color as her skin. 1 saw her tiny breasts and her
vagina, but this may have been a telepathic implant in order to arouse me. Up until this time I had never thought that fe
male Grays had breasts, so I began to suspect that this perception might have been a deception.
She then lay on the bed and I lay on her. As we joined--both physically and mentally-she told me that we were
going to create a new life form. During the love making, I felt not only sexually stimulated, but I also felt love for her
on a romantic and even on a spiritual level.
The foregoing account attests to the incredible power of the ETCs' use of telepathic hypnosis to alter an abductee 's
reality. If I had not been under their hypnotic control, I would have been totally repulsed by this encounter, and they
would never have been able to compel me to participate in this extremely bizarre activity while in a conscious state.
As she was leaving the room after our encounter, she told me that I would receive a "reward" for my participation.
While recovering the memory of this in session, my only thought was that the only reward that I wanted was for them to
remove my implants and never abduct me again! This, however, was not to be the case
Before they beamed me back down to my bed in my van, they cleaned me up a bit. I then experienced being spun
around and around while lying in a
position. I believe Grays do this procedure to disorient abductees, thus reint. hO,(" z.c, ,,,ta I
forcing amnesia of the abduction.
.

The Grays then floated me down the tube of light into my van. However, I couldn't breathe while in this beam and
the ship was high above my van. Consequently, I had almost suffocated, and this was why I woke up gasping frantically
for air after being released from the beam
The following night I found out what my "reward" was. The Grays beamed me up out of my bed in the van in the
same manner. After entering the ship through the floor of the same domed beaming room, I was led down the corridor to
a similar roomr perhaps the same room-where I Jay on the examination table. Again, this table reminded me of a
modem dentist's chair that could be adjusted to a flat, horizontal position. They shoved a tube down my throat and into
my stomach. The tube was not just uncomfortable, it gagged me so much I thought I was going to throw up. Apparent
ly, they were pumping out some of my stomach contents. Then they adjusted the chair so that I was lying flat, and a
Gray moved a chrome-colored, cylindrical rod around my head. The rod seemed to be attached to something with a wire
or cord, and it caused strange sensations inside my head. The device felt like it was penetrating my head with an electro
magnetic field, but it wasn't painful. I had no idea what they were doing.
A gray then escorted me into an adjacent room. When I entered this room, I noticed some people sitting on a bench
on the wall to my right. I sat on the bench like a zombie, waiting my turn. In the middle of the room was a small, cir
cular platform that was raised off the floor a few inches. A cylinder of blue light came down from the ceiling to the
round platform.
When my turn came, I stepped onto the platform and was bathed in the blue beam of light. I felt my will being
,

15

gradually drained from me. I surmised that they were draining my willpower to prepare me for programming . They
turned the beam off, and I stepped off the round platform. I was now facing the wall on the opposite side of the room
from the bench. On the wall was a flat screen about the size of a big screen TV. The bottom of the screen was about
four feet or so off the floor.
A female gray stood on my right, and was communicating telepathically to me. She was the same female with whom
I had made love on the previous night. I heard a voice inside my head say that I was "a Chosen One and that I would
remember my "mission" and "at the appointed time. " I stared like a zombie at the screen on the wall, and it came alive
with scenes of mass destruction, an atom bomb going off, people dying, fires burning. A great sadness enveloped me as
I realized they were showing me a great catastrophe would soon occur on Earth Tears welled in my eyes as she told me
that my "reward" would come right before this worldwide cataclysm. She said that they would take me off the planet and
save me from the mass destruction; I would go with them and "learn. " They would later set me back on Earth and my
"mission" was to be part of the new seed" to planted on Earth "to build a new world. " With a heavy heart I asked her
when this would all take place. She told me the exact year.
It would not serve any purpose for me to reveal the year that she told me because I believe this was all a manipula
tion. I 've since learned that Grays have given different "end-<>f-the-world" dates to other abductees during this apoca
lyptic programming, SO it really doesn' t matter what year they told me. Grays are pathological liars; any serious abduc
tion researcher knows this.
After considerable research into apocalyptic programming , prophecies, and the machinations of ETCs, I came to the
inescapable conclusion that these prophecies are only a means to manipulate people's belief systems. I don' t want to
alarm people unnecesy
saril , so I need to emphasize that the foregoing abduction account was pure manipulation and
should not be taken literally.
At the end of my programming they beamed me back down into my van, and once again I was deprived of oxygen
and woke up fighting for air. Over the course of the following two years my lungs deteriorated. My condition degener
ated from bronchitis to severe and chronic asthma. In January of 1994 I had to quit the music business because I could
no longer stand to be in smoke-filled bar rooms, and I could no longer sing. Chronic fatigue began to plague me, and so
I turned into a couch potato. Between the repercussions of the abductions and the insidious effects of my brain implant,
my body became more and more debilitated as time passed.
J
guided me through many memory retrieval sessions from January through March of 1 994. We were searching
for the past life incident that was causing the problem with my lungs. We uncovered several abduction incidents--both
past life and present-but we didn' t succeed in locating the original incident.
"

"

RESEARCH FINDINGS-1994
During the first six months of 1 994 I began to uncover more puzzle pieces to the extra-terrestrial enigma. In fact, I
discovered that I) the Grays and other ETs were intentionally harming us and 2) that there was a conspiratorial network
of ETs bent on oppressing mankind . Consequently, I began calling these insidious aliens "Extra-Terrestrial Conspirators,
or ETCs. I coined this term in order to differentiate the participants in this elaborate conspiracy from any benevolent ETs
that might be visiting Earth
I also began discovering that the mainstream abduction researchers were not discussing some of the phenomena that I
was uncovering. I later discovered that some of the most well-known researchers were connected with the CIA and were
intentionally withholding data. For example, I found that the ETCs would abduct and intentionally torture infants that
.

were only a few weeks or few months old. (See The Programming of a Planet for details.) One of these leading abduc
tion researchers, a well-known psychiatrist, even went so far as to state in his book that the aliens meant us no harm.
Consequently, I stopped reading books on the subject and focused on my own research. I found that I could uncover
much more truth on my own than reading other people's books. This was due not only to the government cover-up of the
ETCs, but also because other researchers were using hypnotism, and I wasn't.
One of the drawbacks with using hypnotism is that it sometimes fails to reveal telepathic implants, the mental illusions
that the ETCs sometimes imprint in the minds of abductees. With hypnotism the abductee often only replays the "screen
memory " instead of seeing that it is an illusion. These telepathic implants are one of the prime reasons why abductees
often feel that their abductors are benign.

One should Dever underestimate the cleverness and elaborate methods of the ETCs! They are masters of
deception! Anyone can verify my research findings firsthand by using the proper research methods. The specific tech

niques I use to uncover present and past life extra-terrestrial contacts are necessary in order to see through telepathic
implants and penetrate deeply into the extra-terrestrial conspiracy.
One of the ETCs' primary tools of deception is amnesia. I discovered this early on in my research, and I established

three rules regarding amnesia . These rules have held true as I continued researching into the core of the great deception.
16

I therefore refer to them now as axioms:

AXIOM # 1 :

ABDUCfEES FORGET THE ABDUCTION INCIDENT BECAUSE THE EXTRA-TERRESTRIALS

HAVE INTENTIONALLY INSTALLED AMNESIA.

AXIOM #2: EXTRA-TERRESTRIALS INSTALL AMNESIA BECAUSE THEY HAVE SOMETHING TO HIDE.
AXIOM #3 : EXTRA-TERRESTRIALS HAVE SOMETHING TO HIDE BECAUSE THEIR INTENTION IS
TO CONTROL US IN A MANNER THAT IS NOT IN OUR BEST INTERESTS.
There are people who will tell you that the abductees' fear is what creates the amnesia.

This is garbage.

(Garbage

is my colloquialism for

disinjormation).

agreed to be abducted.

If you trace the origins of such statements you will most likely find that someone got this disin

These people may also tell you that abductees are not abductees because they

formation from a channeled extra-terrestrial.

The axioms above seem even truer now than when I first established them in 1994.

Programming of a Planet and The Eye of Ra,

In fact, if you read both

The

AXIOM #3 will seem to be an understatement-as if I ' m being too kind or

dispassionate.

In spite of the above axioms, I do not rule out the possibility that there may be or may have been instances where
benevolent ETs might have installed amnesia on rare occasions
ETs or perhaps for other justifiable reasons.

in

carrying out covert operations against the malevolent

However, as a sovereign being I do not condone the implanting of amnesia

under any circumstances. It is a violation of free will. The installation of amnesia is synonymous with taking away one's
We need to move toward increasing our awareness, not decreasing it. Even benevolent ETs can be wrong,
and they can and should respect our free will. It's time to call an end to secrecy on all fronts.

awareness.

IMPLANTS

psychologi
has also stood

I also discovered that the ETCs were using four major types of implants to deceive Earthbound humans :

cal implants, social implants, telepathic implants, and physical implants. This
the test of time and extensive research.
phenomena read

method of categorization

I will summarize these research findings below.

For an in-depth study of these

The Programming of a Planet.

PYSYCHOLOGICAL IMPLANTS: I also call these implants hypnotic implants. The victim is rendered unconscious
and then given hypnotic suggestions, or programming . The following examples of ETC psychological programming were
taken from actual case studies and are therefore not merely theoretical :

1. The ETCs usually create unconsciousness through the use o f psychotronics. They also use hypnotic drugs. Amnesia
is often reinforced by an alien's command to "Forget" or "Don't remember. "
2. Family members and other environmental stimuli are used to trigger and reinforce the psychological programming .
3 . Religious programming is a primary objective of the ETCs: Believe in God; God is male; We are his creation; Be
religious; Worship; You must pray to get what you need and want; Rely on faith only, don't use logic. The ETCs
don't specialize in just one religion-they simply strengthen the religious beliefs that the abductee is inclined to
believe. The plan is to create as different religious beliefs as possible to create disunity and conflict on the planet.
4. Don't question (authority); Just obey; No creative thought; Narrow-mindedness .
5. Pain and suffering are good.
6. Guilt programming : Blame; Shame; Self-doubts; Self-ronscious.
7. Invalidation programming: Can ' t do; Don' t do; Evil; Wrong; Cowardice; Unhappiness; Loneliness; Disempower
ment as a spiritual being; Mental and physical torture leading to a breakdown of the will or spirit.
8. Propaganda programming : The ETCs use post-hypnotic suggestions and telepathic implants to portray themselves as
benevolent, friendly, loving, and will save mankind and the planet; Abductees and contactees should feel grateful to
them; Flattery; Abductees are the "Chosen Ones; " The ETCs will save the Chosen Ones to build a New World;
Doom and gloom prophecies.
9. The psychological programming during abductions is designed to trigger earlier psychological implants.
10. Key words, phrases, and ideas are implanted to trigger specific implanted behavior and thought patterns. Earth
bound humans mutually reinforce and trigger these key words, phrases, and ideas that keep society moving in a
certain direction. The ETCs expend a great deal of effort to create group thought. Thus, mankind can be controlled
like a herd of sheep. Anyone not thinking or acting like everyone else is referred to as a "black sheep.
TELEPATHIC IMPLANTS: As I have already discussed, these mental illusions are used to control abductees during

17

the abduction and to create the illusion of benevolence.

SOCIAL IMPLANTS: These are ideas that are accepted consciously and willingl y; they affect society as a whole.

1 . Social implants are based upon faith. They demand blind, unquestioning allegiance, worship, or acceptance of a
God, prophet, leader, philosophy, discipline, cause, or secret fraternal doctrine.

2. Social implants are held in place by using the principle of reward and punishment. In religion this principle
manifests itself as the reward of Heaven and the punishment of Hell or an oppressive caste system as in Hinduism.
Social implants appeal to the emotions, not rational thought, and the fear button is repeatedly pushed to elicit the
desired response of allegiance and obedience.
3 . Social implants are accepted and agreed to voluntarily and consciously. They are passed down from generation to
generation and from person to person like a communicable di sease .
4. The ETCs are the hidden source of social implants.
5. The purpose of social implantation is to control Earthbound humans . Control (ORDER) is achieved by a) creating
conflict, war, disunity (CHAOS); b) creating and establishing unworkable dead-end religious practices and philoso
phies to keep mankind from discovering our true spiritual nature and the true nature of the situation we are in; c)
maintaining the condition of amnesia to keep mankind from discovering both present and past life psychological
implants, which would lead to spiritual freedom if revealed.

6. Social implants and psychological implants are mutually reinforcing; that is, the power of the social implant is
dependent upon earlier psychological implantation; likewise, psychological implants are triggered and reinforced by
existing social implants.
PHYSICAL IMPLANTS: The ETCs place many different types of objects in various parts of the body. The purpose
of most of these implants is open to speculation.

However, in working with abductee Jack Wylie, we discovered that one

of the brain implants acts as a relay mechanism, or transponder, which allows continuous access to the programming in an
abductee's mind.

I have already discussed the effects of the implants with which the Grays have plagued me.
INVISmlLITY

In 1994 I also discovered the Gravs' amazing invisibility technology, or, to use a Star Trek term, wcloakingw technology.

In working with my wife, J

, and two of our children, we uncovered several instances when we were ab-

ducted in populated areasven in broad daylight!

On one particular night, when we lived on a normally busy intersection in the city of Spokane, ]
was abducted
through her bedroom window, and then made to walk through the back yard to a saucer wait
ing in the alley. The saucer was parked next to a two-lane paved street and about a hundred feet from a stop light. As
the Grays escorted her to the ship, a car drove right by the saucer without noticing it.
In another intriguing incident J
and I were taking a short walk within the Spokane city limits. There are many
apartment complexes and businesses in this area, and it was one block east of Division Street , the main north/south busi
ness street of Spokane. The incident took place on June 23 , 1994 between 9:00 and 9 : 30 in the evening. Although the
sun had set, it was still light out.
When J
and I were about two blocks from our apartment, our son Kevin (pseudonym) caught up with us. He
was breathing hard from running after us and was obviously agitated. He exclaimed that he had just seen two UFOs, and
his brother wouldn't believe him.
On June 26th I conducted a memory retrieval session with Kevin, and he discovered
that one of the black flying disks had actually came down into the middle of our apartment complex . The saucer hovered
slightly above the swimming pool , and two Grays walked out of the disk and into our apartment. The visitation was very

out of her bed, floated out

brief, and we have no idea what they were doing.

(See the

The Programming of a Planet

for details.)

The technology of invisibility explains why there are not many UFO sightings associated with abductions in populated
areas.

How they accomplish this is anyone's guess.

force field.

I think that perhaps they are using some kind of electromagnetic

Anyone outside this force field will not see the alien craft or the abductee.

because he or she is inside the invisibility force field.

The abductee can see the craft,

Perhaps this force field alters space and/or time; I can only specu

late.
Unfortunately, this technology creates a big problem for abductees who want to substantiate their stories.
there have been rare cases where eyewitnesses have viewed abductions of people or cattle.

18

However,

Fight for Independence

I woke up on the morning of July 4, 1994, with a bad feeling. My calf muscles were very sore, as if I had exercised
too much the day before. There was a coldness in my scrotum, and I felt I had been abducted. Later, I took my shirt off
while my son Kevin was in the room. He pointed at my bare chest and exclaimed, "Dad! " I looked down at the right
side of my chest and saw the scratches. I knew then I was right about having been abducted.
I asked J
to give me a memory retrieval session to see what had happened, and she obliged. I found that I had
begun the Fourth of July with my own struggle for independence.
During the night two Grays entered our apartment and as usual put me in the familiar zombie-like state. They escort
ed me out through the glass sliding doors and then through the chain-link fence around the swimming pool . The usual
beam of light extended down from a disk hovering above and touched the surface of the deep end of the swimming pool .
The floated me over the water to the beam and then floated me up to the craft.
When I was in the craft the floor beneath me became solid, and we walked out of the beaming room and into the
examination room. I got up on the examination table and lay there with a tall Gray on the left side of the table. This
Gray began admonishing me for exposing them, and for writing my book about them. He scolded me with the typical
arrogance and condescending attitude of a tall Gray.
The upbraiding began to anger me. My raison d'etre at this time was to finish my book and expose the Grays and
other ETs. My resolve was too strong to allow the Grays to stop me . My anger grew until I broke their hypnotic con
trol.
My first thought was to grab this Gray's neck and choke him to death. I lunged toward him but succeeded only in
falling off the table. My purpose unshaken, I quickly stood up and pushed him across the room. I slammed him up
against the wall. At this point two Grays had come up from behind me and tried to pry me off this arrogant Gray. One
of these Grays reached around to the right side of chest and pulled on me, causing the scratches.
They succeeded in pulling me off, and then they knocked me out. I ' m not sure whether they did it with a drug from
a syringe or with a stun gun. All I knew is that my body went limp, and I fell to the floor. I went out of my body at
this point, but re-entered it in a couple of minutes. They laid my body back on the examination table, made a withdrawal
from the sperm bank, and then brought me back to our apartment.
Even though the Grays always get the upper hand , I ' ll never give up the fight for freedom. And I didn't go into
agreement with demands to stop exposing them.
the i 1""
More Past Life Incidents
,

On August 12, 1994, I uncovered yet another abduction when I was a German Luftwaffe pilot. I was flying when
they beamed me out of the airplane and up into a Grays ship. They rammed that tube down my throat, and they extracted
sperm.
J
then asked me to return to an earlier, similar incident, and I ended up in 1 3 1 2 A.D. I found myself in a dungeon of a castle on the coast of England. I was stretched out on my back with my arms and legs stretched out and tied
down. The place smelled like urine, and I heard a man scream. A fat, sweaty man with a bare, barrel chest reached for
a poker, which had been heating up in a kind of fireplace or kiln. He began laughing and then plunged the glowing or
ange tip of the poker into my chest. Needless to say I didn't survive this one. With my last breath I exhaled smoke and
steam out of my mouth.
I left my body and floated upward into the air above the castle. I was at least a thousand feet above the lush, green
landscape and the rocky seashore. I was really enjoying the beautiful view. (This was a lot more fun than being tor
tured!)
Then I noticed a shiny, metallic disk above me. I went up to the disk and entered it. I saw a tall Gray, and I came
within two feet of the Gray's face. The Gray simply faced me as a being. Although he was totally aware of me, I didn't
sense that he was communicating anything to me. I then left the ship and found a mother who was giving birth and got
into the baby's body. I am not sure if they had guided me to a specific mother.
J
then asked for another earlier, similar incident. I contacted an incident in 1 129 A.D. in France. I was out in
the country and all alone. I watched in amazement as a flying saucer landed in front of me. Six Grays came out of the
ship and huddled around me. Although I was conscious throughout this whole incident, I wasn't able to resist their inten
tions to take me aboard the craft. Once inside the ship, one of the Grays told me that I was one of them now. This ap
peared to be some kind of indoctrination. However, I was not given a choice of whether I wanted to belong to them or
not. I was just simply told that in a matter of fact manner . This, apparently, is what Grays call an "agreement. "
They then allowed me to go home. They didn't install amnesia in this abduction, so I had total recall of the incident.
I began telling people about my encounter with these strange beings. However, this was a time when the Roman Catholic
19

Church was the law.

bum me
J

I was tried and convicted of heresy.

They pilloried me in the town plaza, but fortunately didn't

the stake.

at

then guided me to another earlier, but similar incident.

years ago in a mountainous region in Europe.

I then contacted an abduction that took place 2,016

It seemed like it was located in the area where Switzerland is today.

lived in a rustic cabin in the woods with my husband.

I was beamed up into a Grays ship and placed on the examination table. I was terrified. They shoved that tube down

into my lungs and pumped the air out.

Then the lower half of the examination chair/table divides in two, splitting my

(This was the same type of table that the Grays used on J

legs apart.

during one of her abductions in Spokane.)

A tall Gray reaches inside of me and pulls out a hybrid Gray/human baby, which was about six inches long.

shows the baby to me and tells me they'll take care of the baby. Then they take the baby away.

They floated me back down into the cabin, and I got back in bed and snuggled up to my husband.
installed amnesia.

Sensing that something was wrong, I got up and went outside to the out house.

between my legs and was very distressed.

The Gray

At this point they

I discovered blood

I went back to bed and fell asleep, but didn't know until this session what had

occurred that night.

This incident was especially intriguing, because I had never recalled an incident of being a female abductee.

After

having re-experienced abductions from both a male and female viewpoint, I can state without reservation that it is more
traumatizing and a much greater violation to have a baby taken than having sperm taken.

It is difficult to express in

words the sense of loss that I felt when my baby was taken from me, even though it was part Gray.
UNDERGROUND BASE ABDUCfIONS
I continued researching the abduction phenomenon by working with other abductees as well as family members.

June 10, 1994, I was working with another abductee Jack Wylie (pseudonym) when he uncovered an abduction near
in north central
the ground, unconscious.

On

. He was hiking in the hills near this lake in 1988 when he suddenly fell to
.
Several smal1 Grays picked him up and carried him underground where they drugged him and

implanted him with false memories of where he had been hiking.

Then they took him to a different hill about a mile

from where they had abducted him . When they restored his awareness, he was not aware of having been abducted.

Apparently, he had been hiking too close to the entrance of an underground installation.
My wife, J
southwest of

, was planning a family camping trip in the summer of 1994, so I talked her into driving to this area
.
. Jack Wylie's abduction in 1988 intrigued me so much that I told J
that I wanted

to check out the area and take some pictures. However, before we left
get abducted in this area

I told her I also wanted to see if I could

I was curious to see if there was a permanent underground base there. The Grays abduct me so

much anyway that I no longer have any fear of them, and I thought this would be an interesting experiment.
We arrived at
miles south of

on July 1 3th and drove straight to the only resort on the lake.
.

we were on the economy plan, we rattled back down the dusty washboard road to
our tents there at

The lake is just a few

The resort charged over twenty-five bucks per night for a two-tent campsite.
We were now positioned about four miles southwest of

Since

. We ended up pitching

Later in the evening I set up a reclining lawn chair in the middle of an open patch of lawn near our campsite.

spread out my sleeping bag and pillow on the lounge chair, so I'd be warm and cozy during my sky watch.

I stayed up

late, watching to the north where the Grays had abducted Jack six years earlier. It was a perfect night for star gazing; the
stars sparkled like diamond dust in the clear summer sky.
dome tents.

and our two sons were sleeping soundly in our two

I was still wide awake about midnight, my attention still fixed above the hills to the north.

Suddenly, I started falling asleep--or rather I was being

put to

My eyes closed, and in about three seconds I

sleep!

was nearly sound asleep-but something to the north caught my attention.

opened my eyes, and gazed in awe at what had attracted my attention.

I pulled myself out of my sudden slumber,

A bright yellow-orange object hovered above the

hills to the north. Within about five seconds the UFO moved to the left and then very quickly grew smaller until it com

pletely dimmed out.

and before falling off to sleep I was feeling the

Two nights later we camped out at another nearby lake

apprehension of an impending abduction.

I woke up the next morning with increased difficulty of breathing, and my

I knew I'd been abducted.

On August 5, 1994, I decided to retrieve the memory of the abduction that I knew had occurred in this area I fig
ured it was probably just the usual type of abduction into a Grays ship. However, I got the shock of my life! I uncov
ered not just one, but two abductions in which I was flown to a nearby secret, underground military/Grays base!
overall physical condition had deteriorated.

20

Abduction

,.'. .

about 45 minutes after I had spotted the UFO above the hills to the

The first abduction occurred at

north.

There was no further UFO activity, so I decided to go back to bed.

I wadded up my sleeping bag and pillow,

folded up the lawn chair, and headed back to my tent. However, before I could get to our campsite under the tall trees, a
bright flash knocked me unconscious, and I collapsed on the lawn.

At least two Grays picked me up and carried me over

to a bluish-white beam that touched the lawn. The beam extended upward to a disk-shaped craft hovering just above the

tree tops. They floated me up in the beam, through the bottom of the craft, and into the circular beaming room, which
was located in the middle of the craft.
The craft was at least sixty feet in diameter (outside dimensions). I walked out of the beaming room and found my
self in a large, open room that reminded me of a cocktail lounge. The interior of this craft wasn't like the usual layout of
Grays ships.

I suspect that it was designed for the comfort of Earth humans , namely military personnel, but this is only

speculation.

They led me over to the right side of the room where I had to sit down in an unusual, low reclining chair

that reminded me of a car seat for infants. This adult-size, reclining bucket seat with sides was tilted back at about a 45
degree angle.

I sunk down in it, feeling rather lethargic.

Shortly thereafter I was escorted back to the beaming room. Two small Grays stood at my sides as we floated down
the beam into an underground hangar.

The disk was too large to land inside the rectangular hangar, which was about

fifty wide and a hundred feet long (a very rough estimate). I could see that the ground-level roof of the hangar was open
as we floated down into the hangar.
After floating down to the floor of the hangar, the two Grays escorted me over to double doors near one of the cor
ners of the hangar. The doors swung open, and I saw a large, well-lit room with white walls. The room appeared to be
an office with computers, but no one was sitting at the desks, so I ' m not certain what they used the room for.
I then turned to my right, through a door, and into a small room with white cabinets and a dentist-type chair.

My

recollection of being in this room was somewhat hazy, as I was given a drug, which I thought might be sodium Pentothal.
Apparently, they drugged me during both abductions, because I felt exceptionally groggy in re-experiencing these two
incidents.

This also made it a bit more difficult in recovering some of the details of these two abductions.

After they

drugged me, I heard someone say, "He's out. " It felt like they were interrogating me, but I was so doped up I could only
contact a few of the details.
did something to my head.
head hurt.

I heard someone say "goddamit, " and then someone referred to me as an "asshole. "
It felt like it might have been electric shock, but I ' m not clear on this.

They

I do know that my

I felt really awful.

office room

I was then led out of this room and into the large
smaller office.

again.

On my left and within this large room was a

I looked through the large window in the cubicle and could see a desk inside.

They escorted out of the

vY"

large office and down to the end of a hallway where I turned to my left and walked into an elevator.

The elevator was nothing more than a platform that descended and ascended in a vertical, cylindrical shaft. It felt like
we descended a very long distance down into the earth

I couldn't tell how far we went, but the elevator descended very

It wouldn't surprise me if we had traveled a half mile or more straight down into the earth

fast.

At the end of the elevator ride, they escorted me out into what looked like an underground parking lot.

It was a

large, open concrete structure supported by several pillars. A man drove a small vehicle in front of me and stopped. The
vehicle reminded of an electric golf cart

I sat on the back of the cart with my back to the driver.

He drove me across

this large room to an exit where we descended even deeper on a narrow road that screwed round and round.

I began

feeling a bit dizzy due to the constant downward, clockwise turning.

When the cart stopped, I was led into another area, a collection of rooms apparently designated for Grays' operations.
I entered the first and the largest room, and they escorted me across the room to a tank that stood parallel to the wall.
The tank was four to five feet high and about eight to ten feet long. I climbed a ladder at the end of the tank and plunged
into the liquid in the tank . The Grays held me down in the liquid, and I held my breath as long as I could.
had to inhale the liquid into my lungs.

Finally, I

As bizarre as this sounds, I found that I could breathe the liquid! I have no idea

why they did this to me.

The tall Grays helped me out of the tank, and I expelled the liquid from my lungs.

Then they led me out of this

room and into a corridor. We turned left into a small room that reminded me of a steam room at a health club.
a bench in the midst of a thick, foggy
the dense,

white light, and

white light that

filled the room.

I sat on

The large, black eyes of a tall Gray appeared in

then he led me to another room.

After lying on the examination table I felt something go down my throat. They followed this procedure with some
thing that felt like an electric shock. Then they extracted sperm from me with their cup-like device placed over my geni
tals.
After the examination they led me back to the bright, foggy room, then back up to the top level of the base again.
Then they escorted me back into the small room with white cabinets and the dentist-style chair. This was the room where

21

the military people had injected that heavy drug in me. They had apparently designated this room only for the activities
of military personnel, parallel in function to the Grays' examination rooms. At this point I only recalled a man in a white
lab coat standing next to me while I was lying in the examination chair. The man in the lab coat was talking to another
man standing in the doorway-a stocky young man with a crew cut and wearing green camouflage fatigues.
Two Grays then escorted me back out through the double doors into the hangar where they floated me back up to the
same disk-shaped craft. They returned me to my campsite, and I fell asleep in my tent. I woke up the following morning
without any indication of having been abducted during the night.
Abduction
The following day I found a free camping area at

, only a few miles from

. We pitched

our tents on the sandy beach of the public access area next to a large parking area and boat ramp . That evening at dusk
we heard distant thunder echoing through the steep, rocky hills

It grew steadily louder until a strange looking aircraft

appeared in the west. It had a large, cylindrical fuselage with short, stubby wings near the middle, and there was a red
flashing light on its belly. It flew very low over the tops of the hills heading eastward. After our vacation I described
,

this craft to a man who had recently left the Air Force. He said it was a cruise missile, and that sometimes they launch a
missile in the Pacific Ocean, direct it across the continental United States, and then dump it into the Atlantic.
In the evening of our second day of camping at
, I began to feel very apprehensive and nervous about
being abducted.

It is my repeated observation that this nervoUSness comes from the Grays probing my mind .

sequently. I had a difficult time getting to sleep that night.

decided to have a party there. J

Con

Then a group of teenagers drove into the parking lot and

was afraid they were going to bother us. However, they finally left. and we eventu

ally fell asleep.

During the night I woke up to the sound of a helicopter and men talking outside our tent.
to the dome tent where J

and I were sleeping. and a short Gray entered.

A man unzipped the door

The Gray took my hand and led me out

through the door of the tent. When I exited the tent I turned to my left and came face to face with a stocky man in green
camouflage fatigues-the same man that I had seen in the underground base two nights before. He had a build like a foot
ball player.

Another man

in dress uniform stood on his left. but I didn't look directly at him. I had the impression that

this other man was an officer. A helicopter was waiting for them on the parking area above our tent; a small disk-shaped
craft was waiting for me on the shore of the lake, about forty feet from our tent. Two short Grays escorted me to the
saucer, and a third Gray stood by the steps of the hatch of the craft.

As I approached the craft, the helicopter took off

and passed low above our heads.

I've recalled being in many different types of spacecraft, but this was the smallest flying saucer I've ever flown in-a

real sports model. The craft was the typical disk shape, but only about fifteen feet in diameter (outside dimensions).
I squeezed into the tiny ship. The Grays strapped me into a deep bucket seat, the same type of seat in which I sat two
nights before in the larger saucer. I was very nervous and my stomach felt queasy. I wasn't liking this one bit.
At this point I left my body and sailed upward, high above
. In the meantime the ship took off with my
body. I was enjoying the view so much that I didn't notice which way it went. After realizing that my body was
nowhere in the vicinity, I began searching for it. Somehow I knew the saucer had flown eastward, so I traced it over to
the underground base. In spite of the darkness of the night I sensed that this base was in a hillside devoid of trees. I
believe it was on the south side of the hill, but I ' m not one hundred per cent certain that I was that well oriented. The
roof of the underground hangar was wide open.
The next thing I remember I was back in my body and stepping out of the saucer into the hangar. This particular
alien craft was much smaller than the ship that had transported me two nights before, so it could land on the hangar floor
with lots of room to spare. I looked up and watched the stars gradually disappear as the roof of the hangar slowly closed.
I couldn't tell for sure if the hangar door slid horizontally or if the doors were hinged like cabinet doors.

Two Grays escorted me to the opposite end of the hangar and through the double doors. I walked into the large of
fice room. The small cubicle office with a window was on my left. However, instead of turning left, we kept walking
straight to the other corner of the room. We then turned right into a different corridor than the one I had walked down
two nights before. However, like the other corridor, this corridor also had an elevator at the end of it. It was exactly the
same type of elevator. We descended after a much shorter ride, and I exited the elevator and found myself in a very
large, dimly lit room.

It looked like some kind of lounge area, as there were two couches on my right on the other side

of the room. A coffee table occupied the space between the two couches.
I saw a doorway straight ahead of me on the other side of the room.

However, what I saw next didn't make any

sense at all. A naked girl with blonde hair came through this doorway and walked straight towards me! She took my
hand and led me into the adjacent room. On the second recounting of this incident I began to realize that this was a tele
pathic implant. On the third recounting of this incident the telepathic implant completely dissolved. I discovered there

22

had been no girl at all, but only a tall Gray who was projecting in my mind the image of a naked, blonde girl. Apparent
ly, this was a ploy that the Gray thought it needed to use to get me to follow it.
I then found myself in this adjoining room, bathed in the now familiar, dense,

white light.

I basked in the misty light

for a short time, and then we exited through a doorway to the right.
The next room appeared to be some kind of computer or communications room.
ground communications room you see in a NASA space shuttle mission.

It reminded me of the type of

However, this room was smaller, and it was

long and narrow . I turned to my left and walked down the length of the room with the wall to my left and a long row of
computer consoles on my right.

There was a man and a woman in green camouflage fatigues sitting in front of the con

soles. There was at least one short Gray in the room, but I didn't stop to thoroughly examine the room.
After leaving this room, I entered a Grays examination room. I took my clothes off and lay on my back on the exam
ination table, which was illuminated by a bright light.

There was a tall Gray on each side of the table.

They placed a

band around each wrist, and then the Gray on my left opened my mouth and shoved a tube down my throat and into my
lungs.

I don't know what they were doing, but it seemed as if they were putting something into my lungs rather than

pumping the air out, as they have done so many times in previous abductions. They must have also drugged me, because
I became very groggy during this examination and remained in a drug-like state for some time afterward.
Then they turned me on my stomach, and they removed the anal implant that was installed in April of 1993 .

Ironi

cally, this anal implant and my current brain implant were installed shortly after the channeled Pleiadians" told me that
I'd never be abducted again.
As I recovered the memory of this in session, I roared with laughter, because I had popped out of my body at this
point and was looking down at my own naked butt.
preciate the humor of it all.
plant.

It was one of those situations where you just had to be there to ap

At least there was a positive side to this abduction because they had removed my anal im

However, I wish that they had also removed my brain implant, as it is very debilitating.

By the time the Grays were finished with me, I was back in my body. After dressing myself a tall Gray escorted me
out of the exam room and back through the communications room.

The woman sitting at the console glanced at me as I

passed by her. Then I approached the man in fatigues, who was sitting further down the long row of consoles.
could walk by him, he stood up and glared at me and said, "You didn't see a thing
tone of voice convinced me that he meant it as a threat.

Before I

His stem countenance and serious

However, if I were intimidated by our government, you would

not be reading this report now.

The soldier then allowed me to pass. The Gray escorted me back through the room with the misty,
then into the large lounge room.

I was still very groggy from the drugs when I sat down on the couch.

uniform--probably an officer--was sitting on the other couch.

into the lounge room.

white light and

A man in dress

He stood up and faced the tall Gray that had escorted me

They appeared to be discussing what they should do with me.

My head slumped down on my

chest; I just wanted to sleep it off. That's when they picked me up, and someone said, Come on. " They led me back to
the elevator, and we ascended to the top level.

They guided me down the corridor to the large, white office room .

turned left and walked a short distance to a door on my left.

I entered the room and sat in the dentist's chair. This was

the same small room with the white cabinets where I had been two nights before.
The drug was beginning to wear off, and I had a bit more awareness of my surroundings than the last time I was in
this room. The man in the lab coat stood on my right next to the chair. I noticed that he was wearing dark slacks under

his lab coat and had black leather shoes. He looked to be in his late fifties, wore glasses, and was mostly bald on top
with some graying hair around the sides of his head. He was talking with a soldier standing by the doorway just like two
nights before. This was the same stocky soldier who was standing by our tent when they abducted me at the beach.
Apparently, he was a guard.
When the drug had worn off enough, the man in the lab coat escorted me through the double doors and into the han
gar.

I noticed that the hangar was cooler than the office that we just exited. Two Grays then escorted me to the same

little saucer that had bee n waiting for me on the other side of the hangar.
the hatch.

A third Gray was standing on the left side of

The hatch door was simply a portion of the rim of the saucer, and it was apparently hinged at the bottom.

The steps were built into the inner side of this hatch, so that when this portion of the outer rim of the saucer swung down
to the ground, you could use these hatch steps to climb through the opening in the craft. However, due to the small size
of the craft, I think that these steps were designed more for the benefit of small Grays than humans . They strapped me in
my seat and flew me back to our campsite

at

The next morning I woke up feeling awful. My asthma was much worse, probably because they had shoved that tube
into my lungs.

I knew that I had been abducted, but I figured that it was just another one of my usual Grays abductions.

When I recovered the memory of these two abductions three weeks later, I wasn't prepared for this rude awakening.
I can't express in words the horrible shock I experienced when I realized that I was abducted not only by Grays, but by
our own military personnel. It is one thing to read about it happening to other abductees. It is quite another matter when
it happens to you personally-for it confirms that the military/intelligence establishment has subverted our constitutional

23

government. It confirms that our government is no longer "of the people, by the people, and for the people. " It confirms
that an elite faction of our government

has committed

popped up and slapped me hard in the face.

treason by aiding and abetting the enemy . This reality just sort of

I knew from this point forward, my life would never be the same .

I began

to realize that I now had to take on the unpleasant responsibility of informing the American people not only of the truth
about the insidious activities of the abducting ETs and their cohorts, but also of the military/intelligence takeover of our
country.
Base Revisited

On May 20, 1995 I drove back over to this area with two friends; our intention was to locate the camouflaged hangar
doors to this underground base .
every road into the area.

However, we found that we couldn't drive into this area because locked gates barred

Consequently, we couldn't cover much ground.

By the end of the day we had not found any

thing unusual.
Bill C
the line.

was one of the three members of our party. He had been arrested at Area 5 I in 1994 for crossing over
However, he had to go back to Spokane the same day we arrived.

public access area at

So Charlie

and I set up camp at the

The two of us began an all-night vigil looking for any UFO activity to the north.

We wrote down the time about every fifteen minutes to document any "missing time" in case we were abducted.

I was

the first to succumb to the fatigue of the day's hiking, so I sacked out in the tent while Charlie maintained watch from his

car parked alongside the tent.

At 1 :00 a. m. Charlie decided to take a cat nap, and so he set the alarm for 1 : 30 and went to sleep. I began dreaming
and feeling that old familiar apprehension and nervousness that I sometimes get before abductions. This feeling was so
intense that I woke myself up and went out to check on Charlie. He was stretched out across the front seat of his car,
sound asleep. I woke him up and began telling him about my dream when I glanced to the north and saw the UFO. It
was a glowing orb of bright, white light. It was slowly strobing on and off at about one and a half second intervals.
When Charlie saw it he began fumbling in the dark for his video camera. The UFO then began slowly descending
straight down into the hills without making any sound. However, Charlie didn't get the camera rolling in time to record
it.

I maintained vigil for the rest of the night, religiously marking down the time every ten minutes, but without further

incident.
It was clear to me that the UFO was just about to zip down and abduct me (or both of us). When we caught it in the
act, it simply retreated vertically back down into the hangar.
This military/Grays base is located directly north of the
determine exactly how far north it is, but I estimate it to be

area at
five miles north of

24

We were unable to

CHAPTER UPDATE : "Journey to Discovery"

On page 1 6 of this chapter I did not mention the year of the alleged "worldwide
cataclysm". The year that the female Gray told me was 1998. I didn't want to worry
people when I wrote the book in 1 996. Again, it shows how Grays lie in order to
manipulate people. -- Truman L. Cash, Sept. 20, 20 1 0

25

THE PLEIADIAN CONSPIRACY

" DO YOU PRES U M E TO CRITICIZE T H E G REAT OZ? YOU

U N G RATEFUL CREATURES! TH I N K YOU RSELVES LUCKY
T H AT I ' M G I V I NG YOU A U D I E N C E TOM O R ROW I NSTEAD OF
TWENTY Y EARS FROM NOW! T H E G R EAT OZ H AS SPOK EN!
PAY N O AlTENTlON TO THAT M A N BEH I N D TH E CURTAIN ! "

newspaper since

The following article is the conclusion o f the series articles that have appeared i n
February and beginning with " Akarat ' s Abduction. "

" Akarat ' s Abduction" is the missing l i nk that impl icates ETs a<; the

hidden source of relig ions and secret societies. As I have revealed in these past articles. these ilL';id ious secret
societies are the source of war and chaos 011 this planet; therefore. ETs are the hidden source

of war

on this planet.

ETs. however. are very adept at presenting themselves as be i ng benevolent. 11ley possess a very well -honed technology
of deception.

Anyone who bothers to do extensive. unbiac;ed research will d iscover this deception.

I therefore refer to

these covert. manipulative ETs as Extra-Terrestrial Conspirators. or ETCs.

11lere are severa l . if not many. ETC g roups networking together to program the planet; someti mes they congregate
accordi ng to body type--sometimes not .

For example. in my book. TIle

ProR1"OIIImillg of a Planet,

I included the ahduction

of Karen. who was abducted as a baby by human-looking ETs, Grays, and Gray/Reptil ian hybrids all working together on
the same ship. The purpose of this particular abduction wac; to disempower her as a spiritual being using posthypnot ic
suggestions. which were installed by the use of telepathy, electro-shock. and drugs. The methods used by these ETCs can
onl y be descri bed as cruel and i nhumane torture. Anyone who thinks that G rays are here to save mankind or save the
envi romnent has bought their propaganda. hook , l i ne. and sinker. I t ' s t i me to expose the truth of extra-terrestrial
manipulation; i t ' s time to peer " behind tlle curtain . "
I n " Akarat ' s Abduction" the ETCs had human-looking bodies. a l l were wearing masks. and two of thcm ident i fied
tllemselves as the i n famous "Gods" Ra and Ishtar. I also bel ieve that Thoth was also aboard tlle ship; he was the one dressed
in dark clothes who coerced Akarat to establish the Holy Order of the Scimitar. 11lis was a secret society tllat committed
murders to gain control of governments in much the same manner tllat the Assassi ns ( H ashshashinJ operated. (l1le Ha<;h
shashi n, which means "ha<;hish users, " was a secret society that was active in Persia nearly one thousand years ago. The
" lone assassi n " ploy-used i n the Kennedy assassinations-appears to be an emulation of this secret society political
control mechanism. In fact , the word "ac;sassin" evolved directly as a result of the mispronunciation of the word
" Hashshashi n" . 1
Ra. Ishtar. and 1110th are so good at deceiving people that even today many people bel ieve that these entities are not
only benevolent. but are highl y-evolved spiritual beings; much of this disinformation is cllamleled. 11le truism "actions
speak louder than words" applies i n this case. and the actions o f the Ra/ l shtarlThoth group reveal that they are very war
l i ke and deceptive. Zecharia Sitchin's research also verifies this.

I am a past l ives researcher. and I am also an ahductee . I ' ve worked with over forty other ahductees. I have
discovered thaI ETs often use the same people over and over again from l i fetime to l i fet i me.
heing ahducted this l i fct i me lIIay also have been contacted hy Pleiadians. i nsectoids .
have now unwvered a great deal of data that
these Extra-Terrestrial Conspi rators

now

or

For example. a pe rson who is

rept il ians in other past lives.

links these filllr main groups of ETs together i n a conspiracy. Oftent i mes.

( ETC's) i nslail l hese "chosen nnes" ( i . e . . alxluclees) in high- level government positions

or as prophets. military leaders. or high priests i n secret societies or " mystery schools. " Therefore . past l i fe research
with ahductees can often reveal sOllie of the hidden history of our plane t .
I recently u ncovered a past l i fe a s a n Egyptian pharaoh . and therefore I had personal contact with R a . I can confirm
from personal experience that he was just another pompous. manipulative ET with a bad atti tude and an ego the size of a
planet.

He t raveled in a flying saucer that we called the " Eye of Ra " in which he sat on a throne. proclaimed hinL<;e1 f

"God " . i nc i ted fear, and detnanoed t o be worsh ipped constantly and completely by all Egypt. It was m y joh t o make sure
the people had Ra in their "hearts and minds" at all times. We cal led his ship "the Eye of Ra" because this is where he
said he would be "watching" us.

He made a hig point ahoul his watching us all the lime. ostensihl y to make sure we

continued worshipping him when he wac;n ' t around nd to obey his commandments. He once took me for a ride in his Eye.
and I wit nessed first hand how he " watched " us because part of the ship hecame t ransparent for clear viewing.

As Pharaoh I was the intermediary between Ra and the people of Egypt; even the high priests were not allowed on his
ship--only I was. I was considered to be the " Light" of Ra and the "Sun" (also " Son " ) of Ra; I was his " messenger. " 11lese
were the meanings of the name " Ramesses" (Ra-may-sees). It was not pronounced " Ram-zees" like most people say today.
This is the source and meaning of the " All-Seeing Eye" glowing and hovering above the pyramid on the back of tbe one
dollar bil l . It literally represents these ETs and their spacecraft. This is the origin of the symbol of light,
enlightenment, and Hluminati , as Ra was also known as the Sun God and the u)rd of Light.

light also became synonymous

with knowledge from ETs, though much of this so-called " knowledge" was actually false data intended to keep Earthlings in
the dark about what was really going on.
Even today many people still conceive God to be a bearded man sitting on a throne. And people today still end their
prayers with " Amen" because Ra was also called Amen-Ra or simply Amen (also spelled Amun or Ammon). Early Christians
were greatly influenced by Egyptian beliefs. After all , the Giza pyramids were less than three hundred miles from
JerusaIem--about the same distance between Los Angeles and San Francisco.
The Ra/Ishtarrrhoth group is also the source of Freemaso nry, a secret society with a benevolent facade that disguises a
much darker side that few initiates are ever allowed to see . Let me reiterate that loost Masons are good people, and most
Masons are not directly part of the conspiracy to control the planet through a totalitarian one-world government. However,
secret society researcber Jordan Maxwell reports that there is a large, round building in Switzerland that is divided into
three equal, pie-shaped sections: 1) the planetary headquarters for the World Bank , 2) the planetary headquarters for the
United Nations, and 3) the planetary headquarters for Freemaso nry.
Just who are these manipulative ETCs that go by such names as Ra, Ishtar, Thotb, Osiris, Isis, Horus, and Ptah, and
where do they hail from? Surprisingly, the evidence points to the conclusion that tbey are Pleiadians!
Sometimes when I state this to people, I am often confronted with odd looks and scoffing, because so many people
perceive Pleiadians to he benevolent. Many people automatically conclude tbat certain ET groups are benevolent if they
don't abduct or pbysically harm people. 111is conclusion, however, is not necessarily true.
To explain why this is so, I must fi rst allude to one type of implant that I mentioned in The Programming of 1I Planet
called the "social implam. " To implant means to establish or instill firmly in tbe mind or consciousness; a social implant
is an implant that affects society as a whole. One of the most common social implams occurs when ETs contact an Earth
h uman--a "chosen one" -and they indoctrinate this "propbet" into some kind of religious dogma and/or propbecy, wbich the
propbet must then communicate to the world. The Earth hu mans then accept tbe "teachings" or "prophecies" witbout question
and on blind faith. This pbenomenon explains why there are so many different religions on this planet that people have
totally accepted as being the only truth or the way . Also, since it appears that the ETCs can peer into the future via time
travel, they can back up their teachings with prophecies, which often do come true.
Ezekiel ' s experience in the Bible is a famous example of a social implant. The Dead Sea Scrolls show that certain
revealing descriptions of the ETs and their spacecraft have been edited out of the current Bible. Ezekiel encountered a man
on a throne, which he assumed or was told was "God . " I have now confirmed through two separate past life accounts that this
was the modus operandi of Ra. Therefore, Yahweh/Jehovah was most likely Ra or one of Rats cohorts. Even today the Grays
reinforce this concept of "God" through hypnotic programming (posthypnotic suggestions) , as I have shown througb a specific
abduction account in The Programming of a Planet.
Unlike a psychological , or hypnotic implant, whicb is installed in the unconscious part of the mind, the social implant
is consciously accepted and agreed to by the individual himself (or herself). Because the social implant is accepted with
the individual ' s free will, it has more power to influence and control the individual ' s thinking and actions than a
psychological implant. Social implants are not based upon reason or extensive, empirical research; they are based entirely
upon the acceptance of the source of tbe information (or disinformation) as an "authority

As I have previously mentioned, social implants contain both information and disinformation, truth and untruth. The
ETCs know that they must include some truth into their messages in order to get the whole "package deal " accepted.
Therefore, they often spend a lot of time covering the subject of unconditional love and other related suhjects to disarm
the suspicions of potential fol lowers. Who could argue that love is not a good thing, the reasoning goes, and since they
come in love, they must be telling the truth. Never underestimate the incredible abilities of the ETCs LV deceive. These
silver-tongued devils are 'TUlsters of deception. One does not have to be particularly gullible to fall into their
traps-They are just very good at what they do.
They can i mplant mental pictures or "visions" in your head, make you bear voices, and they can even make you " feel"
divine love emanating from them. This love will seem genuine, but it is not. Even Grays can do this! I bave learned this
the hard way-from personal experience. It is therefore not surprising that many channels and psychics are abductees or
contactees. I have also had many personal experiences with the so-called "channeled Pleiadians, " and I can personally
attest that they cannot be trusted and are part of the extra-terrestrial conspiracy. I have presented dIe details of my
encounters with channeled Pleiadians in my second book , The Eye of Ra.
Persons who have religious social implants will seldom l isten to any other possibilities. I ' ve been sternly
reprimanded and even called a devil worshipper for mentioning the subject of past lives in certain religious circles.
Ironically, I have often encountered the same sort of mind set in metaphysical , or New Age circles. Some people have formed
2

social implants around extrd-terrestrial groups such as die Plt:iadians or cenain charismaric channt:!ed entities. Some
people have accepted dlese ETs or channeled entities as being an authority tllr truth , so they won ' t even look at the facts
dlat i ndicate odlerwise. Theref()re, I have gotten some very adverse reactions by poiming out that die Pleiadians have been
lying to us.
I should also mention dlat no one should feel bad or guilty or self-conscious for having bought into any of dIe ETC
Illanipulated religions or philosophies. We all have at "some time or anodler. TIley know we' re looki ng for trudl, and they
use dlis to lead us into their traps. TIle ultimate lesson we need to leam is to not rely on them as the source for trudl.
If you engage in past life memory retrieval , you will discover tllat you are a much better source for trudl dlan they
are! Nearly everything we need to know is already eight between our ears . We just need to conquer amnt:sia. It's dlat
simple. However, dle tecbnology needed to dissolve zillions of years of amnesia can get radler complex . The confrontation
of past life psychological implants is necessary, dlough, i n order to achieve spiritual freedom and to retum to our native
state.
Things are not always as dley appear to be. Because dIe ETCs are so clever at disguising the trudl, we llave to conduct
very ruorough and extensive research to penetrate beneadl dle surface illusions or apparencies. One cannot penetrate rue
extra-terrestrial conspirdcy widlout first conducting extensive and thorough past life research. Combine past life research
widl abduction research and secret society research, and you will open up a cosmic can of womlS dlat exposes the ETCs as
the source of most of our problems on dlis planet. TIlis, of course, does not relieve the responsibility of those who have
participated on the human side of the equation. Ultimately, WE are respotlSible for our own condition; this is why we need
to expose the extra-terrestrial conspiracy.
Let's now take a close look at the actions and words of the Pleiadians and see if we can penetrate deeper than the
surface appeardnces. I should first note mat we do not know if these ETs real ly do indeed hail fcom the Pleiades star
group, which contains about 250 stars total . I n ancient times seven of dlese stars were visible to dIe naked eye. Today we
can only see six of these stars. Even if the ETs say they are from me Pleiades, there's no way we can verify if they are
telling die trud) . Anyone who conducts dlOrough research into the extra-terrestrial phenomenon knows that one of dIe major
problenlS is tbat ETs often lie; they cleverly mix disinfornlation with valid information. In spite of tllis uncertainty I ' ll
use dIe term " Pleiadian" for lack of a better label.
One of me most well-known Pleiadian contact cases i nvolved a Swiss Ulan named Eduard " Billy " Meier, who was
contacted early i n his life by ETs and i n the mid-seventies by a Pleiadian woman called Semja'ie [ Sem-yall-zeh) . Semjase told
many blatant lies dlat are easy to verify as such.
For example, dlese Pleiadians spoke in detail about the past lives phenomenon. A Illajor point mat they made was dlat
it is impossible for us to degenerate spiritually from lifetime to lifetime, and that we can only evolve upwards. This,
however, is not true. Anyone who conducts i n-deptll past life research will find that we used to bave abilities dlat would
put us i n dle "God" category. Therefore, oue spiritual abilities and awareness have been sliding downhill for a very long
time. This phenomenon is easily provable. Also, Semjase told Billy dlat most Eartl1 humans must wait 152 years in between
lives before reincarnating again, another lie dlat is easily verified widl a litde research. In reality people often spend
very little time i n between lives, sometimes even going directly from tile funeral to tbe hospital delivery room. For
example, i n my previous two lifetimes I only spent a few minutes between death and birth, which, of course, is not even
anywhere close to 1 52 years.
Anotller easily verified lie that is promoted by dlese Pleiadians is that spiritual beings go into tlle body tllree weeks
after conception. Actually. people often don ' t pick up a body until birth . There are no set rules in tile above situations
as dle Pleiadians would apparently like us to believe. Don' t take my word for it--Do your own past life research. and
you'll find out dle trum for yourself.
Semjase also explained tIlat abductions were okay and tllat dlese Grays--dle "Zeta Reticulians " --were IlaCIDIess and
peaceful. She also stated dlat they were only conducting biological examinations and dlat abductions were harmless to
humans . Anyone who has conducted extem;ive, reliable research widl abductees knows dlat this is a hald-face lie. However,
many researcbers and abductees are deceived by "screeJ\ memories. " whicb I refer to as telepathic implants.
In fact, Semjase llad broken off contact widl Billy for about a month wberein sbe admitted that she was networki ng witll
rue Zeta Reticulians. However, she was very reluctant to divulge much i nformation about tlle Zeta Reticulians, and Billy had
noticed dlat she was obviously withholding information during tIllS conversation. You can find tlllS conversation and omer
similar Pleiadian lies in dle 2nd book of the Meier Contact Notes by Wendelle Stevens.
Wendelle Stevens was one of tIle primary researchers working on the Meier case . He was quite confounded when he
found dlat Semjase debunked (discredited; denied the veracity of] many genuine contact cases such as dle George AdaDlSki
case, which was well-documented widl photograpbs, movie footage and other eyewitness accounts. Ironically, Semjase also
debunked dle Richard M iller contact case i n whicb he channeled "Space Brodlers" including " HatoDD. " Stevens had person
ally attended some of these channel i ngs i n which HatoDD directed people outdoors where all dlose i n attendance saw meir
spacecraft hovering above. This is even more ironic wben you consider dlat Hatonn himself professes to be a Pleiadian!
Hatonn--pucportedly a member of dle Ashtar Command--is channeled by various other sources, such as me Contact
newspaper dlat prints "rddio trdnsrnissions" from Hatonn. I n April J called dle Contact phone number and explained that I
3

was a UFO researcher that had uncovered a past life abduction incident wherein Ra and Ishtar established a new religious
sect and a secret society. I was infomll!d that they would definitely not be interestl!d in examining my articles on the
subject. I asked why not, and the lady on the phone refused to tell me why. I repeated the question and persisted until
she finally confessed that they would not be interested in any submissions from me, because Hatonn says that they are not
allowed to print anything negative about extra-terrestrials!
I found this viewpoint quite astounding since HatolUl speaks repeatedly about the importance of "truth" in the Ccntact
newspaper and even stated: " I know truth , 1 live trudl, I serve truth. " Therefore, dlis could only be censorship, pure and
simple. I then found a quote from Hatonn in the paper that read: "A NEWSPAPER must bear all sides of issues and NEVER
CENSOR or the paper is no better than any other totally controlled information sheet. " I then further read H atonn's article
on Earth religions and discovered that he claims that all Earth religions are entirely tbe invention of Earth humans!
Although he exposes Earth's secret societies, the World Bank conspiracy, and the New World Order, he blames it all on
mankind and his stupidity.
In fact, I have found that Pleiadians have never accepted responsibility for creating Earth religions and secret
societies! In fact, I have never found any confession by any extra-terrestrials wherein they admit they are the creators of
religions and secret societies! FurthemlOre, I have never found any channeled entities of any kirut who've exposed this
extra-terrestrial conspiracy! Now isn ' t tbat interesting?
Of course, I am not dle only stupid Earthling that has discovered this i nsidious extra-terrestrial conspiracy that is
responsible for creating war and chaos on this planet. William Brantley, author of 171e Gods of Eden, also caIlk: to this
conclusion several years before I uncovered Akarat's abduction by the Ra/lshtarlThoth Pleiadian group. Bramley had
conducted research for several years to discover the source of war on Earth and unexpectedly ended up studying about U FOs
and secret societies. Many people are also aware of Bill Cooper's exposure of ETs as the source of secret societies in his
book Behold a Pale Horse. Fortunately, today there is a steadily i ncreasing number of stupid Earthlings who are becoming
aware of ET manipulation via religions and secret societies. Perhaps we are not as stupid as dley'd like us to be!
It is also not surprising that WI! find a lot of Pleiadian symbols that repeatedly appear in secret societies. TIle
" Contact" paper is called "The PHOENIX Project ; " in pa'>t articles I have pointed out how the symbol of the PHOEN IX,
originally associated with the Ra/IshtarlTboth group, has been repeatedly used in secret societies and religions and even hy
the Grays [dle Betty Andreasson abductions) . The "Contact" paper contains typical secret society symbols such as dle
circle, triangle [which also represents thl! pyramid] , lhe Sun, and lhe lightning bolt, which was a symbol for Ra used by the
Nazi SS.
The code word of "Light , " a symbol for "illumination " and the "Illuminati , " is used over and over again by H atonn in
this paper. As I have exposed in the past two articles, "Light" is a deceptive symbol used to disguise the actual dark
intentions of ETs and secret societies. TIlrough past life research I have traced this symbol to Ra. This symbol has been
cleverly maneuvered into the present New Age movement, in part through channeled entities, in part through Masonic
connections.
I might also add that it isn' t just a coincidence dIat the magazine for 33 degree Scottish Rite Masons is called The
New Age, and that Novus Ordo SecLonllll, which appears below the All-Seeing Eye on dle Great Seal , literally means "New
Order of the Ages. " These words also appear on a document of the French Grand Orient Masons who incited the
French Revolution and on another document of dle Bavarian Illuminati.
The symbol of "Light" is also used repeatedly by the Ashtar Corrunand and by Tuella, who channels Ashtar Command
members including HatoDIl. TIleir symbol also consists of a circle and triangle with wings on dle triangle. The sun, a
symbol of Light dIat is repeatedly used by ETs and secret societies, is also repeatedly used as a symbol by the Ashtar
Command. They use such terms as "Solar H ierarchy, " "Solar Cross, " "Central Sun, " and "Great Central Sun Government . "
They also have a spaceship called dle "PHOENIX . " Is dlis all some very amazing coincidence?
TIlese extra-terrestrial conspirators have the audacity to call themselves the "Spiritual Hierarchy . " Not only that,
they claim dley will come and beam up "the Chosen Ones" before a great catastrophe on Earth occurs and dlen later plant
them back on Earth lO begin a " New Age. " This is lhe very same message dlat lhe Grays are telling abductees!
This soalled "Spiritual Hierarchy , " also known as dle "Great White Brotherhood, " is indeed nothing more dtan a from
for the extra-terrestrial conspiracy. Fortunately, more and more people in the New Age community are waking up to this
i ncredibly well-staged deception. Nearly all dle people ill the metaphysical/New Age community dIat I have personally met
are nothing but peaceful , gentle, loving individuals with a sincere desire to improve conditions on dlis planet and the
universe. If there is a "Spiritual H ierarchy"--and there isn' t-then we would rightfully be at the very top, as we are not
plotting and scheming to incite war and chaos on any planet by creating misleading religious dogmas and insidious secret
societies.
The disclosure that the so<alled Pleiadian groups are one of the prime conspirators behind secret societies and
religions on Planet Earth is new information. Most people that 1 have met with interests in U FOs and New Age philosophies
have heretofore assumed that Pleiadians were only here to help us and perhaps even save us. I used to believe this myself,
and I was hoping that tItey might help us kick the Grays off the planet. I have since disabused myself of this idea after
having conducted con<;iderable research on Pleiadian activities. Actions speak louder dlan words.
4

Although the Ra/lshtarlThoUI group has not--to my knowkdge--admilled that uley are Pkiadian, old legends and ancient
documellls and architecture do make this connection. Also. the symhols of tlte PHOENIX and the winged St:rpent have bt:en
repeatedly associated witlt tlteir activities tltroughout history. Also, according to ule Egyptians, Ra's father was PTAH.
Billy Meier met one of ule head Pleiadians on a motltership, purportedly a highly-evolved heing named PTAH. I don't he
lieve that this is merely a coincidence.
Billy 's Pkiadian contact. SemjaSt:, told him Ulat Adolph Hitkr and the Aryan TIlUle Secret Society were influenced by
a group that she called Ule "Gizeb-Intelligence. " because they supposedly livoo underground below the Giza Pyramid in
Egypt. SemjaSt: also said that tlteSt: manipulative ETs, who were associated with Egyptian pyramids, were a "splinter group"
of Pleiadians and that Ashtar had also been a member of that group. [TIle quotes and information above were taken from
Wendelle Stevens 2nd Book of Meier Contact Notes. )
As I mentioned in the last article, the Aryans swept violently into the Indus Valley region about 3500 years ago. They
promoted their white supremacy propaganda and established Hinduism witlt its phony "spiritual hierarchy" caste system in
which everyone is born into a fixed social level. They also established a bogus reincarnation system with its many lies
about the past lives phenomenon.
Is it just a coincidence that the Pleiadian's taught uleir chosen one, Billy Meier, fallacious beliefs about the past
lives phenomenon? And is it just a coincidence that SemjaSt: specifically stated that Billy was to "undermine" all other
religions to create a "new religious drama?" Is it just a coincidence that some channeled entities are also promulgating
tlte fallacious Pleiadian dogma of upward evolvement through consecutive dimensions? Is it just a coincidence that we are
told to go to the "Light " in between lives? Is it just a coincidence that ETs hve created in-between life implants to keep
us reincarnating into inferior "containers" (bodies with short life spans) on Planet Earth. Oh. what a tangled web tltey
weave!
Fortunately, we are at a very unique point in time in history in which we can--if we choose to--break free of this
tangled web. We can now understand not only that we have been manipulated by ETs, but also how we have been manipu
lated.
The purpose of these ET manipulations becomes obvious when one delves deeply into the labyrinth of deception. TIlt:
creation of war and chaos and many dead-end religious dogmas (Le . , social implants) keep Earthlings distracted so much
that they will not discover the past life psychological implants that limit spiritual abilities and freedom. Short life
;pans for our "containers" (genetic manipulation), in-between lives implants. and enforced reincarnation on Eanh are
examples of other tools that they use to keep us in spiritual darkness .
Like a butterfly struggling to break free of its self-imposed cocoon imprisonment, we can now shed these unworkable
structured realities and belief systems that were created by extra-terrestrials. It is time to fly free and bask in our
long-awaited sovereignty. It is time to take the helm and navigate a new destiny--a true "paradigm shift"-free from extra
terrestrial manipulation.
There was a sci-fi television episode back in the fifties, wherein some "benevolent" ETs came to Earth with a message
of love and peace. They presented mankind with a book entitled To Serve Man. One Earthling translated the book and
eventually found out what it was-a COOK BOOK!
I am finding myself increasingly in this very same position; it is not a comfortable one. This is a planet where
social implants seem to reign supreme, and it's not a pleasant task to make bologna out of everyone's sacred cows. Truth
is truth, and we must earnestly seek it before we'll find it. If we' re looking for truth to be banded to us on a golden
platter. then we ' re only going to be fed bologna. But don't take my word for it. I f you don't like the message, please
don ' t shoot the messenger. I really only have one message, though-DO YOUR OWN RESEARCH AND PAY AlTENTION
TO THAT MAN BEHIND THE CURTAIN!

MORE DATA ON THE PLEIADIAN CONS PIRACY

In the third book of Meier 's

Contact Notes by Wendelle Stevens, we find that Semjase is clearly anti-Semitic! In

fact, she called for the dissolution of the state of Israel and the establishment of a one-world government! In the second
book of Contact Notes Semjase said this about Hitler: "In his form, he was an incarnated creature of good worth. "
Semjase said the following about Meier's role in carrying out the plans of the Pleiadians:

"A failure also would

mean, that the already predetermined incarnations would have to fail because of the missing of the
and then would
rise no more correctable confusion among the initiated ones. First. notice that she says "already predetermined
incarnations. " Given the data, which I have presented in the "In-between lives Implants" report and the " Ra and Ptah"
report, this is tacit admission that Semjase' s Pleiadians are part and parcel of the enforced reincarnation entrapment cycle
. . .

on Earth! Secondly, notice the use of the term "initiated ones. " Semjase structured the Meier group so that the inner
circle would possess secret information. The ellipse in the quote above is an example of many omissions in the contact
notes wherein Semjase ordered Billy to keep his mouth shut, and in some cases the deleted data was known only in the
inner circle of Meier's group. One finds these kind of inner

circle secrets in secret societies.

Also, of interest is that two of Billy Meier's contacts had names associated with prominent figures in the Serpent
Staff Pleiadian group, which Semjase calls the "Giza Intelligence"-Ptah and Quetzal. However, there is no data that I
am aware of that definitely indicates that this Ptah and

this Quetzal were the same manipulative figures in Earth's

history. It may just be that Ptah and Quetzal are common Pleiadian names.
However, I have f(JUDd evidence that implicates Semjase's group with the Giza Intelligence (in addition to the one
world government/anti-Semitic viewpoint). Semjase admitted in Billy Meier's second book of
group was networking with the Zeta ReticuIians.

Contact Notes that her

She was suspiciously evasive in responding to Meier's persistent

questioning regarding the Zetas and even Meier seemed to be puzzled by her evasiveness. Furthermore, she labeled the
Zetasmmonly known as "Grays"-as being harmless and that they were only conducting "biological " abductions.
This is a lie-and this lie is also promulgated by channeled ETs and by CIA-sponsored abduction researchers, etc. The
Zetas are one of the key groups involved with the PleiadianlReptiIianllnsectoidlGray conspiracy to oppress mankind.
One of the symbols of the Zetas is the winged serpent. This is also one of the main symbols of the "Giza Intelligence! "

In 1973 a man by the name of Enrique Rincon was abducted by Pleiadians near Bogota, Columbia (Read UFO. . .
Contact from Reticulum Update by Wendelle Stevens, pp. 438-439). Sr. Rincon actually saw Grays and Pleiadians
working together! Furthermore, these Pleiadians admitted that " they were involved in some of the events described in
our holy works. " Sr. Rincon saw the Pleiadian symbol below (left) during one of his abductions, which Mr. Stevens

bas graciously allowed me to use. Compare Sr. Rincon's symbol below with the symbol on the right, an ancient
Missisis ppian Indian (mound builders) symbol.
I found the following sentence in the Women 's Encyclopedia of Myths and Secrets by Barbara Walker under the
beading of "Hermes " on page 396. Hermes was known by the Egyptians as Thoth or Djehuti and by the Aztecs as
Quetzalcoatl . The quetzal is a beautiful, rare bird in Central America and coatI meant serpent, so Quetza1coatl meant
flying serpent. Apparently, Quetzal is a Pleiadian name . The Aztecs celebrated the New Fire ceremony every 52 years
in which they tore out the heart of a sacrifice victim when the Pleiades constellation passed directly overhead. Now look
at the Pleiadian symbol below as you read the following quote about Hermes:

"Gnostics viewed Hermes as a personifi

cation of the World Serpent, ruler of time, who coiled around the terrestrial egg . " There exists in Ohio an ancient
Indian mound called the SerpeDt Mound.

It is about a quarter of a mile long, and you can only tell what it is by

viewing it from the air; the snake appears to be about to engulf an egg.
Another symbol that is associated with the Pleiadians is the Maltese Cross. The mesoamerican Indians used it, the
Egyptians used it, and the Nazis used it. It is a symbol of secret societies. It is also the symbol of St. Germain of the
Great White Brotherhood.

For more information on St. Germain read William Bramley's

God's of Eden.

One of the main functions of the Pleiadians in the extra-terrestrial conspiracy is to create many different religions on

Earth through face to face contacts and via channeling. This promotes disunity and conflict and tends to keep people out
of communication with one another. This also keeps people's attention on the Pleiadian disinformation instead of really
seeking the truth by engaging in extensive past life and in-between lives therapy and research (which exposes their
insidious machinations) . The Pleiadians are just as active today as they were in ancient times.

;/

'\,

"

"

.##'

\\11
'. "

'

THE NAZI CONNECTION

My wife, J
, guided me through nine memory retrieval sessions in the first three months of 1994. We were
searching for the past life incident that was causing the problem with my lungs. We uncovered several abduction inci
dents, both past life and present. However, we did not succeed in alleviating my breathing problem.
We did uncover some intriguing experiences with Grays back in the '30s and '4Os when I was a pilot in the Luftwaffe
(German Air Force). I have previously mentioned two of the abduction incidents that I experienced during this time peri
od. I was not intentionally trying to contact a past life incident or an abduction incident, since our purpose in this session
was merely to discover the source of my asthma. The following incidents came into view, because of that familiar and
traumatic procedure of the Grays shoving a tube into my lungs and sucking the air out.
I wasn't your typical, hard-core Nazi. My high-level position in the Luftwaffe was primarily a result of the fact that
I dearly loved to fly airplanes. Hitler' s atrocities repulsed me. In one non-UFO related incident that I recalled, I was
given a guided tour of Auschwitz, and I was shown a large, bulldozed trench filled with bodies. It was all I could do to
keep from throwing up, but I had to maintain my composure so that no one would detect my revulsion of what I had just
been shown.
My earliest memory of contact with Grays in Germany was in 1938. This was a momentous occasion for the Nazis as
it was the first official meeting with the Grays. When I contacted this incident, there was one thing of which I was cer
tain--the year was 1938. It is quite possible that there were other preliminary meetings and/or communications with the
Grays that had occurred before this occasion, but I am not aware of any other events.
My memory of this event began inside a large airplane hangar at an air field somewhere in Germany. I was standing
near one side of the hangar with people sitting on bleachers to my left. I was facing a stage in the middle of the hangar.
High-level Nazi officials, including Adolph Hitler, sat in rows of chairs on the stage. There was a microphone on a stand
at the front and center of the stage. I walked around in front of the bleachers and walked toward the stage. I stepped up
onto the stage and stood in front of the microphone. After giving a short speech I sat down with my hat in my lap, feel
ing rather important. Hitler then gave one of his rah-rah-for-the-Tbird Reich speeches.
Afterward we adjourned outside through the large sliding hangar doors behind the stage. The bright sunlight outside
made the inside of the hangar seem rather dark in comparison. A very large alien disk was parked approximately one
hundred feet from the hangar. There were rows of chairs facing the entrance to the craft.
I was invited aboard the ship for a tour. I accepted. What I didn't know and what the Grays never bothered to men
tion, was that I was going to receive a painful examination and psychological programming.
The next I remember on my tour was lying on a table with a bright light overhead. I felt pressure against my chest as
something
was holding me down. A Gray took a fingernail sample, and then they shoved a tube down my throat and
if
collapsed my lungs. (I gagged and coughed when I recalled this part of the incident in session.)
Although the examination was relatively short, they also put some kind of device on my head which pressed against
my temples. The device caused many pictures to flash rapidly through my mind . I remembered seeing pictures of war
and an atom bomb going off. It gave me a headache. After the examination I got off the table, put on my clothes, but
toned my coat, and continued on my tour of the ship.
On the day prior to recovering the memory of this Grays/Nazi meeting, I contacted another similar incident, which
occurred in 1939. The following account, taken from J
notes, appears to explain why some airplanes and their
pilots hav vanished without a trace. You will notice that I recovered additional details of the abduction each time I re
turned through it.
March 10, 1994, Memory Retrieval Session:
"Return to the incident that will resolve the bronchial problem. "
(I begin coughing and gagging.) "That' s the problem. I'm in the incident. They're putting something in my
throat. I get the feeling it' s last lifetime. " (At this point in time I was not aware that I had had a very short
lifetime between 1 945 and 1949 . )
"Is this last lifetime? "
" Ub-huh. Direct me to the beginning of the incident.
"Return to the beginning of the incident and run it, please. "
"I'm in an airplane, flying. "
"Are you flying the airplane?"
" Ub-huh. Clouds below me. "
observes I am experiencing some stress. )
"Are you in pain?" (J

"They've got a paralyzer beam. I get taken up into a ship above the plane. Got the feeling it's a pretty big
ship. "
"This is a spaceship? "
. . " Ub-huh. A Grays' ship. I'm kind of stuck in the incident.

Something' s happening now. " (I tense up.) "I'm

trying to figure out what's going on. Feels like a really huge ship. "
"Are your eyes open?"
"Yeah. Oh, god! My back . . . and my chest. . .it hurts! In my upper chest. I'm sitting in a reclining chair.
(Coughing and gagging) There was a probe in my lungs. It's almost like I pass out from it. I'm still sitting in
the chair. It's sore. " (I rub my chest.) "I have a heaviness in my head. . . a dull ache in the back of my head. "
"Are you still moving through the incident? "
"I'm trying to. "
"Continue to move through the incident. "
"Okay. I just feel stuck in the chair. It's not going anywhere. I guess they're not through with me. "
"What' s going on?"
"I don't know. I think they put a needle in my back . . .in the spinal column. Ow! It hurts. It' s easing up
now. "
"

Are you still sitting in the chair in the same position? "

"It ' s real difficult to say. I can't seem to tell what position I'm in. It's lilce this is really occluded. It seems
like I'm sitting in the chair. "
"What's happening now? "
"I'm trying to look and see. Seems like I just pull out of my body. I just go out the back of my head and up.
It feels like I'm watching from outside my body. Ow! I've got a pain right there. " (I point to my forehead
between my eyes.)

"Seems like there's some kind of thing attached to the head of the body. It' s just too much to

be in my body. This thing in my head feels like driving needles inside-needles in my brain. I'm getting two
perceptions-being inside my body and outside it. Felt a kind of pain in my stomach. It feels like I'm moving
.

through the incident; it' s just taking a long time. It' s quite a painful examination. Ow. My stomach hurts. "
"What 's causing that pain? "
.

"The examination. I can't see anybody. I'm in a room with a tall ceiling. It's a large ship. Ow. It was that

ouch again. I don't know what they're doing. I feel like I'm floating. Floated to another room.
room.
"

Feels like a big

Still have that pain. . . right there. " (I touch my stomach. ) "It has a big high ceiling. "

Can you see the ceiling?"

"It's a curved, big ceiling . . . thirty, forty, fifty feet high. There's something on the other side of the room. "
"What is it?"
"Trying to look. I think it's my airplane. "
"Your airplane is on the ship?"
"Yeah. And they're all over it. A bunch of them. "
"Are they wearing anything? Can you see what they're wear-

ing? "

" Huh-uh. There' s a couple of Grays in the middle of the room. It's like a big hangar. A flying hangar. A
big ceiling, a high, wide open space, a big thing. I go back to the airplane. I get in the cockpit. "
"How do you feel?"
"Tired. "
"

Are you flying the plane now?"

"The plane drops down through the floor, on a tractor beam. It's put down from the ship, and I continue flying
on. "
"Is that the end of the incident? "
"Seems like I see the craft afterwards. I see the craft and report it. "
"Do you report it from your plane?"
"Yeah. "
"Is this the end of the incident? "
. "Yeah. "
"Start at the beginning. "
nOh, that's what. I'm beamed up into the ship--the whole plane. I'm sitting in my cockpit in the ship, and a
Gray's looking in at me. I'm so fearful at first. It's like I'm not. . . It's different this time. It's like they let me
be conscious. I've never felt this way before. It's kind of shocking. It's an alien race. There' s lots of short
Grays around. And they escort me from the plane.

Never seen so many Grays before.

Must have been twenty

or thirty of them there. I go with them through a hallway, corridor, kind of rounded ceiling. It's like ramps that

go down from one level to the other. There' s this one room. . . hard to describe. Like consoles and things.
There' s people (Grays) at the consoles. I go down the ramp to this circular deal. Seems like I contact . . . There' s a
taller Gray there. Then I'm in the chair. There' s shorter Grays, too, around me . . . like setting things up, I guess.
I feel like I'm being restrained, strapped into the chair. It' s different from anything I've been in. Hard to even

talk. I feel like I'm molded into this chair. . . snugged up. My implant in my nose just made a weird sensation-
different than I ever felt it. I think this is why I have a hard time getting through this incident, because I ' m
drugged. "
"Continue. "

"Ow. I think that tingling in my nose is because that' s when they put that implant in. " (I cough and gag.)
"Please don't. My head hurts. "
"What' s happening? "
"I don't know . " (I cough and gag some more.) "This is what' s happening. They put something down my throat
into my lungs. Oh, now that's over. It wasn't as bad this time. Now is where I get two perceptions of my body-
like I can take any viewpoint I want. " (This is the point in the incident where I leave my body.)
"What do you see? "
"It's like I expand until I feel the ship. Then I'm outside the ship, viewing it. It's round . . . like a flying saucer.
I've never seen that shape before. It's big . . . a big saucer. But it' s higher in the middle with a different curve.
It' s metallic. It's like a squashed bell. My leg wants to shake. I don ' t know why. This is weird. What was
that?"
"What was that?"
"I don't know. All of a sudden my legs were shaking. They're kind of tingling now . " (My body tenses up and
twitches. )
"What was tha:t?"
"Boy, you got me. They're doing stuff to my body. Just different things. I'm picking up more than I did the
first time. "
"What' s happening now? "
"Oh. I think they' re going to take a sperm sample now. "
"Are they? "
" Ub-huh. "
Can you describe what' s happening?"

"

"It's like it' s going in real time. I can' t speed it up. My balls . . . they 're hurting . . . like somebody' s squeezing
them. Ow. It' s uncomfortable. Leading up to this I had a pleasant thought. I was thinking of Eva. (The Grays
often telepathically control the male abductee to think of some experience or person in his life that will cause sexual
arousal in order to collect sperm.) I'm pretty sure that was the date-1939. I've got some head pains, too. "
"What are they like? "
"Pressure here. " (I point to the left side of my head. My leg begins quivering again.) "God, my balls are sore.
I don't think I'm a girl this lifetime! " (I laugh at my joke.) "Now I feel no pain going on now. It seems like they
do stuff. I'm allowed to relax. "

"Is this one of those times you're allowed to relax?"

"Ub-huh. "
"

Can you hear anything or smell anything? "

"No. Just body sensations is all I'm getting. I'm sure it's because I'm drugged. Something's putting my head
down on my chest. . .like this. " (I put my chin on my chest as I re-experience this part of the examination.)

"It's

damned uncomfortable. Ouch. Sharp pain right there. " (I point to a spot above my right eye.) "There 's a pain in
here. " (I point to my forehead between my eyes. ) Feels like a band going around my head. " (I moan.) "I can't
speed this up. I try to go through it faster, but it' s like real time, and it' s so slow because I'm drugged. I had
kind of a feeling of contentment, then a pain in my nose. " (Long pause) "Then they float me out to my airplane. "
"

Are you still unconscious when they put you on your airplane? "

"I'm relaxed. "

"Are you awake?"
"Kind of rummy. "
"Are you awake on your airplane? "
"Yeah. Real tired. Then I feel kind of a pain sensation on my forehead, and it brings me out of it. "
"

Are you sitting in the cockpit of your plane now?"

"I'm flying it . . .trying to find the ship. It' s in the clouds, but I have to head back.
I'm kind of scared to report it. "
3

I'm kind of in a quandry.

"Do you remember it? "

. "I'm trying to determine that. I saw the ship, but I don't think that I'm supposed to remember what occured
r on
the ship. "
"Start at the beginning of the incident. "
"I'm flying my airplane. Stress on my body. My hands are on the steering wheel--or whatever you call that
thing. I'm unconscious. Then I'm in this big ship in this hangar-type room. There's a bunch of Grays around my
airplane. I'm looking out the left side of my cockpit. They tell me to turn it off-not words-intentions. Turn it
off; come on out. I'm thinking what's going on, and my thinking's in German. Then they take me to the inside
towards the inner part of the ship. There' s a big wall and a ramp going up and a doorway opening. We go
through the corridor.

It's kind of rounded and down another ramp into another room. There's screens and con

soles and stuff. They let me look all around.

It's like I have freedom to walk and look at stuff, and I'm taking it

all in. I'm just going along with them. "

"Do they communicate anything else to you?"
"I'm checking that out now. I just get the feeling . . .I'm not really afraid of them. I accept the fact that they look
different.

Big, black, wrap-around-the-side-of-the-head eyes. We walk through this corridor.

There's a window.

You look out and see the clouds. The corridor winds around. Somehow they get me into a chair. " (My body
tenses, muscle spasms) "There were some jolts through my body . . . made my body jump. "
twitch.) "I'm still sitting in the chair. . .just really relaxed. " (I cough and gag.)
down my throat. It's a tube

"This

(I yawn and my

legs

is where they put something

It's a tube because I'm breathing through my mouth. It's just in there down to my

lungs. It's gagging me. It's no wonder I gag easily, as many times as I've had this done to me the last two life
times. "
"What are they doing to you? "
"I have that tube in my lungs while they do other nasty things to me. "
"What were they just doing to you? "

til think they were putting a needle in my back in my spinal column. They tilted my body. I don't know if it
was a needle or a shock to my spinal column. " (This was done to me in another abduction that occurred in this
lifetime.) "I think they 're putting a liquid or something down the tube into my lungs. They take it out. Feels like
there's a liquid in my lungs. Feels like they take off my pants. I'm moving through the incident . . .It's much light
er this time.

So much was dishcarged last time.

So I think I make a deposit to the sperm bank. This was 1939.

I'm still a pilot. I ' m laying on the table thinking about Eva. I'm really in love with her. I knew her before the
war . . . Anyway I ' m still in this chair, and I'm in this part where I'm almost happy . . . content. I'm floated out to my
airplane . . . still just really relaxed. I'm tired. "
"What' s happening now?"
"I'm flying my airplane. The UFO disappears into the clouds. It kind of flashes as it disappears. "
"Is it okay to leave this incident now?"
"There's something in the chair I didn' t cover. "
"Find the incident in the chair and run that. "
"It's hard to say what's going on. "
"How do you feel?"
"Not good. They put a needle in here, too, or something. " (I point to my chest.)
"Do you have any pains?"
"Right here. " (I touch my chest.) Pain in my heart. I think they inserted something into my heart. I feel some
thing around my head.

It's a device going around my head. They're doing something to my brain, my mind.

Makes my head feel warm, but it's doing something to my mind. Almost like it has flashing light pulses. Maybe
this is what was causing my head pains. Feels warm around my temples. These sensations going on around my
brain . . . pulsing light. My stomach's kind of upset. I think there might be another earlier incident similar to this
one. We can check it out in our next session. They float me out to my airplane . . . and put me in the airplane.
They beamed me down through the floor, I think. I kind of feel content and fly back to base. "
After this session, J

informed me that a scar had appeared on the left side of my face on my cheek during the

session. It was about two inches long, diagonal, and slightly curved.
On February 28, 1994, I uncovered another German abduction incident in the process of trying to solve my bronchial
problem. My impression is that it occurred in 1945 before the war had ended. I was standing on a hill above some kind
of German installation with woods behind me. Two Sasquatch walked out of the woods behind me and stood on each side
of me. They were tail, hairy, and had an odor. They escorted me down off the hill and into the middle of the flat area
below. We waited there briefly.

A huge, triangular spacecraft moved towards the spot where we were standing. It passed over the hill where I was
previously standing and then passed directly overhead, casting an ominous shadow over the area. The ship stopped, and
all three of us were simultaneously floated up inside the tractor beam. It was a bit frightening because I could see the
ground below as we ascended higher and higher into the ship. The room inside the ship was large with a high ceiling and
no windows. The ship, which reminded me more of a jreighter than a passenger ship, vibrated as they transported me to
another location.
The next thing I remember I was in the examination chair. They had drugged me, but I don't know whether they
drugged me in the triangular ship or in the examination chair. A tall alien on my right side was doing various painful
things to me. It reminded me of a giant praying mantis leaning over me with long arms and long fingers. This mantis
like being tells me (telepathically), "Sei ruhig. " (It means "be calm" or "be still" in German.) When I was done, this
being said, "Aufstehen." (Stand up.) This was very intriguing to me since I now had memories of aliens talking to me
telepathically in two different languages.
During this examination they implanted me with a brain implant, which was inserted through my forehead right above
the bridge of my nose. This was the same implanting procedure that I experienced this lifetime. Also, a long needle was
inserted into my heart and shocks were delivered to my body. I got the impression they were checking out the connection
between the cardiovascular and neurological systems of my body. I also felt a sharp pain in my back and pressure on my
head and temples, like a band around my head. It was interesting in recal1ing and rexperiencing this incident, because I
felt myself in a larger male body with hairy arms and a bigger, hairy chest than I have this lifetime. I heard a very
strange language being spoken during this examination, but I don't know if it was telepathic or verbal.
After the examination and implantation I was escorted by the two Sasquatch bodyguards through a large, round tun
nel. When we walked out of the tunnel, I found myself in a hot, dry desert area. There were other Germans in military
uniforms walking around. There were also some kind of strange aircraft, which didn't seem to fit into this time in histo
ry. They had sharp noses and looked more like modem Stealth aircraft.
While recalling this incident, I had a very enigmatic knowingness that I was on Mars. I don't know why I thought
this was Mars, as it makes no logical sense to me. This was obviously not Germany as there are no deserts in Germany.
Abductee Whitley Strieber remembered being abducted and taken to a desert area, too, but there may no connection what
soever between our separate experiences. Wherever this was or whatever the case may be, the most significant aspect of
this incident was that I saw Earth humans and Grays working together at an underground base.
UFO researcher Timothy Good dug up some interesting statements by two pioneer German rocket scientists, Dr.
Wernher von Braun and Dr. Hermann Oberth. In 1959 von Braun was reported to have said, "We find ourselves faced
by powers, which are far stronger than we had hitherto assumed, and whose base of operations is at present unknown to
us. More I cannot say at present. We are now engaged in entering into closer contact with those powers, and in six or
nine months' time it may be possible to speak with more precision on the matter." He made this statement in reference to
a U.S. satellite being deflected out of its orbit.
Dr. Oberth is reported to have said, "We cannot take the credit for our record advancement in certain scientific fields
alone; we have been helped. " He was asked by whom we were helped and he replied, "The people of other worlds." In
his book Alien Contact, Timothy Good said that he had spoken with Hermann Oberth in 1972 and that Oberth "did not
reject the possibility that aliens might have established bases here on Earth. "
REPTILIAN PROGRAMMING

On November 27th and 29th of 1995 I uncovered a past life abduction by Reptilians. This incident was very reveal
ing in that I finally learned why ETs take abductees and contactees into white light rooms. I call them white light rooms
because these rooms are filled with a dense, foggy white light. This white light is so thick that is difficult to see anyone
unless they are very close to you.
This incident also demonstrates the benefit of past life therapy. For about a year prior to discovering this incident I
had been plagued with chronic fatigue. I had to sleep about t"\\'elve hours a day and often had very little energy to get up
and walk around or function as a normal adult. I experienced a weird sensation in my head like a band of electromagnetic
energy tightening down on my brain. This often made it difficult to make mental computations quickly or think creative
ly .
My doctor wanted to me to take mind altering psychiatric drugs to "cure" my problem; he claimed I was suffering
from mental depression. However, I refused to take any drugs, because I know that drugs are not the answer.
Eventually, I handled the problem with past life therapy with the help of my wife, J
who guided me through the
incidents.
In 1942 I was a colonel in the Luftwaffe. One day I was flying my airplane--a Messerschmitz--very low over some
barren, rolling hills in Turkey. Up ahead in the distance I saw a range of mountains. I began my ascent and banked off
5

to the left, still climbing higher in the sky. At this point a tractor beam from some kind of alien craft began pulling me
upward and inside the craft.
hangar.

The floor of the

I then found myself sitting in my airplane inside a very large room as big as an airplane

hangar became solid, and two reptilians approached my plane, climbed up on the wing by the

cockpit and said, "Aufstehen, " which means "get up" or "stand up. "

They were communicating to me telepathically in

German.
After shutting down the engine, they pulled me out of the cockpit and hauled me out of the hangar through a large
open doorway and into the adjoining room. This room was also quite large and had a very high ceiling. There were no
aesthetics to be found here; the interior of the craft consisted mostly of cold, black metal and machinery. The ship didn' t
" feel" o r look like a typical Grays ship, with which I a m very familiar. Also, the Reptilians handled me i n a much
rougher fashion than Grays, hauling me around by my arms like a hunk: of meat.
They strapped me into a large metal chair.

There were separate extensions attached to the chair for each leg.

The

back of the chair was tilted back slightly. About ten feet in front of the chair was a machine that looked somewhat like a
television studio camera. This device had a cylindrical extension, which was about ten inches in diameter and just a few
inches in length with some kind of a lens inside.
Suddenly, I saw a bright flash of light in the lens and a powerful energy pulse slammed me in the head.

A terrible

feeling like an electric shock surged through my body, cauSing my body to jerk. Before I could recover from the shock a
reptilian commanded, "Achtung! " (pay Attention!), and the device blasts me again.

They repeated this procedure over

and over again. It was an electronic torture machine; it was being used to break my willpower.
tremely agitated; I wanted to break free of my restraints and ring their necks.

At first it made me ex

However, the relentless slamming of the

shock waves finally took their toll, and my chin fell down upon chest; I was lethargic and ready for programming.
They grabbed the upper part of my arms, jerked me out of the chair and dragged me off to another room that was
filled with the foggy,

white light. They cuffed my wrists

and suspended my listless body by my arms, my limp feet

touching the floor. There was a sharp pain in my upper left arm and shoulder from being jerked around and hung by it.
They now began the programming .
I couldn' t tell from which direction the communication was coming, but it was telepathic and in the German language.
They told me that I belong to them, I am one of them, I will do their bidding, and I will carry out what they say. They
said I am a "chosen one, " and they will take care of me by making sure I have a high place in government. I then hear
the word "krieg" (war)--They say I will make war for them and that war is good; it's good to kill, because it gives one
power and strength (they said "macht, " which means "power").
They hauled me out of that room, into and straight across the previous room, through a corridor, and into a different

white light room. They laid me on a horizontal metal slab and spun me round and round. This, of course, not only made
me dizzy and my stomach queasy, but it also disoriented me, so as to reinforce the amnesia of the psychological implant
ing session.
They drug me back out to my plane and revived me.

I started the plane, and they dropped me and plane out the

bottom of their craft. I flew on my merry way without any memory of having been abducted.
During this incident I had the unfortunate displeasure of experiencing how aggressive and warlike the Reptilians are.
These guys have a real mean streak in them!

The purpose of the programming was to make their viewpoint my view

point.
Although they avoided confronting me face-to-face during this abduction, I did notice that they had a snake-like or
I didn't notice any of them wearing any clothing. Their eyes were snake-like, yellow with vertical,

lizard-like skin.

black slits in the middle. I also noticed that they had stubs where a tail would be.
lt took two sessions to handle this incident.

I had to recount it seven times before I got all of it and erased all the

painful emotion, physical pain, and the programming .

So far I have recovered about fifty past life and extra-terrestrial contact incidents.
other ETs also use the

I discovered that the Grays and

white light rooms to program abductees and install amnesia. They also use the spinning tables in

white light rooms to disorient abductees before returning them, in order to reinforce the amnesia.

IN-BETWEEN UVES IMPLANTS &: OUT OF BODY ABDUCTIONS

February I , 1996

(Read the "Ra and Ptah" report before reading this report.)

IMPLANT: 1. To instill or inculcate firmly in the mind;

2. To insert or imbed in the body
From December 3, 1995, to January 7, 1996, I recovered the memories of several in-between lives incidents. In so
doing, I learned how I became trapped in the reincarnation cycle of Earth Consequently, I discovered one of the most
guarded secrets about extra-terrestrial manipulation.
I didn't become trapped into the embodiment cycle on Earth until 12,389 years ago. Before this time I was a free
being. By "free being" I mean that I was a spiritual being who was not yet trapped into a compulsive, involuntary
reincarnation cycle. I was free to be in a body or not be in body by my own choice. I could be in a body without
being " stuck" in a body. I spent most of my time just being a free being without being in a body at all. There were
times , however, when I was temporarily placed in a body at implant stations. In these cases I would eventually get free
of the body and continue on my merry way as a free being. As you will see , the difference here on Earth is that there is
a SYSTEM to create amnesia and keep a being trapped in a seemingly endless, revolving door CYCLE of
re-embodiments.
Free beings are invisible to the naked eye. However, they can create and project a visible form or energy, which
can be seen by the naked eye. This sometimes occurs in the " ghost" phenomenon. It is not difficult to locate the
position of a "ghost" (Le. a being without a body) in a room, and one can even communicate with it. I have personally
experienced this phenomenon. Cats--as you may already have observed-are very good at spotting beings.
Before I became trapped on Earth I had been hanging around this area for thousands of years, having interactions
with beings in bodies, both terrestrial and extra-terrestrial . For example, one day I was hanging around Atlantis when I
spotted a young man and woman lying in the grass overlooking the ocean. I threw them together, causing them to
engage in sexual intercourse. I went into both bodies simultaneously, experiencing the pleasures of sex as a third party,
even though I had no body of my own.
Of course, this was the wrong thing for me to do, but I also mention it here to illustrate that free beings are not
always the most ethical beings. Activities like this tend to give free beings a bad name . Sometimes free beings will
touch a body and kill it. Therefore, free beings incite beings in bodies to invent electronic methods to trap free beings,
so that they are not so much of a nuisance. Consequently, there has been a long-term battle between free beings and
beings in bodies. I should also note that originally we were all free beings before we became trapped in the physical
universe. Therefore, life has been sliding down a slippery slope over a very, very long time period.
When one engages in extensive past life therapy, one will uncover many different types of implant stations. These
are spirit traps that are designed to trick a free being and then force the being into a body. The common denominator of
these experiences is electronics. There are many different types of high-tech electronic methods to accomplish this; it
appears that electromagnetics plays a key role in this process . What I find amazing is that beings without bodies can be
effectively controlled with electronics. As incredible as this sounds, this phenomenon is indeed common, and anyone
can contact many such experiences in the past.
In fact, we all have experienced both sides of the equation. That is, we have all been victims of these implanting
techniques, and we have also been the victimizers. In spite of some people's "holier than thou" attitude, we have all had
a checkered past.
For example, on December 3, 1995 I uncovered an incident that started out with me as a free being in space. I
became interested in a very large, disk-shaped craft, so I entered it. I was then pushed by an electronic force field into a
.

small confinement area near the edge of the inside of the craft. I was then "sucked" into a body via some type of
electronic tractor beam. Then I was anchored in the body through a series of electronic wave pulses that felt like very
intense electric shocks. It overwhelmed me and then just beat me into the head of this body.
1

Two tall beings with skinny arms, legs, and necks and enlarged craniums approached the implanting device. One of
the beings said (telepathically): "You're one of us now. " These two beings then escorted me and my new body to a
control tower in the center of this craft. The craft was open on the inside with no dividing walls and was the size of a
football stadium (except that it was circular). The two beings then instructed me how to operate the instruments in the
control room to entrap other beings into bodies. I then became an implanter right after having become an implantee.
In another incident I was traveling around the universe with a friend who was also a free being. This was really
fun, because it was like being on vacation all the time and seeing new and interesting things. And the nice thing about
being cosmic tourists was that we didn't have to have money, food, lodging, etc . , and we didn't have to be home at any
certain time.
We came upon an implant station on a planet, which captured my interest. A naked man sat in a cWUr between four
posts. Several naked women were sexually stimulating the male body. My good friend, sensing the imminent danger,
cautioned me not to approach this place. Unfortunately, I disregarded his warning and entered the male body to
experience the sexual encounter. At this point someone turned the juice on (electronics) and anchored me into the male
body. As I later discovered in my past life research, sex has long been used as a method to entice free beings into
bodies.
In a more recent incident as a free being in the Earth area, I was working for an ET group-I believe their name was
something like the "Theolosians" or "Thelosians. " I was working out of a large disk-shaped craft above Earth It was
my job to go out and bring in beings to be implanted in bodies.
In this incident I found a disk-shaped Grays ship, and the occupants of the craft had just abducted a human being off
of Earth The human was lying on the examination table, and tall Grays stood on both sides of the table working on the
abductee. I entered the craft and observed their activities.
Surprisingly, I found that their equipment and abduction procedures were exacdy the same then as they are now.
Since this incident took place about 15,290 years ago, this indicates to me that they have the ability to time travel. I do
not believe that their methods, technology, and activities would remain unchanged over a 15,000 year time span.
As the Grays busily occupied themselves with this abductee, I circled around to the back of the head of the tall Gray
that was standing next to the table (on the abductee's left side). I entered the Grays head and then latched onto the being
and pulled the being out of its head. I then took this being over to the Thelosian ship where a body was waiting to be
implanted with a being.
This humanoid body was short and stocky and was strapped into a chair. I placed the being inside the head of this
body and then backed away from the chair. I was able to hold the being in the body even though I was more than thirty
feet away from it. Someone turned the juice on the electronic chair and anchored this being into the body.
As I re-experienced this incident I felt remorse for having trapped this Gray in another body against its will. As
much as I despise Grays, this is not something that I am willing to experience myself.
This incident also demonstrated that at this point in my existence, I had more abilities without a body than with one.
When I pulled this being out of its Gray body, it demonstrated that I was more powerful as a being than it was. When I
held onto that being as he was being electronized into its new body, it was like I had a very long, invisible arm. Of
course, I have since lost these abilities. However, I do believe that we have the potential for recovering our inherent
abilities as powerful spiritual beings.
This incident may also indicate why I am an abductee, a "Chosen One
Initially, I was a problem for the Grays.
Therefore, they may have targeted me for entrapment and disempowerment to keep me from intedering with their
activities here on Earth So now the Grays are a problem for me.
.

. "

December 6, 1995 Memory Recovery Session:

12,389 years ago I was out in space-as a free being-and looking down at Earth I didn't notice that a very large,
black, spherical implant station was approaching me, because my attention was focused on the planet. An invisible,
electronic tractor beam locked onto me and began pulling me into a circular, concave structure on the implant station.
The extreme power of this tractor overwhelmed me and made me feel awful. In spite of my abilities as a free
being, I couldn't fight free . I was pulled into the entrance, which was a tunnel in the center of the concave surface . I
was then accelerated down this long, curved tunnel toward the LIGHT at the end of the tunnel . (My colloquialism for
this type of implant station is a "soul sucker. ")
After being totally overwhelmed by this energy beam and pulled through this tunnel, I began to feel very lethargic.
I then found myself in an implanting room, being compressed into a female body by a powerful, WHITE LIGHT energy
beam that beat me into a body. This energy beam was so irritating that I felt like screaming. I began to try to fight
back with the y. That's when they knew that the implantation was finished--because I was using MY BODY to fight
back.
Two tall insectoid beings that looked like praying mantises then escorted me to another part of the implant station. I
was now in a very large, WHITE UGHT room. I milled around aimlessly amongst other human bodies in this dense,
.

fog-like LIGHT. Through telepathic hypnosis I hear a very soothing, hypnotic voice whispering in my head: "Sleep.
Don't worry. We'll take care of you. Don't remember. You have no past. You will not need to remember your past.
Be here now. No more thoughts of the past. Forget the past. Move forward into a new life. You will begin a new
life in the LIGHT. "
After I was thoroughly inculcated in this WHITE LIGHT amnesia room, two insectoids approached me and told me
that I was ready to begin my new life. They escorted me into another large, open area of the implant station, which was
a hangar containing many flying disks. They walked me across the hangar and up the ramp of one of the flying saucers.
I got a big surprise in this session when I saw what the inside of this ship looked like-It was a carbon copy of Ra' s
ship, the eye of Ra! The only difference was that this ship didn't have a throne in it.
The insectoids then flew me down to Atlantis in this craft. When we landed, I walked down the ramp and into the
WHITE LIGHT amnesia fog outside the craft. Apparently, ETs can create this "fog" outdoors as well as indoors. One
of the praying mantis guys told me that I won't remember anything and that I'll start my new life now. Then they took
off and left me alone in the hills overlooking the ocean.
I began walking inland . Eventually , some Atlanteans found me and decided that I'd make a good sacrifice. I ended
up in a temple lying on a stone sarcophagus. They cut my chest open with a large knife, drank my blood, and ate my
heart. This was the same Brothers of the Snake initiation that I experienced in Egypt over 9,000 years later!
I then left my body and reported in at the same implant station. I then bounced back to Atlantis and entered the
womb of a mother who was giving birth to a baby girl. This time they did not implant me into a body on the implant
station. Instead, they simply programmed me to go back to Atlantis and enter a baby's body during birth.
I spent the rest of my life in this house. The house in which I was born had a beautiful view above the cliffs
overlooking the ocean. I grew up in this house and continued living there even after my parents died. I died in this
house and then reported in again to the same implant station.
On December 5, 1995 I uncovered another in-between lives incident that demonstrated a slightly different type of
implantation technique. I have included the entire transcript of this session here. My wife
guided me through
this incident four times . You will notice that new details surface each time I run through the incident. Researchers who
are familiar with hypnotic techniques may notice some of the differences between the techniques that we use and
standard hypnotic procedures.
December 5, 1995 Memory Recovery Session:
"Recall the last session. "
"That was when I was put in a body. " (This was the December 3rd session described above.)
"Scan the last incident. "
"I was trained to trap beings in bodies, but I didn't recall any specific incident of putting beings in bodies.
It's amazing how they can compress beings into a very small head. "
"Did we get everything from that incident? "
"Yes. "
"Return to an earlier, similar incident. "
"There's something there-a queasiness in my stomach and that leg jerk in my right leg. This involves an alien,
a bug-like one, a praying mantis-like alien. I have the impression of a voice, possibly programming. Something
flashed in my head. I'm just going on impressions. I saw that foggy LIGHT. I hear a voice say 'Go to the
LIGHT, ' and I go to the LIGHT. It feels like I'm in a big room. For some reason I popped back to my school
at the gymnasium there; I don't know Why. " (In retrospect, I believe this occurred because
days in
the WHITE LIGHT room in this incident reminded me of a big gymnasium.) "This sounds so absurd, but I'll go
ahead and tell you. I have the impression of being put in a body and into a capsule and being sent down to a
planet in this capsule. There's that terrible feeling in my body like something terrible's happening to me. This
praying mantis-like being over me. It's right before I'm put into this capsule. It seems like this thing lands in
the water by a beach, a tropical area I think I'm totally naked. "
"Start at the beginning of this incident and see if you can pick up more details. "
"I'm not going to the beginning-about the middle of the incident. The phrase "Go to the LIGHT. " It's an
implant station. I see a big round sphere, like a space station maybe. "
"What happens next? "
"The insect guy. I think right before that, I'm in an area that feels like a round room, and there's this intense,
WlflTE, blinding LIGHT coming from the walls. " (The room that I was in was a sphere with a diameter of
about twelve feet. The walls of the inside of this sphere were radiating this bright, WHITE LIGHT force field.)
"There's a struggle to counteract the force of the LIGHT that's 360 degrees (around me), that's forcing me into
this body. I feel it in my body-not just my head-in my torso. They're not just compressing me into a head. Oh
man, don't go to the LIGHT. This sphere opens on one end, making a vesica pisces. It's interesting how that
.

ties in. M
[The vesica piscis shape is formed by the intersection of two circles. It looks like a typical flying disk stand
ing on its edge or the vertical slits in the eyes of cats and snakes. It is the same shape as the Christian fish
symbol for Jesus, only without the 'fins. It was also an ancient fertility symbol representing the vulva.]
MI walk out (through the vesica pisces opening in the sphere). I'm in my body. I'm naked. I'm in a big--high
ceiling-big area It seems rather circular all throughout implant station. I feel like I'm beamed up into another
room high above it. It's the room where they lay you down on a table. It's a control room. It's not a box-type
room. It's weird. These beings, I don't believe, are Grays. They have long, thin legs like an insect. They
communicate telepathically. I lie on the table. They do something to me here, like high voltage or something. I
think this process is they're anchoring me into my head. M
"What kind of a body do you have?M
"It's male. It's hairy, with a caucasian skin. The thing that pops into my mind: that these beings are
'ancients. ' I saw that in a TV show, but it's like a knowingness that they're ancients. Down by my feet is a
cocoon-shaped capsule. The conveyor slides me into it, and the top is put on. I'm shut in this capsule and shot
onto this planet. I think it's Earth . "
"When is this?"
"I don't know. It (the capsule) lands in the sea by an island on the shore of a sandy beach. I'm not sure of the
time at all. "
"Return to the beginning of the incident. "
"Okay. I'm going into a big, huge sphere, space station. I'm going through a tunnel of LIGHT. At the end of
the tunJiel is this room-and a body--with intense LIGIIT & power that just presses and pushes on me, forces me
into this body. I can feel the body now, as it (the force field) pushes me in. It's caucasian, naked, male. "
[At this point I compare my present body and genitalia with the body that I'm being forced into in this incident.]
"Then this vesica piscis thing opens up. I walk out a ways. It's starting to make sense: It's programming you to
be an infant and go out the birth canal. "
[I had just realized that they designed this elaborate entrapment scheme to parallel the natural birth process where
one is pushed out through a tunnel (birth canal) towards the LIGHT at the end of the tunnel and through the
vesica piscis opening (vulva).]
"There' s a huge, vast area of the ship, huge, high ceiling, the wall goes up. " (The implanting sphere was located
in t4is very large room.) "A beam comes down from the ceiling, well over a hundred yards up. I'm floated up
the beam into this room. They guide me along (telepathically): 'Walk this way. please. Lie on the table,
please. ' They're polite. I lie on this metal table. There's power surges here again. It concentrates me into the
head of the body. They have praying mantis looks. Long necks. When I try to look at its face , my head hurts.
I feel really sad. M
"Why do you feel sad?"
"Because they put me in a body. They tricked me. They put me in a capsule and shoot it out of the. . ub, shoot
it out to a planet. It lands in an ocean by a beach. It opens up, and I go out. It's tropical and warm. "
"Give me a flash answer--Wben is this?"
"Something like five thousand years ago. It's the first thing that comes to mind . Warm weather. A lot of
food. That's where I live. Fifteen thousand or five thousand--I'm not sure I wonder if I was a free being. "
(Sometimes two or more dates can appear simultaneously if there are other similar incidents that have been
triggered. )
"Give me a flash answer-What planet is this?"
" Earth . "
"Return to the beginning of the incident. "
" I think the beginning is when I died. It's a battIe with swords. I think a sword goes right through me, in my
abdomen. I hear this ('Go to the LIGHT')-I'm out of my body--I don't know if somebody communicates this to
me or what, but I'm going to the LIGHT, a tunnel of LIGHT, very fast. This LIGHT goes to this implant station
that's just huge. Reminds me of a small planet or moon. It's just really huge. At the end of the tunnel of
LIGHT in this room with glowing WIllTE LIGHT, there's a body in the middle of the room. The LIGHT just
pushes me into the body. There's some pressure in my head. The sphere opens up making a doorway that I walk
out of (the vesica piscis-shaped opening). I walk out into the middle of the room. I walk and I float up to this
room where these 'ancients' are, the praying mantis guys. I'm a white male. I go over to the capsule. It opens
up. One side of the room kind of zigzags and goes up-a control panel-a 'star Trek' type of thing. In the
capsule they give me an electric shock. It further anchors me in my body and specifically the head. The mantis
guy gives me a telepathic command to be in my head. They do some other stuff to drive me into my head
intense 'machine-gun, ' like a pneumatic hammer. Drives you into your head. When he finishes with that, the
capsule comes together. It's not smooth (on the outside), it's molded, it's got indented sections. They shoot this
.

capsule down to this planet--Earth. It lands in the ocean. I get out on the beach. It seems like they retrieve these
capsules after they land. It seem like the battle I was in was in the Middle East. I think it was five thousand and
some years ago. "
"Do you think you got everything out of this inciderit?"

"5,349 years ago. Don't go to the LIGHT. I was right about that. That makes sense--the Serpent Staff group.
The New Age LIGHT. It's part of the trap. "
"Is it okay to leave this incident?"
"Yes. "

On December 9, 1995 , J

gave me a session in which I covered several similar incidents of going in and out of

bodies on this planet. I came to this solar system as a free being 55,539 years ago. I entered a spacecraft that was
headed for Earth. I entered the body of the mission leader, a powerful and self-determined woman. She had a gorgeous
body with the build of an athlete. I was not programmed to enter her body--I entered of my own free will. I then
covered another free will incident 25,329 years ago where I again entered a woman's body on Earth.
The following incidents occurred after I became stuck in the programmed re-embodiment cycle on Earth. I
uncovered more significant data regarding extra-terrestrial manipulation, so I have included most of the transcript of this
session.
December 9, 1995 Memory Recovery Session:
"Recall a similar incident. "
"I have this pain that started yesterday on the right side of my spine. I'm in a body. A spear or something is
rammed into me from the back. Male body. I have a beard. This is Earth. It feels like my hands are tied with
rope up on a scaffolding. I'm being punished. Then I go out of the body up to an implant station. It's the same
type of 'into the LIGHT' where you mill around (WHITE LIGHT room). Then I'm sent down to Babylon into a
baby's body. I went into the (man's) body while it was being tortured--or maybe 1 was being 'put' in. "
(I couldn't contact any of this man's memories, so I knew I had not lived his life.) "There's this scaffolding with
ropes that tie onto the legs and arms . I'm viewing this from the back of the guy, then 1 go into the body.
Something to do with an implant station, the same type of implant station. Apparendy, I'm just sent down to this
body while it's being tortured or punished. There was a spear being shoved through the back near the right
shoulder blade. Then I go up to the implant station--back and forth. "
"Give me a flash answer-When was this?"
"5,619 years ago. Then I went up to the station to be born into a male baby born in Babylon. I get a feeling it
wasn't too bad of a life there. "

"Recall a similar incident. "

"Something about the American continent, the other side of the planet (from Babylon). I'm going into an
Indian in what's now Florida. 1 had a cognition this is what walk-ins are-they're 'put-ins. ' They're given
instructions to take over a body. " (This realization had more to do with the previous incident than this one.) "I
have a boat. There's alligators. 1 started out that life at birth in a hut made out of moss and mud. "
"When was this?"
"The first number that comes to mind is 625 year ago. I guess that makes sense . "
"Recall a similar incident. "
"I'm coming into this body (my present body). Coming down-I'm not sure how 1 got here--coming down in
Spokane, seeing Sacred Heart hospital from up above. I'm getting in the body inside my mother and being
pushed out. I'm trying to figure out where I came from before that. I died in 1945 and went up to the implant
station. It seems I always report in to the same one. The tunnel of LIGHT. I went into the room where the
people are milling around. 1 went into the back of the head of one of the people. I'm being programmed: 'Be in
the LIGHT. Always return to the LIGHT. Safe refuge. No fear. ' I can see why people are drawn to it. It's
like taking a vacation, milling around in the WHITE LIGHT. There's no pain there. You're being programmed
to be a sheep. You aren' t exposed to stuff. There are other parts of the ship where you are rammed into bodies
with force beams. "
I uncovered one more incident in this session. I discovered that I had lived a short lifetime between 1945 and 1949.
When I died in 1945 , I went out to the implant station and then came right back to Earth. Although J
didn' t ask
me where I was born, I believe it was Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. I lived with my mother and father in an apartment
above a busy street . At age four I rushed out into a street and was hit by a car . I then left my body and reported in to
my usual implant station and bounced back down to Sacred Heart hospital in Spokane where I entered my present body
in 1949.

I had previously covered my birth this lifetime in a session in 1983. I remembered vividly what the hospital looked
like before I entered it from above. However, I hadn't remembered how I got to the hospital. In 1986 I was in Sacred
Hospital, and I was confused because it didn't look like the same building that I remembered going into in 1949. I
found out that the building had been drastically remodeled, so I asked to see some of the old pictures of what it used to
look like. When I saw the picture of what the hospital looked like in 1949, I was very surprised to find that the picture
showed the very same building that I had seen before I entered my present body. In fact, this photograph showed the
east side of the hospital, which was the same side that I had viewed it from, but only from a higher vantage point.
notes
On January 7, 1996 I found that I needed to address my death as Ramesses II. I am including all of J
on this session. because I had some very big realizations. In fact, at one point I began verbalizing my realizations so
rapidly that J
couldn't keep up with me. Consequently, she was unable to write it all down. Therefore, I have
parenthetically expressed these cognitions in the following transcript:
January 7, 1996 Memory Recovery Session

"3,219 years ago was when I died (as Ramesses m. There was an incident. I'm lying in the bed, dying."
"Run that incident, please."
"I'm an old man, and there's servants coming in and paying homage to me, the Son of Ra." I don't have any
fear of dying, because I believe that I am immortal. Even my body will be renewed when I go to live with the
Gods. I died of just old age. I'm old."
"How old are you?"
"Eighty-nine is just the number that really pops out there. It must have been all that good sex. My body dies,
and I go out. I go to the implant station, down the tube or tunnel. It appears the tunnel is curved. I'm in a
WillTE LIGHT now. It seems like I'm being put into a body again. I'm in another body again."
"What kind of body is it?"
"A male body."
"Human?"
"Yes. I'm taken to the WHITE LIGHT room again with all the bodies milling around. This is 3,219 years
ago. They program 'PEACE and REST.' The idea here is to create a place that is enjoyable to be in. 'GOD
LOVES YOU. YOU ARE LOVED'-like whisperings in my mind, soothing. 'JOY and LOVE.' I can
ALWAYS RETURN TO THE LIGHT. BE IN PEACE.' The insect guys take me out of the LIGHT room. It
seems like the same implant station I always go to or an identical one, because it looks like the same one. I go
into an 'eye.' I walk u p the ramp of the 'eye.' I'm inside. I feel like I'm naked. I sit down on the ... It's the
same type of ship as Ra's. I sit on the circular bleachers that go up. I'm on a different side of the room (than
the Atlantis incident). I'm sitting here in the saucer, in the 'eye.' I'm in this new body. I'm in an 'eye.'
The saucer lands somewhere. I walk down the ramp It's a bright, sunny day-warm day. It appears I'm in a
sandy desert. It appears I'm back in Egypt again. It appears that the ship landed by the pyramids, the Giza
Plateau."
"In this new body, do you have any sense of your last lifetime? Do you recall it?"
"Yes and no. It all looks very familiar to me. I'm naked, so somebody comes and puts a robe on me."
.

"Are you
" Yes."

in

an adult body?"

Does the person who brings you the robe speak to you?"
"There's more than one person. It's like I'm greeted. I get the feeling that I walk into some kind of high
position. I get the impression I'm kind of like a teacher now. I feel like I'm a high priest, not the pharaoh. I'm
still serving the Gods. I'm instructing the people with the belief system of (physical) immortality. It's hard for
me to admit this, but it's true in a sense I just left on old body and was given a new body. I feel an uneasiness
about this. It's like I'm a little drugged. I'm really restimulated by this-a little spinny." (By "restimulated" I
meant that something had triggered something in the unconscious part of my mind, and it was uncomfortable.)
"Return to the beginning of the incident."
"3,219 years ago I'm the pharaoh of Egypt. I'm dying, and everybody seems to know that. I don't feel bad
about dying. I'm looking forwatd to immortality with the Gods, the belief system that we're taught. I'm dying
of old age. I leave my body and pulled into a tunnel of LIGHT. It just pulls you like a force you can't resist."
(It's like a soul-sucking tractor beam.) "It just sucks you in. It's almost the exact parallel to when I was first put
in a body (12,389 years ago in the Atlantis incident where I was sacrificed.) There's a sphere about twelve feet in
diameter (the LIGHT at the end of the tunnel). The walls of this device are glowing with a wmTE LIGHT.
There's a male body in the middle of this sphere. I'm being squeezed into the body. It's very confining. I step
out into this big room. Two beings...I'm not sure what kind of beings these are."
"Can you look at them?"
.

"At first I thought they were LIGHT BEINGS. These are the praying mantis guys! They take me into the

WHITE , misty LIGHT. I'm being programmed: 'PEACE, REST-soothing whispering in my mind. The

words: 'GOD LOVES YOU. PEACE IN THE LIGHT. ' I'm being programmed that I'm with GOD now.

'ALWAYS RETURN TO THE LIGHT. ' I can see why people think going to the LIGHT is good, because it
FEELS good. 'I WILL BEGIN A NEW LIFE NOW. THE OLD IS PASSED AWAY. YOU'LL BE SAFE IN
THE LIGHT. YOU CAN ALWAYS COME TO THE LIGHT. ' You feel like you're really loved, and you're
really special. " (When I said 'really loved' and 'really special, ' I said it in a soothing, but sarcastic tone. Their
programming is very sweet, but very insincere and phony. I have observed the same kind of syrupy sweet,
deceitful rhetoric from the channeled Pleiadians. )

"So I'm taken out (of the big

WHITE LIGHT room). I get the

impression that they are LIGHT BEINGS, but they're not! "
"What is a LIGHT BEING?"
"A body that is just LIGHT. But it's not. They're the insect guys! I go to the hangar where the 'eyes' are. I
sit down in the saucer. (Apparently, the insectoids were using telepathic hypnosis to create the illusion that they
were light beings.)
"Are you the only one?"
"Yes, except there's someone flying it. I just sit there for awhile. They're taking me somewhere. It's bright
outside when I get out. I'm naked. There's a greeting party there. I'm telepathically told to go down the ramp .
It's really bright outside.

(I assumed that I was flown down to the planet by a praying mantis guy.

Whoever did

pilot the craft remained out of sight in the pilot's cabin. No ETs made a public appearance in front of the
greeting party. )
"When you are greeted b y these people, do they say anything to you?"

"Not direct. They ' re treating me like a holy person or something. They help me into a robe and sandals or
footwear, and some

kind of a head gear, tall . "

" Are there any buildings around you-a town or something?"

"We're out in the Giza plateau. I ride in this guy's chariot. We're heading east toward the Nile. Apparently,

now I'm part of the priesthood. One of my sons is pharaoh. The big pyramid at Giza has been a big part of my
life and also as a priest. We continue the rituals in the Great Pyramid. It's continuous. I help perpetuate this
the drinking of blood. I don't

think there ever was a capstone on the top of the pyramid.

As far as my lifetimes

in this period-Ramses the second and the following lifetime as a holy man-the best I can translate it is that I
came out of the eye of the Gods, and so I was worshipped. "
"What is your

name as the priest?"

"Part of my name is Amen. "

(I tried to pronounce my name

as it was pronounced in Egypt then, but couldn't

quite get it.) "In the Egyptian language it sounds like nonsense syllables. It's easier for me to contact what it

meant. "
"What did it

mean? "
God . But just 'holy man' i s the main meaning . I t sounds strange, but I almost feel like a
Jesus figure. This is like the same type of being-You come from the Gods; you're a teacher. There' s a feeling
"Holy man from

of 'holiness' about me.

It's strange. I get the feeling that I channeled. I was programmed , and part of that

(via channeling) to keep the religion going. I think this is what

This was over 1200 years before that time. It's funny how back then, they landed
their saucers in front of everybody. In that lifetime I became the high priest. They took care of me for awhile-a

programming was

receiving

messages from ETs

Jesus was-like a high priest.

pope-that sort of thing.

"How much time passed between your death as Ramses and your
"Just a few hours. It

return as priest?"
seems like a few hours. I'm not sure of who I was. It doesn' t seem like I knew, when I

got out of the saucer, who I was. I don't know what the people were told who I was. They were nice to me and

took care of me and fed me. Between the programming and channeling I was a messenger of God , a holy man of
all the Gods. I didn't just represent one God. I continued the rituals of the Brotherhood of the Snake. I was the
one that initiated my own son, the Pharaoh, in the Brotherhood of the Snake. This all occurred 3,219 years ago.
I'm

sure of it. "

had not written in the session notes, concerned the ET

The realization that I had during this session, which J

technology of anchoring spirits into bodies. I
body in the sphere at the end of the tunnel.
It

came to this realization when I was re-experiencing being put into a male

appears that electromagnetics plays a key role in this procedure. I suddenly realized that they were using the

nervous system of the body-including the brain, of course-to implant beings into bodies. The nerves transmit electrical
charges, which creates electromagnetic fields around the body. The chakras are simply nerve networks, which create
electromagnetic fields. (This, however, may be an oversimplification of the phenomenon.)

In the Serpent religions-especially the eastern religious practices and New Age channeled religious practices--a lot of
7

attention is placed on meditation on the cbakras, "clearing" the chakras, and channeling energy through the cbakras. In
so doing, a spiritual being itJ. a body only anchors itself further in the body by sending energy pulses through these nerve
networks. I have actually experienced this phenomenon during a "Consciousness and Energy" (C & E) exercise taught
by the channeled entity,

Ramtha. After doing the exercise I became more solidly anchored in my body and was very

sick with the "C & E flu" for over two weeks. Also, just the condition of placing undue attention on the body helps
reinforce attachment to the body.
I had a great deal of communication with "channeled Pleiadians" in my association with a woman who was trained to
channel Pleiadians by Barbara Marciniak. These so-called Pleiadiims had me "clearing my cbakras" as one of the
procedures I had to perform in order to end my abductions. I followed their advice to the letter--including giving
unconditional love to the Grays--and they eventually informed me that I would no longer be abducted by Grays, because
I had successfully fulfilled their requirements. However, I was abducted and re-implanted with a debilitating brain
implant about two weeks after they told me this.

Three other "psychics" who channel ETs have since tried to free me

from abductions. All have failed-and they failed in spite of their very confident reassurances that I would no longer be
an abductee after performing their various procedures. The abductions have never ceased. I eventually came to my
senses and realized that the "Pleiadians " and other channeled ETs had manipulated and deceived me.
The Pleiadians-in both ancient and modem times--have established religious practices focused especially on the
lower chakra, the network of nerves of the genital

area. The channeled Pleiadians of today call it "sacred sexuality. " .

The kundalini of trantric Yoga is simply the channeling of energy from the lower chakra, through the other cbakras, and
up through the brain.

Not surprisingly, it is sometimes referred to as "Serpent" power. These deceptive practices only

serve to keep people's attention focused on their bodies and keep us distracted with dead-end religious practices, Under
these conditions one would not easily discover what's really going on. The discovery of the truth, of course, might
eventually lead to extricating oneself from the mandatory re-embodiment cycle on this planet. This is why ETs expend
so much time and energy programming people with bogus religious beliefs.
For example, the channeled Pleiadians say that we

cannot degenerate spiritually and naturally evolve upwards. In

the Billy Meier case, the Pleiadian Semjase told Billy the same thing, only she called it a "retrograde effect. " (Read the
2nd Book of Contact Notes of Billy Meier by Wendelle Stevens for details.) However, past life research has shown over
and over again that we have spiritually degenerated over an extremely long period of time and that we do not just
naturally evolve upwards. In the beginning of the physical universe we were veritable Gods! To program people that
we just naturally evolve upwards would incline people to think they need not engage in past life therapy to recover lost
spiritual abilities, spiritual awareness, and spiritual integrity. There are many such lies promulgated by Pleiadians, but I
won't belabor the point here as I have written a

separate report that exposes Pleiadian deceptions.

WHITE LIGHT rooms to program earthbound humans.
This phenomenon illustrates a conspiratorial network between several races of ETs. Today, however, they don't land in
The Grays, Reptilians, Pleiadians, Insectoids all use the

public places like they used to. They also don't bring down people from implant stations like they used to. It appears
that the phenomenon of "walk-ins" is on the increase , however. Channeled entities are deceiving us as to the purpose of
these insidious, covert extra-terrestrial activities.
Many people today are reporting

near death experiences (NDEs) in which they travel swiftly through a tunnel toward

the LIGHT. When they reach the LIGHT at the end of the tunnel they sometimes report seeing "beings of LIGHT. "
They sometimes believe they have traveled to some kind of spiritual

realm. From my own experiences these "beings of

LIGHT" were insectoids. They only "appeared" to be LIGHT beings, due to their uncanny ET ability to create illusions
in the minds of abductees, whether out of body or in the body.

This ability, as I have mentioned before, can be best

memories. " Grays also possess this incredible

described as "telepathic hypnosis; " other researchers use the term "screen

ability to manipulate people's minds and emotions, and they often use this ability to create an illusion of benevolence
and love. This is one of the

reasons why some abductees think Grays are good. Reptilians also possess this ability, and
reasonable to assume that other ET groups also use telepathic hypnosis. I don't know if other ETs are
involved with the "going to the LIGHT" aspect of the programming process or if only insectoids handle the implant
stations-I've only seen the praying mantis guys there. People also report that they were given prophecies in near death
experiences, which often come true. This is not very astounding really, since ETs can travel through time to the future
to see what will happen. Also, since they are the puppet masters working behind the scenes to manipulate wars, they
would seem to have a great deal of control over our future. In any case I don't think that the future is written in stone-

it would be

especially as more of us "Earthlings" become aware of the programming of the planet.

So far I have not found any extra-terrestrials--channeled or otherwise-who have informed anyone on
really going on here. This would indicate that the ETs who are "visiting"

Earth what's
Earth or who are communicating with

Earthlings are either part of the planetary conspiracy or they are extremely unobservant. Given the psychic and
technological abilities of ETs, it is dubious that any ET group would be totally unaware of the Earth conspiracy, even if
they were not part of it. In the final analysis it appears that it would be in our own best interests not to take the
messages of any ET group literally. Discernment is the watchword. We can all by-pass their programming anyway by
each of us doing our own past life

research and therapy.

8

ANGELS AMONG US

The following session sheds new light on the angel phenomenon. It also demonstrates how real present and past lifetime
events can get all jumbied up in a dream. This incident also shows how we oftentimes meet up with good friends we knew long
ago in other lifetimes.
J'

s Session #6- April 3rd, 1995

After having a very disturbing dream in which J -

_woke up screaming, we decided to conduct a memory retrieval

session, thinking that it might be abduction-related. The session lasted approximately 2 1/2 hours. I tape-recorded only
the first and last part of the session. During the session J..fY"

discovered that her dream was cOimected to two real

incidents: one which occurred about 11,000 years ago in the Middle East in a place that sounded like "Phoenicia", and the
other had occurred in the mid-1980's in our home in Denver, Colorado. J >

actually re-experienced dte images, sounds,

and emotions from tl1ese two incidents in her dream. The past events affecting her dream appeared to be intertwined into d1e
context of our present home in Spokane. However, she later told me d1at perhaps the dream had not been just a dream, but a
real experience that triggered these two similar incidents from her past.

"First, can you just tell me what occurred last night, like what you told me earlier?"
"Well, I woke up from...fTom this dream. I woke up screaming. Um...I'm trying to scream. I don't think I usually

do that; it's kind of unusual. I just

ult. . .it was like a .. .it was like part of a dream. It's kind of like...well,

it woke me up. It was... um, it seemed really real [chuckles nervously]. J don't remember...the beginning of the
dream we were somewhere else. It was just like a real dream. You know, just a dream. And we were looking for
Kevin (pseudonym), and we couldn't find him, and he didn't come home when he was supposed to, and we were looking
for him. And anyway we ended up going to what was our home--not where we live now. someplace...just a dream place,
you know, and he was there, and it was late. So I told him it was time for bed, and he was getting into bed, and I
heard ... and, and d1is is like where it becomes real. It's real strange. I heard him talking; it was kind of like
he was saying something to someone. And I thought maybe he was talking to me, and I said, 'What?' And I looked in
the living room, and I looked toward d1e bedroom [of our home in Spokane], and there was like this flickering blue
light. And, and I...and it moved.. .it was like...it's kind ofllard to describe. It didn't fill the whole room, it
was like flickers or flashes of blue light, and it wasn't really, really bright. And I walked toward the bedroom,
and I heard at the same time that, well...it was weird, d1is being above his bed to the right. His bed was along
.
one wall, and t11is being was to the right of him. And above him, kind of suspended half way up-a little bit closer
to the ceiling than the floor--it wasn't a Gray. It was a...it looked like a human. And it had--well, it was a
male--and he bad like long light brown hair, and--about shoulder lengd1-and uh...he was like, like had his arms
kind of forward like he's reaching towards him, but not like trying to pick him up or, you know. just kind of
reaching towards him. And his legs were bent; it's like the head and his knees were bent, and, and [laughs
nervously] it sounds so weird; even now it just sounds weird. He bad...he had wings! And he looked like an angell
Just huge white wings! And there were tl1ese sounds; it was like a lot of people talking at once, but not real loud,
and I couldn't understand any single voice, but it was all iliese voices talking together, and, but d1ey were saying
different things. And like there was this kind of this, uh, like a--for lack of any other word--like a shimmering
sort of noise behind, belllnd it all. It was like...spooky! And I was saying, 'Kevin! Kevin!', as I was looking
towards him-and this, this thing--and I was starting to scream, and I was thinking 'What are you doing here?', you
know, to the being, and it kind of turned towards me and went up through the ceiling. But it was just like, it was
weird; it was so strange! But it went up through ceiling like kinda toward the closet doors. Almost like it was
all of a sudden in front of me, but I don't remember it moving. It was just like kind of in front of me and then
went up through the ceiling. And it kind of had a blue...like a swirling...kind of swirling lights around it ...like
almost like a spiral, but not, not d1at uniform, not d1at perfect. It was just kind of random and...I just
screamed, and that's when I woke up. But even after I was awake I was like, 'Was it a dream? Was it real? Was it
a dream'?' It seemed so real. Even now it seems just very real. And it was kind of like I just felt really spooked
by the whole thing. And I remember after I woke up, and I was kind looking towards Kevin's bedroom-in dte living
room where I was sleeping--feeling just like fear, you know. But then, realizing Kevin wasn't in there. He was
staying with John (pseudonym), so he wasn't there. And so I was like thinking, you know, 'Was this real? Did this
really happen? Was this a dream or was d1is like it did really happen, and it was like I made it part of a dream?'
It was some other time or something maybe. I don't know. But that's what it was. It kept me awake for a long time
afterward. I was afraid to close my eyes, and I was afraid to look toward the bedroom. And uh, and I d1.ink I kind
of drifted in and out of sleep for a little while, and it seeme d like maybe an hour later the sun came up. So I
figure it must have been around five o'clock this morning that the dream happened. And that's pretty much it."

Okay. Well just give me the first thing that pops into your mind when I ask tillS question: Is tlUs dream somehow
connected to a real incident? "
" Yeah. I feel that yeah, but somethin' , I feel somethin' also saying no. Isn ' t that weird? It feels like yes and

no. "
" Anything else on that?"
" No. I just . . . it seems like I ' m seeing tlUs being in another. . . in some other place, but I don't know if it was just

part of tlUs dream or not. It was just. . . I don' t know, it seems like the bed isn't a bed, but a crib. I think tlUs
happens some other time. I

mean some other time, not even this lifetime, some other time. "

"Allright. Return to the beginning of tlUs incident. "

At tIllS point I

turned off the tape recorder to economize on tape while J

went through the process of recovering

and sorting out the memories of these two real events that had influenced her dream. However, I later regretted having
turned off tIle recorder because the incidents were so astonishlng and revealing.
J

ltad a close friend, Judy [pseudonym] , earlier in her present lifetime. During the course of this session she

realized tIIat she had been close friends with Judy 1 1 ,000 years ago. J
so I 'll just use the name Judy to indicate the
together. The following is J
J

same spiritual being. J

didn' t say what J udy ' s name was way back tIlen,
and Judy were also women in tlUs past life

s account of what occurred in tlUs past life incident.

and her baby came over for a visit to Judy ' s home. While sitting on tile couch and chatting, a handsome

very large wlllte wings suddenly appeared in Judy's living room. J

looked like an angel, but more by the fact that the

man witIl
man

.vas not surpised so much by tIle fact that tile

man wanted to talK only with Judy. These "Winged People" were sometimes

seen walking through town, so his presence was not so unusual. What was surprising to J

was that she had not known

that Judy was actually acquainted with one of these beings, because tIley usually remained aloof from Earth hunIaIlS. TIle
"angel " spoke briefly with Judy and in hushed tones, giving tIle impression tIlat he would contact her at another time when
they could

talk in private. He then turned and walked out of tIle room.

I turned on the tape recorder when she was describing tIlese "Winged People" tIlat she saw 1 1 ,000 years ago ill what may
have actually been Phoenicia [phoenicia was located in present-day Syria and Lebanon] :
J

. " Nobody questioned why they were there. "

"What's the

name given to these beings? "

"The Winged People. "

"Describe what they look like. "
J

"Well , they look like humans . And their skin color is lighter

tIIan ours. We're a little darker. My skin color in

is darker tlIan theirs {J
has fair skin and blond hair tlUs lifetime] . But it's like, I mean,
because there' s so much sun, you know. We' re all like really tan, but not like Indian-you know, like India--not
that dark skinned. It was fairly, you know, somewhere in between, and uh, they' re lighter-skinned than we are,

tlUs lifetime

fair-haired for the most part. Sometimes kind of brownish hair, but most are kind of Nordic-looking, I suppose you
could say. They have wings. "
" Describe the wings to me. "
J

"Big. They' re very large. They ' re feathered . . . like feathered-type wings. You know? But you don't

see tIlem like

every day. You know, it's not like you see them every single day. You see them from time to time. And usually no!
by themselves-usually with others in small groups. And they'd be walking around kind of looking at tIlings. Mostly
walking. They' re not like flying or floating around or anything like mat. They' re just like walking anlOng tlJese
people, you know. And mese people kind of tum and look at them, but mey don' t like stare open-moutIled or
anything like that, you know. They' re like accepted, but it's like seeing a celebrity on the street. TIlese people
turn and look like 'Oh, isn't that so-and-so? ' , but, you know, politely. "
"Are these beings like in charge, or. . .? "
J

. "Well, I don' t really get the feeling they are, but maybe they are. Maybe we just aren' t aware of it. They ' re very
handsome people. But they' re mostly . . J think they' re all men. I don't tlUnk mere ' s any . . . I don't see any women.
But their hair is like long. Like shoulder-length and longer. They' re really handsome people. Very pleasing to
look at. Nice faces. They seem to be friendly, but not overtly friendly. You know, not like they just approach
you and say, 'Hey, how are you doing?' Like that, you know. Kind of. . .aloof. You know? Not like they' re walking
around feeling like they' re better

than everybody, but I mean you don' t really get that impression from them. I t ' s
not . . . tl1ey' re separate. They' re different. They 're kind of special. You know? You wouldn't
really just consider walking up to one and just start talking. I mean. I guess you could, but. . . 1 guess I never did
that. And tl1ey kind of walk around togetl1er, but you'd see tl1em maybe . . . oh . . . four or five, maybe six times a year,
you know. Maybe more often tlIan tl1at, maybe less often, depending on whetl1er you just happen to see tl1em or not.
They could be around, and you didn' t know they were or sometlUng. Or you didn't happen to see them tl1at particular
time, whatever. But you wouldn' t see them more than several times a year. And I guess that' s where I was kind of

just that they' re

surprised that Judy knew one of them. You know, like 'Wow! ' But I don' t know why I didn't ever question her about
it. I don' t know. Maybe this was a time when people had more respect for other people's personal lives and their,
you know . . . or maybe it just my relationship with her that she, you know, felt that if she wanted to tell me about it
she would. Is there anything else you wanted to ask me?"
" Yeah. On their wings, how are they attached? To the back or. . . ? "
J

"Wings? Just like between the shoulder blades and the backbone. I don' t know, I never really examined one, but it
just seemed to be a natural extension of their bodies, you know. I mean, they WERE! "
"Do they move? The wings, do they fold out?"

" Ub, they can, but they don' t . . . "

"They ' re huge! They' re massive! They ' re like really big, and maybe that' s-I don' t know-I think: they 'd probably

"What does that look like when they unfold them? "
scare the hell out of somebody if, you know, you were talking to one, and all of sudden his wings just opened up,
and he glared at you. I mean you 'd probably wet your pants, you know! (Laughs] It could be intimidating, you
know. "
" Do they fly?"
J

" Not like flapping their wings type of flying. They ' re not like . . . like birds flap their wings. I don't. . . at least
I never saw one do that. And they can, they can just disappear. They can just like fly au( of the room. They can
go through walls. They can . . . you know, but they don't like really make a point of just walking through town,
walking through all the buildings, walking through walls or anything like that, you know. I mean they walk on
walkways, and they go through doorways and stuff like that. But they can leave a room without going through a
doorway. They can go through a ceiling, obviously, like I experienced later in this life. " [Even Grays have
devices that enable them to walk through walls or ascend through the ceiling, so this is not at all unusual for
ETs . ]
"How about this time where you're at? "

" Yeah. Yeah. l1ley ' re like . . . they 're three of them and coming to the ground. They ' re like from up above, and I
don't know where they' re coming from. I think: it's a spaceship. " ( Laughs]
" Look up there. See if you can see anything. "

"Well, there's like trees. There's like palm trees, palm trees all over the place. Three of them coming to the
ground. I mean just like floating down sort of. Not real slow, but not, you know, fast or anything. "
"Just floating down to the ground?"

" Yeah. "

" Uh . . . they're kind of like spread out a little bit, but they' re not like flapping or anything like, you know, birds

" Are their wings moving? "

flap their wings or anything. You know, like spread out a little bit. They were more like gliding, like a glider
sort of thing, you know. I get the feeling these wings are not necessary for these beings to be able to go from
somewhere besides to the earth, you know. I don't think: they ' re necessary. I think: they' re like put on, in a
sense, you know; I think they ' re created for the benefit of the people that are there. I

mean now in this lifetime,

looking at it, this is what I ' m saying. But at the time I didn't feel that. I didn' t really analyze it that much,
you know. These were just like special people, you know, just really beautiful and kind of held in awe. But they
weren't like worshipped or anything like that. I don' t recall we had any religion or anything. Not, you know , not
any organized type of ritualistic religion or anything. But I think: I was more a spiritual being then than I am
now. "

"Scan through this lifetime and see if there's any kind of air craft, space craft, whatever, associated with these
beings. "
J

" Yeall, there is. Yeah.

" Yeah. "

"It's kind of a . . . silvery sort of color, but it's not. . . it kind of has right angles. It's not real smooth. Kind

"There is?
"What's this craft look like?"
of. . . angles to it. There 's flat planes and angles. It's like, 00, I can't really think: what it looks like. I
think I saw it maybe twice in my lifetime. I can't really describe what it looked like. It was geometric. It was

uh . . unusual. "
.

"Sharp comers or . . . ? "

J

" Yeah. "

" Yeah. "

"I see the Winged People coming from it. "

" Sharp comers?"

"Can you see any of the beings coming out of the craft or beaming down or anything like that?"

"What's that look like? "

J

"Ub, just like coming down. "

"How far off the ground is the craft?"

"Well, this is prettY low. It's uh. . . probably just above, maybe, the palm trees. There about that high, maybe, oh,

twenty feet above the p3.Im trees, maybe. It's pretty big. I can hardly describe what it looks like, though.
There's just a lot of different angles. And this is . . . the time that I saw it, it was daylight, there's blue sky,

and . . . and they come and. . . kind of floating down. . . it's bright like a. . . you know like the sun reflects off a. . . sun
reflecting off of a mirror almost. Kinda like that. I ' m not surprised to see them coming from that. I'm not
surprised or anything, so I 've probably seen it before or heard that they come from the sky. I could have concluded
that they come from the sky anyway, or that they live in the sky because they have wings. They're the Winged
People, so I didn't feel that they lived here . . . other than just visited. Maybe what they were doing was just
checking up on us from time to time. You know, how things were going, what was going on, and what was done or
somedling like that.
"Do you ever talk with them? "
J

" Huh-uh. "

"U m-huh. Yeah. I mean, although they were part of the. . . you know, we used to see them in our lives, they weren't

"So they just talk with certain people? "

like really part of the community in the sense that, you know, you' d say 'Hi' to your neighbors or even somebody
that you didn't know if you were passing them, you know. You wouldn't think to not say 'Hi' or greet them in some
way. You know? I mean that would just be rude to pass somebody and not say something. But the Winged People were
kind of aloof. They weren't snobbish oc anything--I don't mean to say that--but like I said they were kind of held
in awe, you know. But I don' t remember anybody really questioning, you know, 'Why are dley here? ' or anything like

that.

I never felt that way. "

"Do any incidents occur with them--of a negative character?"

"Not that I know of, that I ' m aware of. This is a really . . .just a really peaceful, uneventful son of a lifetime.

I don't know-not that anything really terrible happened. "

"How many years ago is this? " J

"About eleven thousand years ago. "

"Would it be more or less than that?"

"It's about eleven thousand. Right about there. "

"Okay. And you say it's by a river in the Middle East-do you mean one of the main rivers like the Tigris and

Euphrates-in the Mesopotamia area or Egyptian or . . . "

" I ' m not familiar with the area--I mean now. I don't really know much about that area, you know, except dlat it' s
real desen-like. "
"You don't have any impressions of what part of the Middle East you're in?"

"Not really. I mean I kind of said Egypt, but-I don't know-it ' s different. It looks different. In this lifetime
it's very lush, you know. It' s beautiful. There' s trees and plants; there's flowers. "
"Not just along the rivers? You mean . . . ? "

" No, everywhere! Everywhere! It's beautiful! It's just like a paradise! It's beautiful! "

"No. No, there' s no desert. I mean there was still--I mean it was sand. There was sand, you know. But things

"So there's no deserts like there is there now, huh? "

grew out of the sand , and it was beautiful! It wasn ' t just along the strip of the river, it was everywhere. The
whole area was jUlit-you could look out like from a high building and you could-the area is flat, you know, it's
pretty much flat-but you could look out and see palm trees and bushes and people' s gardens, their houses and pools
of water and just . . .it was beautiful! It was beautiful! What a neat place. I wouldn' t mind going back there.
[Laughs] What a beautiful place to live. It's very peaceful. It's quiet and there isn't like SCrean1S or a lot of
noise or . 1 mean you have noise when there's people around. You hear people talking and dogs barking, kids, you
. .

know, community noises, but not just a bunch of noise. I mean, obviousiy you don' t hear automobiles or helicopters
or airplanes, jets, all the things iliat contribute to ilie constant noise that we live wiili now that we just don't
even realize is there. Here you can hear birds singing. It's great! It' s just like being way out in the country. '
Now if we get out in the country we can actually hear things, but here you didn't even hear a jet or anything go
overhead in the background anywhere. That was really different. "
"Do you see any Egyptian artifacts like pyramids or Sphinx or anything of that nature . . ? "
.

Huh-uh. I didn't do a lot of traveling. I pretty much lived there in that community . "

"

Phoenicia comes to mind, but somehow it doesn' t really quite-it'S like that, but it's not. It's something like

"What's the name of the community you live in? "

that. "
"Do you mean that' s what the word sounds like? "
J

"Kind of. Yeah. That' s kind of what it sounds like. "

"Is this a country, like a political area or not?"

'No. Huh-ub. It' s just like a city, but it's like a a small town city. I mean it's not. . .with a city you think

of, you know, large, noisy, crime. . . there' s no bad place in this town; there' s no scummy area. There aren't
vagrants, there aren't, you know, it's not like that. But like I said, you know, I didn't travel or anything, so I
didn't know about other towns or other cities. I think that there' s structure kind of a like a Sphinx, but I ' ve
never seen it. You know, it's like maybe I heard about it, but I ' ve never seen it myself; I've never been there.
But I don't know if it was called a Sphinx. It was like a big long thing that was sculpted out of rock and, you
know, it was like a building you could go into it. But I don't really know anything about it. I mean, you know, it
just seems kind of vague that I kind of know that I've heard of it, but I don' t really know anything about it. But
I don't know why I don't travel . I mean, why travel to go somewhere? I mean I liked where I was. My friends were
there and my family, and it was a beautiful place. I was happy, and I didn't feel the need to go anywhere else, you
know. Feels kind of strange, I guess, but. . . "
"Do you have any encounters with any other extra-terrestrials dlis lifetime? "

"No. I don't dunk so. "

"No. Huh-Db. "

[Pauses] "I don' t think so. "

"Allright. Do you have any earlier contacts widl these Winged People? "
"Scan forward and see if you have any contact with these beings at another time. "
"Allright. Thank you. Come up to present time, please. "
After she came up to present time I asked her to review what she had covered in dIe session, especially dIe part about
encountering a winged ET in dIe bedroom of our home in Denver.

"It's kind of funny because--now looking at it--part of that dream dlat woke me up dlis monung had to do with that
incident eleven dlOusand years ago, too. "
nOh, it did! "

"Yeah. It's like part of that dream took place in that house, in that same house. [Laughs] Yeah, it took place in
that house. . .in Iudy's house [ 1 1 ,000 years ago]. The house that she shared with--how many odler families lived
there I don' t know-it's probably an apartment. A type of apartment. I don't know what type of apartment, but
everything flowed into other rooms. [She had previously described the architecture of this building as being rather
free form, more aesdIetic and less boxy than present-day architecture. ] People respected other people's space. It
was nice. It was neat. Yeah, that was why I was kind of confused. But anyway this dream where I was looking for
Kevin, and I couldn' t find him, and we were all looking for him, he didn't come home when he said he would, and we
were all concerned about where he was at, and so we kind of went out looking for him. And anyway we get back to dIe
house and he's there, but it's late; it's evening, and we go to bed now. In the dream it was in that house, in
Iudy' s house, but also in this house, but only because of the sinIilarity of the ceilings from this house to the
house in Denver. The same sort of ceilings only that one had the golds flecks in it, and this one doesn't, but it
was the same textured ceilings. Seeing this being going up through the ceiling just made me think that it was right
in here, you know, 'cause I was just looking at the ceiling. But. . . [Chuckles] Where was J?"
"The dream combined your life in this apartment with what happened in Denver. .. "

Yeah, in this apartment, in Denver, and in this other lifetime eleven dIousand years ago. It' s like it' s all just
sort ofjumbled up .together. You know, dreams are really strange; it takes bits and pieces from different things
and stuffs 'em togedler really randomly. Or seeming random, you know. "
"So when you woke up this morning, and you were screaming, is dlat dIe terror--Qr whatever you felt--at dIe time you
saw this winged person in Denver?"
"Yeah. It maybe magnified a little more in dIe dream. Maybe it was. . . more so. I don't know. I think I was in

shock or something in Denver coming back into the room and finding this being there, you know. And it' s
like . . . [Chuckles] "
"Incredible? "
"Yeah. "

"Why don't you describe what happened?"

"What actually happened? "

"Yeah, just kinda go through the incident that was in Denver. "

"Okay. Kevin, he was little, maybe dIirteen, fourteen months old, and earlier than I think Bob (pseudonym) had been
sharing the house with us. So it was just a two-bedroom house; we had both kids in the bedroom. But Bob had moved
out, and so we had a bed in the other bedroom; Burt was in there. Okay, but Kevin's crib wasn't moved into that
bedroom yet. I think we had bunkbeds, and Kevin was still a little bit too little for being in the bunkbed. But,

uh, I couldn't sleep, and I got up. It was night; it was dark out. And I got up, and I went, you know, through the
5

hallway and to the right tIuough the living room and then to the left into the kitchen. I was standing in the
kitchen, and I was kind of looking out the window into the back yard, and I heard Kevin; it sounded like he was

saying something, like he was calling me or-it sounded like he was talk:ing, but not adult words; it was baby words,
you know. So I came back through, and as I was coming through the living room, I could see some flashes of blue,
but not bright, you know, like a camera flash bulb, not real bright flashes or anything, just kinda like I could see

pieces of the light as it moved away from the back. I'd catch these pieces of light moving, and I could hear-as I
got closer--I could hear all these voices like a crowd of people talking, but turned way down, much softer. But
nothing was distinguishable. I didn' t know what he saying, not what was being said. I couldn't pick up any one
voice. But there was like this rattIey-I can't remember the word that I used to describe it before--the shaking
sound behind it. You know, kind of all together. "
"You said something about a shimmering . . . ? "
J

"A shimmering sound, yeah. It was like, you know , really hard to describe and all these voices in tIlere, too. "

'I couldn' t tell. Just voices. Voices talking. Saying different things. They weren' t all one voice or a bunch of

"Were tIley speaking English, could you tell?"

voices saying tile same tiling in unison or anthing like that. Okay? Like I said, it was like being in large area
where a lot of people are talking. As I came to the doorway, I could see this being standing mere-not standing,
floating above him. Like tile crib was here, and he was standing in the crib, and he's looking at this being, and
this being was like right here. Here's the ceiling, you know, and he was like right here, and he was looking at
bim, and it was kind of like this, you know, like maybe he was gesturing, 'cause suddenly his hands were out. "
"Kind of above and to the side of the crib, do you mean? This being was floating in the air mere? "

"Yeah. I mean, but he was facing Kevin, okay. And his hands were kinda out, his legs were bent, and he was like
hovering there, like kind of leaning forward like this, like he was saying something or gesturing with his hands or
something or, you know, caught in that moment. And I just saw him so briefly. And he had light brown hair, and it
was probably about as long as mine (shoulder length), about the same thickness as mine, maybe a little thicker. He
didn' t have a shirt on, and he was wearing dlese kind of a willow, pale willow-green cotton sort of pants, but not
anydling you would see if you were to go buy pants, you know. Really different looking. And they seemed to be kind
of gathered at the ankle, you know, but tlley' re bagging. Real strange looking. They almost look like a long skirt,
but you could detect that they were pants. l1ley ' re so baggy they' re just like a skirt. He didn't have anyming on
his feet; he was barefooted. "
"Did he have any hair on his chest or any hair on his body except for his head? "

"No. On his head, but he didn't have like hairy anns or. . . "

"Well, no, but he didn't have like a hairy chest or anything like that, you know, it was like . . . and he was fair-

"That's kind of a stupid question. . .

"

skinned, but he wasn't like real pale, and he wasn't a Gray. Absolutely
not. And he was handsome, but 1 didn't see the color of his eyes, because he was talking, you know, looking at
Kevin, and then he just kind of raised his eyes, but he turned around and just went right up tlIrough dle ceiling.

And 1 like, you know, I was going 'Kevin! Kevin! ' , and I was like--here's this thing hanging above my baby, and I ' m

just like 'Get out o f here! , , you know, 'Get away from here! ' And I felt like 'Who are you? ' I was like
communicating to him, 'Who are you? What are you doing here? ' I tIlink at dle time 1 felt like 'What are you doing
HERE? You know? Maybe I recognized him subconsciously from this other lifetime. Like, you know, 'What are you
doing HERE? Yau know, me shock at seeing this being. I don' t know if 1 consciously recognized him at that time,
but maybe at some subconscious level, you know, it was like 'I know who you are. What are you doing here? ' [Laughs]
And it was like, 1 started to scream as he kind of turned toward me and then just continued on around and just went
right up tlIrough dle ceiling. And mis blue light was moving around him, just randomly. Pieces of blue light, but
he wasn't totally encompassed in this light or anything. It wasn't like he was emitting mis light, but it was just
moving around him. "
"Like swirling or. . . "
J

"Yeah, but not, like I said, not like in a perfect pattern or anything. Just random. Moving around him. Just
like, behind him, around in front of him, up over his head, down this way, just. . . very strange. And as he moved up
dlfough the ceiling, dle voices just diminished til there was complete silence. Like he took it widl him. Weird.
You know, I was like 'Oh, my God! ' , you know, and men I went over to Kevin, and I just looked at him, and he was

just looking at me like 'What?' You know? [Laughs] He didn ' t show like anything, any emotion really. He just
looked at me, and I just like laid him down, and I covered him up, and then I just went and got in bed, and I went
to sleep. Like 'Oh well, enough of that. ' You know, like I shut off the television or something. [Laughs]
"

And can you describe the wings on this guy? You said he had wings . . .

"

"Oh, yeah. I forgot to mention he had wings. [Laughs] He had really big wings! In fact they were like kind of

attached between his shoulder blades and his backbone. You know, somewhere in there. It looked like kind of where
dley came from, but like I said I didn' t just walk up and look at them. But they came up above his head; I mean the

arch of the wings were higher than his head, and they came way down, I mean, to the calves of his legs. I mean,
they were imme nse! They were huge, these wings! "

" And he didn't have a shirt on, so these weren't like, you know, some kind of a harness or something he'd wear
or. . . ? "
J

"Oh no. No. They were part of this guy. He wasn't wearing them; they were part of him. "
"What color were they? "
"They were white. And they were like feathers, but they were long, and they looked like softer, you know. Did you
ever

see like a . . . some of the old Devinci or M ichaelangelo, the old Renaissance-type paintings of angels, and they

had the wings, the feathers were very detailed, they were just immense.

I mean this is what tlus looked like! You

know, I wonder where they got. . . [ Laughs) . . . sornebody saw these before. You know? TIley were like . . . they were huge,
these wings. I mean if you look at these paintings of these beings with wings, these wings were a major feature of
these people. You know, I mean, you wouldn ' t wonder if this guy had wings or not if you saw one of 'em. And I
think that. . . 1 don' t know what tlley called themselves, but I think that they wanted people to believe that tlley were
angels. This is an angel. If you looked at one of these things you'd go 'Oh my God, that' s an angel! ' You know?
I mean, that' s what you'd feel. But at the same time I did n ' t feel like--as far as my feelings towards him I didn' t
feel like I was tlueatened. I didn't feel like evil , you know, malevolence coming from this guy or anything. I
just wanted him to get tile hell away from my child, my baby, you know, this is my baby. He's not old enough to lut
back or defend himself, you know. He' s just a little baby. It was a purely protective sort of feeling that I felt
when I saw this being, 'Get away ! ' I don't know why he was there, except that he was communicating with Kevin about
something. Maybe someday Kevin will recall that, and so I better not say anything to him about it. " (I left out
some of the transc ription at this point as we continued chit-<:hatting about the event: J

dctuaIly screamed

aloud when she saw the angel; amnesia was installed, but she didn't know when; the angel was leaning forward
somewhat almost in a pose; her encounter lasted only a few seconds; I was in bed and slept through the whole thing ! )

"Do you think there 's any chance of-assuming ET technology o f holograms would be where they could make sornetlling
look perfectly life-like to look absolutely real-o you think there's any chance at all that that could have been a
hologram?"
J

"Well, I suppose that there' s a chance, but I don ' t really think so.

I really don' t . "

" Do you think i t was actually a living . . . a lifeform?"

J

" Yeall. TIlis is tile same being that I saw before with Judy ( 1 1 ,000 years ago), and that was not a holognlm. It was
a real . . . "
" It was the same man?"

"Yeall. "

"It was . "

"No. No. See maybe like subconsciously I recognized him. Do you know what I ' m saying. Without being aware of it

"The same man?" (I was incredulous. )

"The very same man. Did he look any older or. . .? "
at the time. My intention was to get him away from my child. 'Get away! Back om ' But then when he turned
toward me, my thought was, "What are you doing HERE?' You know? "Why are you HERE? ' "
" Like you knew him from before?"
J

"Yeall, but without being aware of it, you know. "

"No. No, I don't.

" Do you have any ideas what they' re up to? Any specUlation?"

THE ORIGIN OF CHRISTMAS

Have you ever wondered where our Christmas traditions

25th every year?

Why do we cut down evergreen

called Jesus Christ?

trees

came

from? Why do we celebrate Christmas on December

and decorate them?

Is this really the birth date of a man/god

Read on ye innocent lambs-you will be most amazed when you discover what we have not been

told.
He was the "Light of the World, " the Savior of mankind, the Son of God whose mother, some believed, was a mortal
virgin. His birth, celebrated on the 25th of December, was attended by shepherds and by Magi bringing gifts. He healed
the sick, raised the dead, cast out demons, caused the blind to
disciples

shared

a sacramental

meal

see

and the lame to walk.

At his Last Supper his twelve

of bread and wine-the wine representing the Savior's blood and the bread his body.

Upon his death he was placed in a stone tomb where he was

resurrected

and then ascended to heaven.

His symbol was

the cross.
Am I describing the Savior known as Jesus Christ? Absolutely not. This was Mithra, the God of War!
Mithraism was a men-only secret society religion with Masonic overtones. There were at least seven levels of initia
tion and seven sacrame nts including baptism and the eucharist.

In one rite the initiates were placed in a trench under a

grate where a live bull was sacrificed ( "Taurobolium"), so that they would be literally "washed in the blood. "
Mithraic symbol of the cross was branded on the initiates forehead.

The word "mithra"

meant

"covenant. "

The

Those who

were faithful to Mithra went to Heaven, while the unfaithful and wicked were destroyed in the final holocaust. Like most
Sun God religions, Mithraists celebrated the rebirth of the SUD right after the winter solstice on the first day

that daylight

begins to increase--December 25th.

So did the Mithraists adopt the sacraments and teachings of Jesus Christ from Christians? Not hardly.
of Mithra began centuries-and perhaps millennia-before the purported birth of Jesus Christ.

The worship

We can trace the origin of

Mithra back to at least 1400 B.C. when the war-like, nomadic Aryans had invaded what is now India and Iran. The Ary
an Sun God was Mitra.

In India the Aryan religion eventually developed into Hinduism and then the splinter group,
In Iran the religion of Zoroastrianism developed in which Mithra was the Sun God, "Lord of Light, " who
became the Son of God. The God of the Zoroastrians was Ahura Mazda, depicted as a bearded man who flew around in
Buddhism.

a winged disk, like the Assyrian "God" Ashur, the "All-Seeing, " and the Egyptian God" Ra.
Historians are not certain when the prophet Zoroaster (Zarathustra) started the Persian religion, but it was at least 5
1 12 centuries before Christ.

In this apocalyptic, monotheistic religion Zoroaster prophesied that there would appear three
Zoroastrianism was a dualistic, HeavenlHell, good/evil religion in which Ahriman

Messiahs, each one born of a virgin.

was the head devil, the equivalent of the Christian Satan. Mithraism and Zoroastrianism were syncretized (merged), and
Mithra

became the good angel" who saved mankind from the Great Serpent of Darkness, Ahriman. (The name Ahriman
name of the country of Iran were both taken from the root word Aryan. ") This belief paralleled the Egyptian

and the

belief that the Sun GodISon of God Ra defeated the great serpent Apepi (Apophis).
Mithra was depicted as a man wearing Iranian garb with a Phrygian cap, sacrificing a

bull .

(Phrygia was located in

the northwest quadrant of Turkey, and the Phrygian cap was later adopted as the rallying symbol of the Illuminati and the
French Revolutionists. )
widespread

until 67

Mithraism spread from Persia to Phrygia to the Greek world, but didn't really become

B . C. when it was

became

very popular

with Roman soldiers, statesmen, peasants, and even some emperors like Nero, Julian, and Commodus.

Eventually

introduced

into the Roman Empire.

It then grew rapidly and

Mithraism was practiced in cave temples from Scotland to the Far East and was even more popular than Christianity.
Mithra's cave-temple on Vatican Hill was seized by Christians in 376 A.D.

The Christians gradually appropriated

Mithraic sacraments and holidays ("Holy Days") including Easter, and Mithra's high priest's title of Pater Patrum became
"Papa" and then "Pope. "

Due to the widespread influence of Sun God religions like Mithraism, the Christians changed

the Sabbath from Saturn Day to Sun Day.

Another very popular Phrygian mystery religion that greatly influenced Christianity was the Attis/Cybele cult, which
did not exclude women.

Cybele was just another one of the

many names

of the Queen of Heaven, " the Goddess Ishtar,

Isis, Ashtoreth, I oanna , Aphrodite, Venus, Marl-Anna, etc. , who was one of Ra's ET cohorts.

The Roman Church

appropriated the pagan Goddess image by deifying Mary, and beginning in the 12th Century A . D . the iconography in
Gothic Churches even depicted the Mother Mary with a crown as the "Queen of Heaven. "

In one version of the story Attis was born of CybeJe's earthly incarnation, Nana, a virgin. (The name "Nana" was
most likely a cognate of the Sumerian Inanna ) Attis, who was also called "Pappa in Phrygia, was the Savior of man
kind who sacrificed himself by castrating himself under a pine tree and subsequently bleeding to death. He was often
"

. "

depicted wearing a Phrygian cap and, like Jesus, held a shepherd's crook. Like Mithra, Attis was born on December 25th

and was conceived on March 25th. The day of Attis ' death was Black Friday, and he was resurrected three days later on
Sun Day. (As in Mithraism, this holy day later became Easter in Christianit y.)
The four-day celebration of Cybele and Attis began on March 22nd wherein Attis was symbolically sacrificed.

Eu

nuch priests carried a pine

tree into the temple and bound an effigy of Attis to the tree to insure good crops, good for
tune , and the salvation of the people. It appears that in ancient celebrations a living eunuch high priest was actually cruci
fied on a pine tree In later traditions, however, pine trees were cut down, brought indoors, and decorated with ribbons
and violets in memory of Attis. (Sound familiar?) In the annuaI celebration of Attis, initiates actually castrated them
selves and offered their severed testicles to Cybele while frenzied eunuch priests slashed themselves with knives and
.

swords.
Like Mithraism, the Attis/Cybele cult used the Taurobolium,

and sometimes sacrificed a Iamb instead of a buIl , so

that the initiates would be literally "washed in the blood of the Iamb. " The ancient Phrygian Attis/Cybele cult was first
introduced to the Roman Empire over two hundred years BEFORE Christ

and eventually became part of the Roman State

religion.
Human and animaI sacrifices had been a requirement set by the Ra/lshtar/Thoth ET group thousands of years before
this time. Ritual regicide was a common practice in which the king or a substitute king was considered to be a Son of
God born of the Virgin Goddess (Queen of Heaven

and Earth). The godlkings were then ritually sacrificed-sometimes

insure good crops, etc. , and the godlking was believed to have been resurrected.
The Christian Church gradually adopted and adjusted the liturgies of these "pagan" rel:jons in the first millennium
A.D. Ironically, this means that Christianity itself is a pagan religion. Originally , the word "pagan" meant "country
dweller, " which meant that pagan religions were of the common people as opposed to the religion of the government. In
325 A . D . at the Council of Nicea, the emperor Constantine ended the persecution of Christians and allowed a standard
ized (orthodox) version of Christianity to exist along side of the pagan religions. Eventually, however, the Roman Em

with .a female virgin-to

pire adopted Christianity as the official State religion in order to unify the first one-world government.

Then an inhu

mane war was waged against all competitors, which were, of course, the religions of the common people. Most of these
"pagan" religions taught the doctrine of reincarnation. However, in 553 A.D. the emperor Justinian outlawed the belief
in past lives ( "prior existence of souls") and "heretics" were excommunicated, imprisoned, or killed.
We

are just now learning from Biblical scholars that the Gospels were not written by anyone who actually knew Jesus
In fact, the Gospels were not even written until at least a generation after the death of Jesus. Not only are
there some very suspicious contradictions between the stories of Mark, Matthew, Luke, and John, but it appears that the

of Nazareth.

town of Nazareth didn' t even exist untiI the 3rd century A.D. ! Truly, we have been deceived.
Strangely, there

are no historical references to Jesus (Yeshua), which were recorded during his lifetime on Earth. One

would imagine that a person who could walk on water would get some press; however, this was a common claim of ascet
ic Buddhist monks. There remains the uncertain possibility that Jesus Christ was entirely mythological. However, he
may have been a historical figure, a revolutionary against the

new world order of Rome, possibly descended from King

David, campaigning to unite the religion/state of Israel as prophesied. The Roman Empire would have everything to gain
by wiping out any evidence of this kind of historical Jesus. The Empire did strike back in their book burning campaign
that destroyed most of the "heretical " Gospels that were written after the death of the messiah.
[Note: The original meaning of messiah didn ' t have the far-reaching connotations that are assigned to this word today,

and Christ (Greek "Christos"), which meant "Anointed One," was a title ascribed to other sacrificial Gods such as Adonis,
and Osiris, all consorts of the "Queen of Heaven. " Anointing originated with Oriental cults wherein phallic

Tammuz,

symbols were smeared with oil in sacred marriage rites.}

In 1945 the Gnostic Gospels (Nag Hammadi Codices) were discovered in Egypt.
the intuitive or spiritual sense.) These 52 texts were not written by anyone who

("Gnosis" means "knowledge" in

knew Jesus (Yeshua) personally, and they

were all written after his lifetime. However, they do contain intriguing conversations of Jesus with his brother James and
Mary Magdalene, who claimed that Jesus had given them his esoteric teachings. In the 4th century A.D. the emperor
Constantine prohibited Gnostic Christian meetings

and ordered their Gospels to be burned, so that "orthodox " Christianity

would prevail .
Ironically, Constantine was not even a Christian; he was Sun God worshipper i n the cult o f Sol Invictus, which

meant

"Invincible Sun" and, like the Attis/Cybele cult, was closely aligned with Mithraism. Constantine functioned as the high
priest of Sol Invictus his entire life, celebrating the "rebirth of the sun" on December 25th. He even claimed to have had
personal visions

and messages from the Sun God, which most likely indicates that the Roman Empire-the New Order of

the Ages espoused by the poet Virgil-was the brain child of the Ra/lshtar/Thoth group.
[Note: The words NOVUS ORDO SECLORUM-"New Order of the Ages"-which appear below the all-seeing eye

and pyramid on the Great Seal of the United States, were purportedly inspired by the writings of Virgil ;The first Roman
emperor, Caesar Augustus, sponsored Virgil in writing THE AENEID, a national epic poem that heralded the beginning
of the Roman one-world government. However, the words ANNUIT COEPTIS NOVUS ORDO SECLORUM were also
2

found on documents of the French Grand Orient Masons and the Illuminati. According to secret society researcher Jordan
Maxwell. these documents are still on display in the Louvre and a British museum. To a degree the llluminati appeared
to emulate Mithraism. J
The Gnostic Gospels reveal a very different Jesus-a man who lectured on the specifics of reincarnation (some of
which was disinformation). and he frequently alluded to the need to discover the "mysteries. " The allusion to the myster
ies. though. adds to their authenticity. as mystery religions and secret societies have existed for thousands of years and
were ubiquitous during this time period. Even in the New Testament. Jesus told his twelve disciples. "The secret of the
kingdom of God has been given to you. But to those on the outside everything is said in parables. " (Mark 4: 1 1 )
This illustrates a common denominator of mystery religions and secret societies, the two of which fit together like a
hand and glove-the outer religion is the glove and the inner secret society is the hand The inner secrets are concealed
under a deceptive facade of insignificant, but appealing rituals, parables, and symbols that are used to keep the common
people and lower initiates from discovering the inner secrets and, ultimately, the true purpose of the secret
society/religion. The principle of "lesser and greater mysteries" was a prevalent aspect of other mystery religions besides
Christianity .
Jesus purportedly said, "Be ye therefore wise as serpents and innocent as doves. " (Matthew 10: 1 6) This is yet anoth
er example of a hidden meaning and symbolism that implicates involvement with secret societies and mystery religions.
The serpent is a symbol of the manipulative Pleiadian group of Ra. Ishtar, and Thoth. and the dove is specifically one of
Ishtar's symbols under her Gnostic name Sophia and also as Aphrodite. Also. recall that Moses claimed to possess the
serpent staff, which is the Pleiadian symbol. Given the monopoly that the RalIshtarlThoth group has had over the
planet's religions, it is entirely possible that a historical Jesus (Yeshua) was being directly manipulated by these ETs. The
language and symbols he used indicate that, at the very least, he was influenced indirectly by them-that is, if the Gospels
were not a complete fabrication by the Roman Empire.
Mithraism, Gnostism, and the Attis/Cybele cult were certainly not the only mystery religions that contributed to our
modem celebration of Christmas and to Christianity in general. Both Greek and Egyptian mystery cults such as the
Eleusinian. Pythagorean, Orphic. Dionysian, and lsis/Osirian mysteries contributed to Christian philosophy and rituals.
The word "mystery" was derived from "musterion" (secret rite), which evolved from the Greek word "muein. " which
meant "to keep your mouth shut" in the Greek mystery religions. Initiates were in fact so tight lipped that even today we
don't know what occurred during the inner initiation of the Eleusinian Mysteries. which were celebrated annually in Ath
ens and Eleusis long before the birth of Christ. We are likewise in the dark concerning some of the initiation rites of
many other mystery religions. since they were only communicated verbally, and it was absolutely forbidden to ever write
them down. Even today this is how secret societies keep their real intentions hidden. The "mystery" was the hook that
captured the interest and insured the continued participation of initiates.
[Note: The symbol of the rose also meant "keep your mouth shut; " it was also a symbol for resurrection. directly
associated with the RalIshtarlThoth group. In Roman celebrations to the Goddess Cybele, her statue was pulled in a cart
by lions while her votaries threw roses in the cart . Harpocrates (Horus. the son of Isis & Osiris) was given a rose by
AphroditeNenus for keeping his mouth shut about her sexual affairs . The rose was a symbol of the Sumerian Goddess of
War, Inanna (lshtar). over 5 .000 years ago. Today the "Order of the Rose" is headed by such stellar names as George
Bush (The Rose) and Bill Clinton, and is one of the pivotal secret societies for the New World Order, engaged in drug
smuggling, money laundering, sexual perversions, murder, and CIA mind control projects. I mention this because it
appears that the RalIshtarlThoth ET group is alive and well today (since the Eye of Ra is a time travel ship) and are se
cretly working behind the scenes to bring about another "New Order of the Ages. "J
The obvious question to ask here i s i f these mystery religions and secret societies offered truth and true
enlightenment, then why should not everyone know it? Why should it be hidden? Why all the secrecy? And why should
truth be only deserving of the "elect? " This oblique approach to truth should throw up a red flag for any discerning truth
seeker who inherently knows that truth should be exoteric, not esoteric, in order for all mankind to evolve in a positive
direction.
Another common attribute to these mystery religions was the experience of rebirth, or personal resurrection. This was
one of the primary goals of mystery religions and even modem secret societies-a personal transformation of conscious
ness . There are various ways to accomplish the "born again" experience, and the bottom line is that this type of initiation
rite simply triggers past life psychological implants and. in particular, past life religious implants that were installed with
drugs and/or psychotronics. There is nothing very profound about all this-I used to be a born again Christian, so this
phenomenon is DOt unfamiliar to me-and the wbom again" initiates usually become quite zealous about their own particu
lar faith after having such an experience. Consequently, at this point they can be easily programmed . The
RalIshtarfIhoth group is very cognizant of this phenomenon. and they use it to the max to manipulate people.
I discovered the key to understanding this phenomenon while researching past life extra-terrestrial contacts. I discov
ered that the RalIshtarlThoth Pleiadian group was directly responsible for creating all these conflicting religions and sinis.

ter secret socIetIes. However, these manipulative ETs are very clever at presenting themselves as benevolent beings,
even today people are still being taken in by

this

illusion.

The schism in Christianity between orthodox Christians

and
and

gnostic Christians exemplifies the kind of dualistic manipulation that characterizes the Ra/lshtar/Thoth group, whose pur
pose

is

to create dissension, not harmony.

R.a is the Sun God that was worshipped around the globe for many thousands of years under many different names
such as Zeus , Jehovah, Marduk, Ahura Mazda, Jupiter, Ashur, Thor, etc. ad nauseam. His symbol is the point within a
circle (the same symbol as the illuminati). I knew R.a personally in one of my past lives as R.amesses n, and I can guar
antee that R.a was not a benevolent "God" (ET) . As was correctly reported in the Old Testament, he was indeed a "jeal
ous god" with a galactic-size ego. He demanded to be worshipped, commanded human and animal sacrifices, and he and
his cohorts have caused the needless suffering of untold millions of Earth humans . And on every Christmas, the day of
the rebirth of the Sun God we unwittingly honor this warlord of the heavens.
As pharaoh of Egypt I knelt before the throne of Ra and carried out his commands to the letter. So many people
suffered because I didn' t stand up against this tyrant. Now, over three thousand years later, I have the opportunity-in
,

deed the obligation-to expose the Sun God and eclipse his power.

Yes, I do believe that the truth could indeed set us

free .
Will the new one be just another replay of the
Or will we decide to consult our own knowingness and memory and no longer rely on other entities as the
source for truth? Will we allow history to repeat itself once again? Or will we consciously create a truly new paradigm
We now find ourselves trembling on the brink of a new millennium.

old ones?
shift?

Perhaps it's finally time for US to take the helm and steer a new course into a new era of PEACE. Whatever the case
may be, a new day is indeed dawning-let not the Sun God arise on this new horizon.

References used for "The Origin of Christmas: "

THE EYE OF RA; 1996;

THE WOMAN ' S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MYTHS AND SECRETS; 1983; Barbara Walker. THE MESSIANIC LEGA
CY; 1986; Baigent, Leigh & Lincoln. THE AENEID OF VIRGil... ; 195 1 ; Rolfe Humphries. THE WARS OF GODS
AND MEN; 1985 ; Zecharia Sitchin. THE MYTH OF THE GODDESS; 199 1 ; Baring & Cashford. PRIMITIVE MY
THOLOGY; 1959; Joseph Campbell. ORIENTAL MYTHOLOGY; 1%2; Joseph Campbell. OCCIDENTAL MYTHOL
OGY; 1964; Joseph Campbell.
THE JOY OF SECTS; 1994; Peter Occhiogrosso. THE RELIGION OF THE
OCCIDENT; 1959; Martin Larson. MANUAL OF MYTHOLOGY; 1935 ; Alexander Murray. REINCARNATION :
THE PHOENIX FIRE MYSTERY; 1977; Head & Cranston. REINCARNATION: A NEW HORIZON IN SCIENCE,
RELIGION, AND SOCIETY; 1 984; Cranston & Williams . A DICTIONARY OF WORLD MYTHOLOGY; 1979; Ar
thur Cotterell. THE WORLD OF MYTH; 1990; David Leeming. PERSIAN MYTHS; 1993; Vesta Curtis. EGYPTIAN
MYTHS; 1990; George Hart . VIRGIL AND HIS MEANING TO THE WORLD OF TODAY; 1%3; J.W. Mackail .
THE CLINTON CHRONICLES; Larry Nichols. A NATION BETRAYED; Bo Gritz. THE TRANCE FORMATION
OF AMERICA; 1995; Mark. Phillips & Cathy O ' Brien. THE BIBLE, 1973 New International Version & King James

THE PROGRAMMING OF A PLANET; 1995 edition;

Version.

Alien Abductions:
Cutting Through the Propaganda
As we learn more about the government cover-up of UFOs and our government's collusion with abducting extra
terrestrials, we begin to realize that the government bas sent us wolves in sheep's clothing to feed us disinformation. I
have been noticing recently that the government bas been revving up its propaganda engine and portraying Grays and their
ilk as benevolent or at worse innocuous. This, of course, makes it very difficult for truth seekers to sort out the disinfor
mation out of today's avalanche of information on ETs.
Ideally, we should all become ET contact researchers and work with abductees so that we can discover the truth for
ourselves. However, in the real world most people do not have the time or the inclination to delve deeply into this vast
subject. I am just a truth seeker like many people are today; I don't work for the CIA or any other government agency.
Therefore, I feel an ethical obligation to stick my neck out and try--at the risk of being called a " paranoid "--to present the
other side of the story in hopes of counter-balancing the government propaganda.
I have observed that it is extremely rare that anyone is allowed to speak the truth about ETs on the air in the main
stream media, including most national talk radio programs. In fact, I didn't know just how controlled the media was until
I got involved in extra-terrestrial contact research. Also, there are people like me who have been abducted and taken into
secret underground bases where we have seen Grays and other sinister ETs working side by side with our own military
personnel; we are not allowed to discuss these personal experiences in the mainstream media (except for a few radio talk
shows). What is surprising is that these underground base abductions have become rather common in recent times . It is
therefore easy to understand why the government would want to portray the malevolent ETs as being benevolent.
I present this information not to frighten, but to enlighten, people. The truth can indeed set us free, but it's not al
ways pretty--It's not always sweetness and light. I believe that true empowerment necessarily implies the ability to con
front and handle evil as well as good. The trick is to keep our heads above water and not get bogged down with too
much negative. I find that doing something about the unique challenges we all face today is far more therapeutic than
sitting and fretting about them. Therefore, I try to keep myself as busy as possible exposing truth wherever I can.
I only ask that people not make me an authority for truth. I also caution people not to make ETs authorities for truth,
since they disseminate so much disinformation. We voluntarily diminish our own innate, spiritual ability to Jaww when
we make any other entity an authority for truth. I urge people to conduct their own extensive research to discover for
themselves what's really going on. What's really going on on planet Earth is not what the government bas been telling
us, and it is also not what ETs have been telling us.
Terms like Grays, Pleiadians, abducting aliens, etc. are all inadequate generalizations, yet we must use these labels,
however insufficient, to communicate experiences with these enigmatic and disingenuous beings who possess incredible
technological and psychic abilities. However, their level of ethics and integrity are abominable. It is not enough that we
have to deal with the trickery of ETs, but we must also confront the trickery of "our own kind " who are in cahoots with
the "black shirt" ETs.
This brings us to the human side of the equation and to the government "intelligence" agents who are very adept at
portraying themselves as benefactors when they are actually wolves in sheep's clothing. I found some credible informa
tion concerning these "intelligence" operations in William Cooper's book, Behold A Pale Horse. However, most people
are not aware of it. Since this information concerns a well-known "abduction researcher" by the name of Budd Hopkins,
I thought people should become aware of this information so as to be on guard for disinformation.
This information concerns a physician by the name of Dr. Stephen Kurzweil, who claimed that Budd Hopkins tried to
enlist him in the CIA abductee project. In a sworn affidavit Dr. Kurzweil claimed that Hopkins said he was the
"abduction specialist" for the CIA, and in this document Kurzweil made the following statements about Hopkins:
"He was extremely concerned that the cover-up be maintained lest 'there be a revolution in this country. ' He fearful
ly told me 'a lot' of people have been abducted. . . He was shocked by the after effects of abductions; people frequently
committed suicide FOLLOWING his 'hypnotherapy' ; many went on to become alcoholics or drug addicts . . .! asked him
why he did the hypnosis if it caused the psychological and psychiatric problems! He could offer no reply whatsoever
despite repeated questioning. I myself was appalled by the inhumane and medically indecent standards of "care" being
applied to these victims of Nazi-like brutality. By all medical standards Mr. Hopkins was further causing injury to indi
viduals already in distress. He made no provision for aftercare or follow-up. He displayed a complete lack of
temperment [sic] and training (as well as a complete lack of compassion for for [sic] these people. Once he obtained his
'information' , he would drop these people like hot potatoes and left them on their own. As a medical doctor I was dis
gusted; as an American I was sickened at this maltreatment of our own people. I refused to cooperate with Hopkins and
reported him to the Medical Authorities as being involved in harmful and extremely questionable activities that were anti-

humanitarian as well as anti-American. He threatened to get revenge by reporting me as "mentally impaired" since I
believed in a government cover-up and reported harassment . This, he claimed, was evidence of paranoid delusion.
'Steve, you had the nerve to tell me to F- Myself and 'that's why I'm getting back at you' . . . My medical license is now
on the line and hence my entire future career! ! I would like to add that since I have been practising medicine since 1968
there has NEVER been even one case of any patient of mine who questioned my professional expertise, personal integrity
or ethical standards. Since I originally reported Hopkins in 1983, I have received numerous telephone calls at all hours;
notices from funeral parlors, interruption of my medical practise by 'a third party' answering my line giving misinforma
tion out to patients resulting in complete chaos to my office and grief to myself. This was told to me by Ms. Avonile
Blackman, my telephone secretary (1984). An 'extra-cross connection' or illegal tap was reported on my phone by
Charles Lauretano of the NY Telephone Company. My life has been a nightmare ever since standing up and speaking out
for my rights as a patriotic American citizen!
To see a copy of the complete sworn affidavit and other legal documents in the court case to suspend Dr. Kurzwei1's
medical license, read William Cooper's book Behold A Pale Horse. The fact that Dr. Kurzwei1 was attacked by the gov
ernment after exposing Hopkins certainly tends to confirm Kurzweil's story. There were two nearly fatal assasti
sina on
attempts on William Cooper's life after Cooper went public with what be knew about the government cover-up. If there
is no government cover-up of UFOs, then why is the government attacking people who are exposing it?
Since I read these documents in Behold A Pale Horse I have been recording the statements Budd Hopkins has made on
radio and television in order to draw my c'vo conclusions regarding Mr. Hopkins. I am not in the debunking business,
but I am in the truth business, and there are light years of distance between the two. My purpose is not to discredit good
people or discredit the good that even the black shirts sometimes do. In fact, I think Mr. Hopkins has done a lot of good
and has presented a lot of valid information regarding the abduction phenomenon. However, there are two major points
that he appears to be toeing the government propaganda line: 1) that the abducting ETs are not evil or malevolent and are
not deliberately harming people and 2) that our government is not in collusion with these malevolent ETs. These are the
two areas of disinformation that need to be singled out and corrected.
As I have mentioned before, I have been abducted on two occasions into an underground military/Grays base so I
know firsthand and with 100% certainty that our government is in collusion with Grays. I have worked with over forty
other abductees, and three of us have been abducted into an underground military/Grays base Mr. Hopkins claims to
,

have worked extensively with over 400 abductees, yet publicly denies that our government is "working hand in hand"
with ETs. What is also interesting about his apparent lack of knowledge on this subject is that there are now many re
ports and books available by abductees and UFO researchers who have presented firsthand accounts of military personnel
working side by side with Grays and other ETs. This is a well-known phenomenon in the UFO field! Therefore, he
should be well aware of our government's involvement with Grays, and this is why I believe he is being disingenuous on
this point. Budd Hopkins had this to say on the Art Bell radio program regarding possible government involvement with
ETs:
Art Bell: "A lot of people speculate in order to do that [the taking of sperm and ova from humans] there was, with our
government or somebody, a deal made, Budd, a long time ago-kind of a technology swap for genetic tampering
permission or whatever. "
Hopkins: "I think that's totally without foundation. I think it's even kind of ludicrous. . .1 think that that kind
of theory gets foisted upon us because a lot of people who look into this have a natural paranoid tendency.
And I don't mean that in the strict clinical meaning, but conspiracy theories are wonderful for a lot of
people. "
Art Bell: "Oh, they abound. "
Hopkins: "Of course you understand paranoia is a wonderful thing because it instantly organizes what's otherwise
chaotic. You know, if you and I have a flat tire in the afternoon and lose at poker in the evening, we think we
had a couple of bad breaks-but the paranoids will tell you who did it to you and why. So the point is there is a
lot of paranoia about the UFO phenomenon, but there's, of course, tremendous paranoia-and some of it obvious
ly very deserved on the part of belief about the government-so if you can put the two together and say
the two are working hand in hand, we've got a kind of very satisfactory thing. "
Notice how Mr. Hopkins repeatedly uses the words "paranoia" and "paranoid" to debunk people who know about our
government "working hand in hand" with ETs. Ironically, his debunking sounds very much like the way Carl Sagan
debunks UFOs and abductees. Mr. Hopkins clarifies on the Art Bell Show that be isn't using the "strict clinical meaning"
of the word "paranoia. " Therefore, I think we can assume that he is using it in the common every day usage of the term
by people who are not psychologists or psychiatrists. So let's take a closer look at that.
In common usage I think we can agree that the word "paranoia" implies 1) fear or extreme fear and 2) a non-existence
2

or imaginary condition on the part of the "paranoid. " Therefore, "paranoia" implies not a real fear but an unjustified
fear Now the irony here is that a true "paranoid" would be too afraid to speak out publicly against the CIA or the
,

cover-up of UFOs, because a "paranoid" would fear retribution by the government.

From my personal observations I

have noticed that people who fear the government usually keep their mouths shut, because they're

afraid that the govern

ment might come and get them. Actually, people who speak out publicly against government corruption are people of
courage and integrity, not "paranoids . " Under our own Constitution this is not only our right, but I believe it is abso
lutely necessary in order to reduce government corruption and preserve freedoms.
I am an abductee who has indeed seen our own military personnel "working hand in hand" with both tall and short
Grays. Do you think I would go to a man for "help" who calls people like me "paranoids" and says my testimony is
"ludicrous?" Can this man be trusted to "help" abductees? Dr. Stephen Kurzweil obviously believes that Budd Hopkins
who is an artist and not a physician-is not qualified to worlc with abductees. I will defend Mr. Hopkins' legal right to
work with abductees, which is protected under the Bill of Rights in the Constitution.

However, it

is also my First

Amendment right of Freedom of Speech and Freedom of Press to state my opinions about his so<aIled "help" of
abductees. Actually , I believe it is my ethical obligation to alert other abductees to what this man is saying and doing

and

that there are legal court documents that, frankly, do not present a very savory picture of Mr. Hopkins. I also urge pe0ple to carefully examine the evidences that I allude to in this article to verify that I am presenting accurate evidence.
Please do not just take my word for it. The media will take things out of context so as to slander and discredit people, so
I urge all readers to personally verify that I am not practicing the art of the Propaganda Ministers. Listen to the entire
audio tape of the Art Bell interview to verify that I am telling the truth and look at all the documents presented in the

book Behold A Pale Horse.

I have noticed in the media the repeated use of the words "conspiracy theorist" and "paranoids" to describe people
who expose the facts and firsthand accounts of government corruption. This is called debunking.

Talk show hosts will

often make fun of people who present evidence about conspiracies. The propagandists are not able to refute the evidence,
so they have to resort to name calling to discredit people who are aware of what is going on and are not afraid to publicly
talk about it. Therefore, they insinuate that conspiracies are only "theories" and without foundation. When you call up a
radio talk show, for example, the host may often cut you off or mock you when you actually present facts. You see , they
can't stand truth, because they have something to hide. These people are in fact afraid of the truth. This is not paranoia,
because the fear is justified-that is, they really are trying to cover-up something, and the lies are real. Therefore, their
fears are real , and this why they have to resort to name or discrediting people by saying that they are "mentally
impaired" or "pal!lllOid. " They can't stand the light of truth, because they work for untruth.
I personally know that the media is very controlled, even on a local level . I was interviewed by a local TV station
here in Spokane, Washington (Channel 6), and they refused to allow me to present any evidence of a government cover
up; they made this emphatically clear at the beginning of the interview. When the interview aired on television, the an
nouncer, Randy Shaw, lied about me and then stated that there was no evidence of any government cover-up of UFOs,
which also is a blatant lie.
I met a patriotic man last year, Mark. Phillips, who used to work on top secret government mind control projects and
who is now exposing the government's use of mind control against

we the people. He said something very profound:

" Mind control can be actually defined as information control. " I had never thought of expressing it in those terms, but I
find from my own research that this is not only true, but obviously true .
I have obtained extensive documented evidence that demonstrates that ETs, government agents, and media operatives
use disinformation under the guise of information to control people's thoughts and actions. This can be accomplished
whether a person is conscious or unconscious.
be presented in such a way as to make one

If this is performed on the conscious level, then the disinformation must

believe that it is true and is valid "information. " This is called propaganda.

However, under the CIA's MKUltra mind control projects and during alien abductions, people are programmed while
they are in an unconscious state. That is, they are either in a full hypnotic trance or have been rendered unconscious via
hypnotic drugs, electroshock, torture, or high-tech alien stun weapons. The programming or mind control that is accom
plished while in an unconscious state is called hypnotic or psychological programming . Total mind control has been
achieved in the CIA'S MKUltra " Project Monarch" program. Please consult the book Trance Formation Of America by
Mark Phillips and Cathy O'Brien for details.
Abducting ETs also program people via hypnotic programming during abductions. The programming primarily con

sists of belief system alterations, especially religious programming.

ETs sometimes use horrendous high-tech torture

techniques to install guilt/tranmatization programming , etc. in order to disempower alxluctees. I have plenty of documen
tation of this kind of programming from my own independent research. I have detailed memory retrieval session tran
scripts from other abductees, which, quite frankly, describe brutal and deliberate torture of human babies as well as
adults. I will gladly provide

this information to any sincere , ethical person who is not working for the government

government/alien propaganda program.

or the

There is plenty of evidence that demonstrates that many abducting ETs are indeed evil and do intentionally harm
abductees. However, this information is greatly suppressed by the media and CIA-sponsored -ufologists, - and the harm,
unfortunately, is not limited to just the body. They also intentionally manipulate and harm people mentally and spiritual
ly . Yet Budd Hopkins stated on the UFO Cover-Up Live television program:
"And the most interesting thing and sad thing of all , perhaps, is that these abductors are not interested in communicat
ing with our minds, but they're interested in the physical state of our bodies. "
The UFO Cover-Up Live program was hardly "live. " Most of the "ufologists" on the show were reading cue cards
and reading them badly. This television "program" was a very good example of staged, government propaganda.
In the Art Bell radio interview Budd Hopkins stated:
"Their own agenda does not involve any kind of causing of deliberate pain or deliberate hardship. . . . He later stated
in this same radio show: "They seem to be bent on their own purposes, which are not malevolent. . . "
One of Budd Hopkins' cohorts, Harvard psychiatrist John Mack, stated in his book, Abduction: "Yet my overall
impression is that the abduction process is not evil, and that the intelligences at work do not wish us ill . " What bothers
me is not that the aliens are evil, but that our government, through its propaganda, wants us to believe that they are not
evil! I have also noticed that most of the UFO researchers who are receiving the most media coverage are also reported
to be working for the CIA or other government agency. It appears that there are so many abductees and former
military/intelligence personnel blowing the whistle on the cover-up that the government has to come forward with some
UFO information in order to present their side of the story (i.e. , disinformation). Are they just trying to cover up their
collusion with evil aliens, or are they preparing us for something? A staged landing perhaps? If they are indeed prepar
ing us for something, I believe it will involve deception and will certainly not be in our best interests.
I have noticed some propaganda in recent times that suggests that aliens are programming abductees to carry out vio
lent acts against the government or American citizens, etc, and this is entirely unfounded. Actually , the reverse would be
true, because abducting ETs usually disempower abductees so that they are even more gentle and passive. This propagan
da against abductees is really quite predictable. The government and aliens could be counted on to discredit abductees in
some way since abductees are now beginning to speak out in numbers about the government/alien collusion in secret un
derground bases.
I have also discovered through extensive research and personal experience that abductees have never agreed to be
abducted. This disinformation comes from "channeled" messages from extra-terrestrials. Abducting ETs don't care
whether you agree or not, and, like the government, they are trying to convince us that there is no deliberate harm done
during abductions. I have also observed that most people who receive messages from "channeled entities" are also
abductees. In my research I found that one type of alien brain implant acts as a transponder to receive messages and
visual images from extra-terrestrial programmers, and it also accesses an abductee ' s thoughts.
It is therefore very important to discern propaganda and expose it wherever possible. This can only be accomplished
with thorough and unbiased research. We must eliminate corruption in government through peaceful, non-violent means.
Truth is the ultimate weapon. If we stand together, shoulder-to-shoulder, putting our minor differences aside, we can
indeed accomplish this.
The government cover-up propagandists would like us to believe that if people knew the truth about aliens, our soci
ety would collapse and people would just totally freak out. This is also a lie. For example, abductees not only learn
about the reality of aliens, but they are personally and repeatedly traumatized by them. Yet most abductees do not totally
freak out when they discover their abductee status. Oftentimes, abductees go into denial and just ignore it! I have never
even met one abductee who committed suicide after discovering his or her abductee status. Corrupt individuals within our
government are only using this propaganda to cover-up their own crimes. They know that we would vote them out of
office or impeach them or try them for treason if we knew what was really going on. Actually, we shouldn't really be
too bothered about the alien situation anyway; this has been going on for thousands of years on this planet. What we do
need to be concerned with is government corruption and tyranny. We need to stand up to government corruption right
now and actively and peacefully expose it before it goes too far.
Remember that the Germans thought Hitler was a good Christian up until the early 1940s when they began to realize
that all was not well in the fatherland. Realize also that Bill Ointon and George Bush are members of the Skull and
Bones secret society, which originated in Germany, and that George Bush's father, Bonesman Prescott Bush, actually
helped finance and bring Hitler to power. By the way, Bob Dole is a 33 Degree Mason, and the skull and crossbones is
a symbol of both Freemasonry and Skull and Bones secret societies. The skull and crossbones, as everyone knows, sym
bolizes piracy, poison, drugs, violence, and death-So why would we elect a Republican or Democratic candidate for the
presidency who uses this symbol? The symbol of 33 Degree Freemasonry is a double-headed eagle clutching a scimitar in
its talons; it is the symbol of chaos and war and was associated with the manipulative -Gods - (Le., ETs) of the Hittites
and Sumerians. (These same evil ETs were known in Egypt as the Sun God Ra, Ptah, Thoth, and Isis, and their symbol
was the winged serpent and the serpent coiled around a staff.)
4

Realize also that Bonesman Bush was a Director of the CIA. Realize also that an infamous CIA Director by the name
of Allen Dulles and his brother, John Foster Dulles, both greatly admired Adolph Hitler. Allen Dulles was a member of
the secret society called the Knights of Malta; his brother became Secretary of State under Eisenhower. The Dulles broth
ers were the Rockefellers' personal lawyers who were co-founders of the secret political society called the Council on
Foreign Relations, whose goal is a world government, and Adolph Hitler was one of its members.

They also helped

forge the partnership between the Rockefeller family and the German I.G. Farben Corporation, which ran most of the
Nazi death camps along with the infamous black-shirted, Nazi SS (Schutzstaffeln).

The Nazi SS evolved out of the

"Deaths' Head" battalion, an elite, military order in WWI, whose symbol was the skull and crossbones. The symbol for
the SS was two lightning bolts, which symbolized the Lightning God Thor (Zeus in Greece) as well as the Sun God. This
was also the symbol for the vocal sound "ra" in the Greek Linear B language.

Likewise, the swastika and the Maltese

cross were ancient symbols of the winged serpent ET group.

Realize also that about 80 black-shirted FBI agents attacked a Christian church near Waco, Texas (merely to deliver a
search warrant) on the same day of the year that Hitler took control in Germany exactly 60 years earlier. The Nazis
burned down the German Parliament and blamed it on Communists on February 28th, 1933. They then managed to de
clare a "national emergency and suspend the German Constitution. On April 19, 1943, one day before Hitler's birthday,
the black-shirted Nazi SS attacked and burned the Warsaw Ghetto. On April 19, 1993xactly fifty years later--our own
government black shirts attacked and burned a Christian church near Waco, Texas. Realize also the Italian Fascists were
called "Blackshirts, which is a secret society symbol. I posess documentation that the Serpent Staff ET group headed by
Ra in fact created secret societies in the first place. These very ETs also deemed a black shirt as a secret society symbol
as well as the double-headed eagle.
We should also realize that when the blackshirts attacked the Branch Davidian Church and the Weaver family, it was
partly intended to scare the hell of any Americans who may speak out publicly against government corruption and the
takeover of the United Nations New World Order.

This was exactly what the black-shirted Nazi SS and Italian fascists

did to scare people into submission. The answer, of course, is simply not to allow these kind of intimidation tactics to
affect us and to speak out even more loudly against government terrorism and demand that the Constitution of the United
States of America be followed to the letter as the Supreme Law of the Land. "
Realize also that at the same time in 1933 when Hitler rose to power, 32 Mason Franklin D. Roosevelt became presi
dent, declared a national emergency, suspended Constitutional rights,

and then called in all our gold currency. He and his

32 Mason vice-president, Henry Wallace, then put the pyramid and all-seeing eye on the back of the one dollar bill.
[The latin words around the pyramid, ANNUIT COEPTIS NOVUS ORDO SECLORUM, which literally means "He nods
to these beginnings of the new order of the ages, " were used by the Illuminati and French Grand Orient Masons, who
incited the French Revolution. The llluminati's goal was to create a one world government through information control,
i.e. , control of the media (printing presses) and education. In 1789 French Freemason Marquis de Luchet wrote this
about the llluminati:

"They have conceived the project of reigning over opinions, and of conquering, not kingdoms, nor

provinces, but the human mind . "

The Great Pyramid on the one dollar bill does not symbolize anything godly or sacred.

Egyptian priests ripped the

hearts out of sacrifice victims and drank their blood around the sarcophagus in the Great Pyramid in the initiation of the
Brothers of the Snake--the same basic rituals that the Aztecs practiced to appease their "Gods" (that is, the ETs Ra and
Thoth, but called Huitzilopochtli and Quetzalcoatl (flying serpent) by the Aztecs.) Freemasons, Skull and Bonesmen, and
Satanists all emulate the Brotherhood of the Snake ritual even today, though usually in only a symbolic manner. Howev
er, police records reveal that there are an inordinate number of Masons who participate in "Satanic" blood-letting rituals,
some of which involve actual human sacrifice and cannibalism.
If-as some would suggest-there is no conspiracy or media control, why do we never hear about secret societies on
the boob tube? To my knowledge this is the only topic that they never di scuss on the boob tube. Although secret societ
ies have been the most powerful instrument for war and chaos on this planet, there is no mention of them in the history
books within our so-called "educational " system.
Under the Freedom of Information Act we found that FDR then gave the Rockefellers prior "legal" amnesty before

WWII to protect them from being tried for treason for aiding and abetting the enemy, i.e. , Hitler. Franklin Roosevelt has
If it happens, it was planned that way. " (The
Unseen Hand, Epperson) Of course, the CIA Propaganda Ministers would call President Roosevelt a "conspiracy theo

been quoted as saying that "In politics nothing happens by accident.

rist" and a "paranoid" for having said such a thing. So you be the judge-Is this all just a really strange "coincidence?"

REFERENCES

The Programming of a Planet; 1995;

The Eye of Ra; 1996;
C.I.A. Secret Wars; A video tape oy Jonn tockwell (a former high-level CIA operative who was involved with and now
exposes the CIA's weapons-for-drugs "third world" wars)
The Egyptian-Masonic-Satanic Connection; 1994; David L. Carrico .
The Life and Death of Nazi Germany; 1967; Robert Goldston
History of the SS; 1978; G.S. Graber.
Trading with the Enemy; 1983; Charles Higham
The McAlvany Intelligence Advisor; May/June 1995; Donald McAlvany
The Transformation of America; 1 995 ; Cathy O'Brien & Mark Phillips
Dark Majesty; 1992; Texe Marrs
The Unseen Hand; 1 985 ; A. Ralph Epperson
The New World Order; 1990; A. Ralph Epperson
Lost Was the Key; 1993; Leah A. Haley
Cosmic Top Secret; 1 99 1 ; William Hamilton ill
Behold a Pale Horse; William Cooper
Proofs of a Conspiracy; 1798; John Robison
Trail of the Serpent; Inquire Within Miss Stoddard
Video Documentaries: Waco: The Big Lie and Waco: The Big Lie Continues by Linda Thompson; Day 51-The Story of
Waco by Richard Mosley; The Waco Inddent by KPOC TV
The Basic Slide Presentation-Secret society influence on churches, government, and culture by Jordan Maxwell
UFO Cover-up Live television program hosted by Mike Farrell, 1988
The Art Bell radio show, interview with Budd Hopkins, audio tapes available through Art Bell
" Alien Abductions: Cutting Through the Propaganda"
(C) 1996

The Final Degree of Illumination

Chapter 13, "Research Tools & Memory Retrieval Techniques -- A Guide to Self
Discovery & Healing", was not a part of the original PROGRAMMING OF A PLANET
and THE EYE OF RA books. The additional information in Chapter

13 is intended

only for those truth seekers who want to learn more about themselves and relieve
past traumas through past life therapy. This information is also intended to help
abductees who want to learn memory retrieval techniques so that they can relieve
the trauma from abductions and remember what has occurred during their
abductions. These memory retrieval techniques have been invaluable to me as an
abductee. Therefore, I am making myself available to answer email questions and
work on a one-on-one basis with people who actually want to use the memory
retrieval techniques for their own benefit. When you finish reading THE
PROGRAMMING OF A PLANET and THE EYE OF RA (all chapters above from both
books), please email TrumanCash@live.com for the password (link) to the "Final
Degree of Illumination" (Chapter

13).

UPDATE: "Alien Abductions: Cutting Through the Propaganda"

Budd Hopkins' colleague David Jacobs appears to be continuing the debunking and denial that there is
a military/alien connection. In his book THE THREAT Jacobs states on page 187: "All this, in
conjunction with the long-standing and wide-spread suspicion of a "coverup" by the American
government, has led many abductees and researchers to conclude that the government is secretly
conspiring with the aliens ....ln fact, there is no evidence that the American government, or any foreign
military, is involved with abducting people."
This statement flies in the face of the firsthand "evidence" of many abductees who have experienced
abductions by the military or have experienced abductions in deep underground military/alien bases
where American military personnel are standing right next to or are working with Grays and other
aliens in the same room. David Jacobs debunks the military/alien connection on pages 187 and 188 of
his book.
As an abductee/researcher I do not understand why Budd Hopkins and David Jacobs would debunk the
military/alien connection when so many abductees have gone public with their experiences. Were
!-Iopkins and Jacobs threatened by the CIA or military or other "covert ops" people to keep their
mouths shut about it? Arc they knowingly participating in the cover-up? Were they programmed with
MKUltra-style mind control not to talk about it? One can only speculate.
For more information and videos on the military/alien connection and other abduction experiences,
visit Dr. Karla Turner's website at

.KarlaTumer.org.

\vww

Phil Schneider was a deep underground base engineer and abductee with a very high security level. He
also exposed the military/alien connection. I knew Phil personally and I am totally convinced he was
telling the truth. !-Iere is a link to Phil Schneider videos:

http://www.apfn.onUapfnlphiLhtm. The

rollowing link contains text of some of Phil's statements. Be sure to read the statement made by Phil
Schneider's ex-wife concerning his death: http://www.burlingtonnews.net/schneider.html.
Also, Melinda Leslie has covered military abductions (MILABs). Here is a web page for more
information: http://www.alienexpericnces.com/MelindaLcslieOl.html. On this web page is a
statement by ET contact researcher Dr. John Mack:

"

... 1 have cases I'm working with particularly in

some depth where military involvement has been very important, disturbing, ongoing, and
complicated. I have others that have seen military people as well ....The person feels they're being
menaced in day-to-day life by black helicopters, MIBs, men in uniform, and people in dark cars ....This
is not like a regular feel. .. abductees are transported to some underground place .... There is some
relationship, some kind of communication and collaboration between certain extraterrestrial beings in
this underground place and the military people. The abduclees are in some kind of intermediary role
between these (covert ops) types and the beings ....

"

Karla Turner, Phil Schneider and John Mack are all dead now. Karla and Phil died under very
suspicious circumstances. It appears that it is not a healthy choice to talk about the military/alien
connection.
Update by Truman L. Cash, September 20, 2010.